316 48 4MB
English Pages 289 Year 2005
HARDCORE WINDOWS ®
THESTEP-BY-STEPGUIDE TOULTIMATEPERFORMANCE
This page intentionally left blank.
HARDCORE WINDOWS ®
THESTEP-BY-STEPGUIDE TOULTIMATEPERFORMANCE Joli Ballew
McGraw-Hill/Osborne NewYorkChicagoSanFranciscoLisbon LondonMadridMexicoCityMilanNewDelhi SanJuanSeoulSingaporeSydneyToronto
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved. Manufactured in the United States of America. Except as permitted under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher. 0-07-146963-X The material in this eBook also appears in the print version of this title: 0-07-225865-9. All trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners. Rather than put a trademark symbol after every occurrence of a trademarked name, we use names in an editorial fashion only, and to the benefit of the trademark owner, with no intention of infringement of the trademark. Where such designations appear in this book, they have been printed with initial caps. McGraw-Hill eBooks are available at special quantity discounts to use as premiums and sales promotions, or for use in corporate training programs. For more information, please contact George Hoare, Special Sales, at [email protected] or (212) 904-4069. TERMS OF USE This is a copyrighted work and The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“McGraw-Hill”) and its licensors reserve all rights in and to the work. Use of this work is subject to these terms. Except as permitted under the Copyright Act of 1976 and the right to store and retrieve one copy of the work, you may not decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, reproduce, modify, create derivative works based upon, transmit, distribute, disseminate, sell, publish or sublicense the work or any part of it without McGrawHill’s prior consent. You may use the work for your own noncommercial and personal use; any other use of the work is strictly prohibited. Your right to use the work may be terminated if you fail to comply with these terms. THE WORK IS PROVIDED “AS IS.” McGRAW-HILL AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES AS TO THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF OR RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED FROM USING THE WORK, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION THAT CAN BE ACCESSED THROUGH THE WORK VIA HYPERLINK OR OTHERWISE, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. McGraw-Hill and its licensors do not warrant or guarantee that the functions contained in the work will meet your requirements or that its operation will be uninterrupted or error free. Neither McGraw- Hill nor its licensors shall be liable to you or anyone else for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in the work or for any damages resulting therefrom. McGraw-Hill has no responsibility for the content of any information accessed through the work. Under no circumstances shall McGraw-Hill and/or its licensors be liable for any indirect, incidental, special, punitive, consequential or similar damages that result from the use of or inability to use the work, even if any of them has been advised of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability shall apply to any claim or cause whatsoever whether such claim or cause arises in contract, tort or otherwise. DOI: 10.1036/007146963X
������������
Want to learn more? We hope you enjoy this McGraw-Hill eBook! If you’d like more information about this book, its author, or related books and websites, please click here.
Forallofmyteachers,past,present,andfuture,frommyearliestdaysinthe GarlandIndependentSchoolDistricttotheUniversityofTexasatArlingtonto RichlandandEastfieldCommunityCollegesandbeyond.Thankyou.
Ó
About the Author
JoliBallewisafull-timewriter,Windowsexpert,anddigitalmediaenthusiastwhoalsoteaches, createswebsites,andconsultsfromherhomebaseofDallas,Texas.Jolihaswrittenoveradozen books,includingWindowsXPProfessional–TheUltimateUser’sGuide(ParaglyphPress), DegunkingWindows(ParaglyphPress),andWindowsXP:DoAmazingThings(MicrosoftPress). Inaddition,JoliisaMicrosoftWindowsXPExpertZonecolumnist,holdsMCSE,MCDST, andA+certifications,andhasaB.A.inmathematics.SheteachesFrontPageatherlocal communitycollege,haswrittenseveralbooksonPhotoshopandothergraphicsprograms,and assistswithartworkforNorthTexasGraphics,ascreenprintingandembroiderycompany.
About the Technical Editor TomDunlapisafreelanceeditorandconsultantspecializingin technology.HeisaformersenioreditoratCNET.comandhisworkhasappearedonCNET.com, ZDNET.com,andMSN.com,andintheSanFranciscoChronicleandotherpublications.Hepenned 2004’s,HowtoDoEverythingwithYourSonyVAIO,publishedbyMcGraw-Hill/Osborne.Tomis basedinCupertino,CA.
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
Contents at a Glance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TheUserInterface ...................................................................................... 1 WindowsXPApplicationsandServices .................................................... 29 E-MailandtheWeb ................................................................................... 53 WorkingRemotely ..................................................................................... 77 SafetyFirst:ServicePack2 ....................................................................... 99 StayingintheGame ................................................................................... 115 GettheMostOutofDigitalPhotosandMultimedia ................................. 131 Networking:Getting(andStaying)Connected .......................................... 163 ImprovingSystemPerformance ................................................................ 189
10 MediaPerformanceandFun ...................................................................... 215 11 Built-InUtilitiesandAdministrativeTools ................................................ 237 Index .......................................................................................................... 255
vii
This page intentionally left blank.
For more information about this title, click here
Contents Acknowledgments .................................................................................. xv Introduction ............................................................................................ xvii CHAPTER 1
The User Interface ............................................................................... 1 TheNeedforSpeed ................................................................................ SweepOuttheSystemTray ........................................................ AutomateEverythingYouCan .................................................... PreventWindowsMessengerfrom StartingAutomatically ............................................................. AllowaSpecificProgramtoStartWhen theComputerBoots ................................................................. AllowtheAdministratorAccount ontheWelcomeScreen ........................................................... PersonalizetheDesktop ......................................................................... TweaktheTaskbar ....................................................................... UseYourOwnPictureastheDesktopBackground .................... CreateYourOwnScreenSavers ................................................. DisabletheWindowsSplashScreen ........................................... PlayMasterandCommanderwithTweakUI ......................................... PersonalizetheStartMenu .......................................................... ConfigureImageQualityandSizeof ThumbnailsinWindowsExplorer ........................................... PopThoseBalloonTips .............................................................. SetaTrapwithChangedSettings ............................................... UsetheGroupPolicyEditortoTakeControlofXP .............................. BeinCommandoftheControlPanel ......................................... TurnOffPersonalizedMenus ..................................................... ClearMyRecentDocumentsListonExit .................................. DisabletheCTRL-ALT-DELRequirement ........................................ RemoveUnwantedIconsfromtheDesktop ...............................
2 2 4 5 7 9 10 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 20 21 21 22 23 24 24
ix
x
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Themes:ToEnhance,orNottoEnhance ............................................... CreateYourOwnTheme ............................................................. WheretoFindThemes ................................................................ TechnicalConsiderationsWhenUsingThemes .......................... CHAPTER 2
Windows XP Applications and Services ......................................... 29 UsingWizards ........................................................................................ UsingtheProgramCompatibilityWizard ................................... StopUnwantedXPServices .................................................................. DisableAutomaticUpdates ......................................................... StoptheErrorReportingService ................................................ DisableFastUserSwitching ....................................................... StoptheIndexingService ........................................................... DisableMessenger ...................................................................... DisableThemes ........................................................................... RemoveRecognitionServices ............................................................... RemoveHandwritingRecognition .............................................. RemoveSpeechRecognition ...................................................... UsetheIndexingService ....................................................................... TrackDowntheIndexingService ............................................... QuerytheCatalog ........................................................................ ApplyingNTFSCompressionandEncryption ...................................... IncreaseDiskSpacewithNTFSCompression ........................... ProtectYourDatawithEncryption ............................................. ChangetheColorofCompressed,EncryptedFolders ................
CHAPTER 3
30 32 34 36 37 37 38 39 40 41 41 42 43 43 44 47 47 50 50
E-Mail and the Web ............................................................................ 53 OutlookExpress ..................................................................................... Super-ChargeOutlookExpressbyOrganizingYourData .......... YouRuletheRoost:AssigningRulestoYourE-Mails ............... KeepYourOwnIdentity .............................................................. BackUpandRestoreE-Mail ...................................................... EvenYourAccountSettingsNeedAttention .............................. SlamSpam ................................................................................... ExploringInternetExplorer ................................................................... UseContentAdvisortoAdviseYouAboutContent ................... EraseHistory ............................................................................... GetRidof(andAvoid)SpywareandAdware ............................. SurfinSecret ............................................................................... TweakIEEvenMorewiththeGroupPolicyEditor ...................
CHAPTER 4
26 26 27 28
55 55 57 59 61 63 64 66 66 68 70 72 74
Working Remotely ............................................................................... 77 RemoteAssistance:TappingintoYourFriendsforHelp ....................... AskandYouShallReceive:GettingRemoteAssistance ............ AreYoutheExpert?GivingRemoteAssistance ......................... PreventingRemoteControlofYourComputer ...........................
78 79 84 85
Contents AccessYourDesktopRemotely ............................................................. SetUptheRemoteComputertoAccept RemoteConnections ............................................................... ConfiguretheLocalComputerandMaketheConnection ......... GettheMostOutofRemoteDesktop ......................................... ConnecttoAnotherComputerUsingNetMeeting ................................. WhereIsNetMeeting? ................................................................ ConnecttoOtherswithNetMeeting ............................................ UseGroupPolicytoSecureNetMeeting .................................... CHAPTER 5
100 101 103 104 104 106 108 109 109 111 112
Staying in the Game ............................................................................ 115 BuildaBetterPC .................................................................................. BeefUpYourSystemwithRAM ................................................ UpgradeSoundandVideoCards ................................................ ThrowaLANParty ..................................................................... OptimizeSystemSettings ...................................................................... CreateaHardwareProfile ........................................................... UseDirectXDiagnosticTool ...................................................... HowSP2AffectsGaming ...................................................................... PlaySafeOnlinewithSP2 .......................................................... UnblockGamesManually ...........................................................
CHAPTER 7
86 88 90 93 93 94 96
Safety First: Service Pack 2 ............................................................... 99 HowtoGetServicePack2 .................................................................... WaitforAutomaticUpdatesorGettheUpdateManually .......... GetSP2atYourLocalComputerStore ....................................... InternetSecurity ..................................................................................... PoppingPop-Ups ......................................................................... OpeningAttachmentsinOutlookExpress (andConfrontingOtherSP2Annoyances) .............................. RestorePre-SP2SecuritySettingsinInternetExplorer .............. NewControlPanelApplets .................................................................... ConfigureWindowsFirewall ...................................................... RelyontheSecurityCenter ........................................................ UsetheWirelessNetworkSetupWizard ....................................
CHAPTER 6
85
116 116 118 120 123 123 125 127 127 129
Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia ...................... 131 KeepPicture-PerfectPictures ................................................................ OrganizeYourPictures ................................................................ BackUpYourPictures ................................................................ BurnPicturestoaCDAnyoneCanWatch .................................. MyFavoriteWindowsMediaPlayerTips ............................................. ArrangeYourMusicwithAutomaticPlaylists ............................ CreateYourOwnPlaylists ..........................................................
132 132 134 138 139 140 144
xi
xii
HARDCOREWINDOWS
CrossfadingandVolumeLevelingYourPlaylists ....................... BackUpYourMusic ................................................................... MoviesandMovieMaker2 ................................................................... UseAutoMovietoMakeaMovieontheGo .............................. PersonalizeYourMovie .............................................................. ShareYourMoviewithOthers .................................................... CHAPTER 8
CHAPTER 9
CHAPTER 10
147 149 152 152 155 159
Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected ............................... 163 GetConnected:TheHomeNetwork ...................................................... GetPhysicalwithWiredNetworks ............................................. ShareandShareAlike:InternetConnectionSharing .................. UsetheNetworkSetupWizard ................................................... ShareFiles,Folders,Media,andHardware ........................................... AvoidaCommonProblem:DuplicateFiles ................................ SimpleSecuritywithSimpleFileSharing .................................. WorkingWithoutaNet:DisablingSimpleFileSharing ............. There’sNoNeedforaPrinteratEveryComputer ...................... TakeCommandwithCommand-LineTools .......................................... GetConfigurationInformationwithipconfig/all ....................... PingforProblems ........................................................................
164 165 167 169 173 174 176 178 180 182 183 186
Improving System Performance ........................................................ CleanUpYourDrives ............................................................................ RidYourComputerofUnnecessaryFiles ................................... RidYourComputerofUnnecessaryPrograms ........................... CloseOpenWindows(ApplicationWindowsThatIs) .......................... GettheMostfromSystemRestore ............................................. RemoveFaxServicesandOtherWindowsComponents ............ UpdateDrivers ....................................................................................... EventViewerCanTellYouWhat’sWrong ................................. FindAnyDriverontheWeb ....................................................... UseDeviceDriverRollback ....................................................... OptimizetheHardDiskonaSchedule .................................................. ScheduleDiskCleanup ............................................................... ScheduleDiskDefragmenter ...................................................... ScheduleAntivirusSoftwareUpdates ......................................... ScheduleWindowsUpdates ........................................................
190 190 192 194 194 196 197 198 201 201 203 203 207 209 211
189
Media Performance and Fun ............................................................. 215 Photography ........................................................................................... ResizeImagesEasily ................................................................... CreateSlideshowsAnyoneCanWatch ....................................... CreateaMobilePictureLibrary ..................................................
216 216 218 219
Contents WindowsMediaPlayer .......................................................................... EditMediaPlayerMetadata ........................................................ UseRatingstoCreatePersonalizedPlaylists .............................. PerformanceandSecurity ...................................................................... CommonSenseTricksforBetterPerformance ........................... You’retheParent ......................................................................... ProtectYourIdentity ................................................................... BackUpYourMedia .............................................................................. UsingWindowsBackupUtilityinWindowsXPHome .............. CreatingaBackupforMediaOnly ............................................. CreatingaSchedule ..................................................................... CHAPTER 11
223 223 225 227 228 229 230 232 232 233 234
Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools ...................................... 237 ManagingUsersandGroups .................................................................. CreateaGroup ............................................................................ MayIHavePermission,Please? ................................................. ManageSharedFilesandFolders ............................................... LocalSecurityPolicy ............................................................................. ConfigurePasswordRequirements ............................................. ConfigureAccountLockout ........................................................ EventViewer .......................................................................................... SeeWhat’sHappeningWhenYou’reNotAround ...................... MakeSenseofAuditingLogs ..................................................... SystemInformation ................................................................................ GetBasicSystemDiagnostics ..................................................... GetAdvancedSystemDiagnostics ............................................. ViewInstalledApplications’Properties ......................................
238 238 240 243 244 244 245 246 246 248 250 250 252 253
Index ............................................................................................ 255
xiii
This page intentionally left blank.
Acknowledgments Quiteafewpeopleparticipatedinbringingthisbooktolife;ittakesmuchmorethanjustawriter togetitdone.First,aspecialthankstoMargieMcAnenyforselectingmetowriteit,AgathaKim forkeepingeveryoneonthesamepage,andTomDunlapforpatiently,quickly,anddiligently performingthetechnicaleditingtasks.Anotherroundofapplauseisneededformycopyeditor, BillMcManus,whopainstakinglydottedthei’sandcrossedthet’s,andmadesureIdidn’tgo wildwiththesemicolons,anastylittlehabitofmine. Ofcourse,IwanttothankNeilSalkindofStudioB,myagent,whoisalwaystheretotell mehowgreatI’mdoing,andtoofferwordsofencouragement.Finally,aspecialthankstomy family—Mom,Dad,Jennifer,andCosmo—whocontinuetosupportmethroughtheharriedbook writingphase,followedbythe“I’llbeonthegolfcoursetoday;Idon’thaveanythingtodo” phase.Ittakessomehardcoreefforttowrite,edit,produce,andpublishabook,andIhad ahardcoreteam!
xv Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
This page intentionally left blank.
Introduction Ahard-ywelcometoHardcoreWindowsXP:TheStep-by-StepGuidetoUltimatePerformance forallhardcoreWindowsXPusers!Ifyou’reahardcoreuser,thisisthebookyou’vebeen waitingfor.Hereyou’lllearnhowtoenhancetheperformanceofyourcomputerbytaking controlofeverythingfromscreensaverstobackgroundapplicationstogrouppolicies.You’ll learnmanyofthetrickstheprosknow,too,includinghowtospeedupthebootprocess,howto turnoffunnecessaryapplicationsandservices,andhowtousebuilt-inadministrativetoolslike EventViewer,justtonameafew. Thisbookisforhardcorereaderstoo.Youdon’thavetoopenandreadthebookfromcover tocover.Infact,youshoulddojusttheopposite.Wanttolearnhowtoworkremotelyfrom home?TurntoChapter4.WanttofindouthowtotakecontrolofServicePack2?Chapter5. Wanttoconfigureaccountlockoutifauserhastriedunsuccessfullytologonthreeormore times?SkiponovertoChapter11.It’sallhere—everythingyouneedtoknowtoworkfaster, smarter,andmoresecurely. Becausethebookisareferencemanualandnotatometobereadsequentially,thebook’s chaptersarelaidoutalittledifferentlythanotherbooks.Infact,eachchapteriscompletely independentoftheothers.Thereislogicbehindthemadness,though,andthechaptersarein alogicalorder.Thebookstartsbyshowinghowtopersonalizeyouruserinterface,moveson todescribehowtotweakandenhanceperformancefromthegroundup,andcontinuesthrough controllingthecomputeranditsuserswithadministrativetoolsandlocalsecuritypolicies.So, ifyouwanttodoitallandtakefulladvantageofwhatWindowsXPhastooffer,followthe chaptersintheorderinwhichtheyarepresented;otherwise,skiparoundtoyourheart’scontent. Throughoutthechapters,you’llfindamyriadoftipsandtricks.Infact,that’sallthebook is—acompilationofmyfavoritetipsandtricks.InChapter1,forinstance,you’lllearnwhat programsarerunninginthebackgroundandhowtodisablethemiftheyaren’tneeded,howto enableautologon,andhowtoconfigurespecificprogramstorunwhenWindowsboots.You’ll alsolearnhowtodisableballoontips,howtoremovetheRecycleBinfromtheDesktop,howto removeyourusernamefromtheStartmenu,andmore.AllofthisinChapter1!Tonsoftipsand tricksforhardcoreusersjustlikeyou. Asthebookprogresses,thetipsandtricksbecomemoreadvanced.Inlaterchapters,you’ll learntoconfigureServicePack2’sfirewallsothatit’susefulbutfunctional,upgradesoundand videocards,usecommand-linetoolssuchaspingandipconfigtotroubleshootanetwork,
xvii Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
xviii
HARDCOREWINDOWS
createalocalsecuritypolicy,andconfigureaccountlockoutandpasswordpoliciesforyourusers. Thebookcontainshundredsofthesekindsoftipsandtricks—everythingthehardcoreuserneeds toknow!
ELEMENTS YOU’LL RUN ACROSS WHILE READING AND BROWSING AllofusatHardcoreCentralagreedearlyonthatabookcomprisedsolelyofWindowsXPtips andtrickswouldsuitourhardcoreaudiencebetterthananyotherformat.Wealsowantedto makethebookextremelyuser-friendly,sowealsodecidedtoaddspecialelementsandrelated iconsthroughout.Becauseofthisformatandthenumberofelementsincluded,itmaybeof benefittoyoutoreadthroughtheirdescriptionsbeforedivingintothebook. Thebookcomprises11chapters,eachofwhichconsistsofamultitudeoftipsrelatedtothe chaptertitle.Eachtipbeginswithaone-sentencedescriptiontogiveyoualittlemoreinformation beyondthetiptitleitself.Followingthisisabriefdescriptionofthesubjectmatter,generallyone tofourparagraphsexplainingthetipandthereasoningbehindit.Lastly,step-by-stepinstructions detailhowtocarryouttheprocedure,almostalwayswithanillustrationortwotohelpyoualong theway. Interspersedwithinthetextarealsoseveralelements: Notesprovideancillaryinfothat’sgermanetoagivendiscussionbutnotpartof themainaction. QuickTipsgiveyouinformationonbestuseoffeatures,additionaltidbitstomakethings easier,andtime-savingshortcuts. WatchOutssignalpitfallstoavoid,workaroundstoemploy,and“gotchas”tobe awareof. Thiselementhighlightscoolutilitiesthatareavailableforfreeonline.
Thesetellyouwheretogoformoreinformationonagiventopicortip. Nowyou’rereadytogo!CheckouttheTableofContentsandpickatipthat’sofinterest toyou.Pageonovertoitandgetreadytodosomehardcoretweaking!
CHAPTER 1
THE USER INTERFACE
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
2
HARDCOREWINDOWS
T
hereareanincrediblenumberofwaysyoucantweakyourWindows XPcomputerforhardcoreperformance,sothisfirstchapterstartswith themostpopularchoices—speedingupthebootprocessandtweakingthe userinterface.Tweakingyourcomputerusingthetipsandtricksinthis chapterwillbenefityouinmanyways:yourmachinewillbefaster,more responsive,andbettersuityourspecificuserneeds.Tweakingisn’tjustfor gamersandmultimediamavensanymore! Inthischapteryou’lllearnthetopwaystogetthemostoutofyour computer,includingdisablingsomeitemsthatstartwhenyourcomputer boots(decreasinghowlongthisprocesstakesandincreasingcomputer performance),hidingtheWelcomescreen,disablingtheWindowssplash screen,gettingridofballoontips,usingTweakUItotakecontroloftheuser interface,andusingtheGroupPolicyEditortodisabletheCTRL-ALT-DEL requirementonlogon,justtonameafew.Thelessyourcomputerhasto do,andthelessyouhavetoinput,thebetterandfasteryoubothwillrun!
THE NEED FOR SPEED Therearelotsofthingsyoucandothatwillhelpyouenhancestartup(or boot)performance.I’llintroducemyfavoritetricksandtipshere.
Ó
Sweep Out the System Tray
TheSystemTrayoffersiconsdetailingwhatisrunninginthe backgroundwhileyouwork;removingasmanyaspossiblewill increaseperformance. TheSystemTray,morerecentlyreferredtobyMicrosoftastheNotification Area,islocatedontherightsideoftheTaskbar,thelongrectangularbox usuallyfoundatthebottomofyourscreen.TheSystemTrayoffersicons thatdetailwhatapplicationsstartautomaticallywhenWindowsboots,and whicharecurrentlyrunninginthebackground.Figure1-1showsafairly Notification Area (System Tray)
FIGURE 1-1 The Notification Area with running programs
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface busySystemTray,withmultipleitemsactiveandrunninginthebackground inthisorder:newmail,anetworkconnection,aprinter,FullShot(ascreenshot captureapplication),anInternetconnection,anantivirusprogram,MSN Messenger,anotherprinter,andapop-upstopper.Theseitemsareusing valuablesystemresources.AnarrowattheedgeoftheSystemTrayindicates thatmoreitemsareintheSystemTray;clickittoseeeverything’sthat jammedinthere.(ThearrowappearsbecausetheHideInactiveIconsoption hasbeencheckedintheTaskbarandStartMenuPropertiesdialogbox— moreabouttheselaterinthischapter.) SometimesyoucanremoveitemsfromtheSystemTraybyrightclickingthemandchoosingExit,butothersarealittlemorestubborn.In addition,removingtheiconsfromtheSystemTraydoesn’tstopthemfrom startingandputtingtheiriconsrightbacktherethenexttimeyoubootup. Ifyouwanttoremoveitemspermanently,andpreventthemfromstarting whenWindowsboots(makingthebootupprocessnoticeablyfasterand lighteningtheloadontheCPU),performthefollowingsteps:
1. ClickStart|Run. 2. IntheRundialogbox,typemsconfig.exeandclickOK. 3. IntheSystemConfigurationUtilitydialogbox,choosethe Startuptab.
4. UncheckanyitemyoudonotwanttostartupwhenWindowsboots. Figure1-2showssomeexamplesofwhattouncheck.It’sbestto disableanythingyou’vedownloadedfromtheInternetbutnolonger want. FIGURE 1-2 The System Configuration Utility’s Startup tab and unnecessary programs
3 1
4
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Onlydisableitemsyourecognize.IfyoudisablesomethingthatXPneedstorun,suchas RUNDLL32,you’llhaveproblems,guaranteed!
5. Youcanincreasethewidthofanycategorybydraggingfromitstitle bar.Thiswillallowyoutoreadeachitem’snamemoreeasily.Position themouseintheCommandtitlebar,forexample,andwhenthe arrowbecomesatwo-headedarrow,clickanddragtothedesired columnlength.
6. ClickOKandthenclickRestartwhenpromptedtorebootthe computer.(Saveyourworkandcloseallapplicationsbeforeyou reboot.)
7. Whenyourcomputerrestarts,theSystemConfigurationUtility dialogboxwillappear.ChecktheDon’tShowThisMessageOr LaunchTheSystemConfigurationUtilityWhenWindowsStarts option,andclickOK. Thistechniquenotonlyenhancesstartupperformance,butcanalsobeusedtogetridof annoyingpop-upsonbootup.UsetheSystemConfigurationUtilitytodisableregistration programs,printersoftwarethatremindsyoutobuymoreink,andsimilaritems.
Ó
Automate Everything You Can
Enableautologontoincreasebootupperformance. Ifyouaretheonlyonewhousesyourcomputerandit’slocatedin asecurearea,there’snoreasontocontinuewastingtimeenteringyour passwordorselectingyournamefromtheWelcomescreeneachtimeyou wanttologon. ToenableautologonandbypassXP’sprompttoenterausernameand password,performthefollowingsteps:
1. ClickStart|Run. 2. IntheRundialogbox,typecontroluserpasswords2andclickOK. 3. UncheckUsersMustEnterAUserNameAndPasswordToUse ThisComputerandclickOK,asshowninFigure1-3.
4. IntheAutomaticallyLogOndialogboxthatappears,typeyour usernameandpassword,confirmthepassword,andclickOK.
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface
5 1
FIGURE 1-3 Enable autologon
YoucanalsoenableautologonusingaPowerToycalledTweakUI.PowerToysarefree utilitiesyoucandownloadfromtheInternetthatallowyoutoeasilydothingsyouwouldnot normallybeabletodo(likeaddtheAdministratoraccounttotheWelcomescreenorenable autologon).TherewillbemoreonTweakUIlaterinthischapter.
Ó
Prevent Windows Messenger from Starting Automatically
WindowsMessengerstartsautomaticallybydefault,butyoucan changethisbehavior. WindowsMessengeristhemessagingutilitythatshipswithWindowsXP. Bydefault,itstartsautomaticallywhenyoubootyourcomputer.Ifyouprefer MSNMessengeroranothermessagingprogram,orifyoudon’tdoanyinstant messaging,you’llwanttostopWindowsMessengerfrombooting. ThewayinwhichyoupreventWindowsMessengerfromstarting automaticallydependsonwhetheryouareusingOutlookExpressorOutlook. InOutlookExpress:
1. ClickTools|Options. 2. OntheGeneraltab,clearAutomaticallyLogOnToWindows Messenger.ClickOK.
6
HARDCOREWINDOWS
InOutlook:
1. ClickTools|Options. 2. OntheOthertab,clearEnableInstantMessaginginMicrosoft Outlook.ClickOK. ThewayinwhichyoudisableWindowsMessengerfromrunning altogetherdependsonwhichWindowsoperationsystemyouareusing. InWindowsXPProfessional:
1. ClickStart|Run,andtypegpedit.msc.ClickOK. 2. UsingtheGroupPolicyEditor,underLocalComputerPolicy, expandComputerConfiguration|AdministrativeTemplates| WindowsComponentsandselectWindowsMessenger,asshownin Figure1-4. FIGURE 1-4 The Group Policy Editor and Windows Messenger settings
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface 3. Double-clickDoNotAllowWindowsMessengerToBeRun,and selectEnabled.
4. ClickOKandclosetheGroupPolicyEditor. InWindowsXPHome:
1. StartWindowsMessenger. 2. ClickTools|Options. 3. OnthePreferencestab,clearRunThisProgramWhenWindows Starts.ClickOKandreboot. TocompletelyridyourcomputerofWindowsMessenger,visithttp://www.support.microsoft .comandsearchtheKnowledgeBaseforarticle302089.
Ó
Allow a Specific Program to Start When the Computer Boots
Ifyouuseaspecificprogrameveryday,suchasOutlookorOutlook Express,configureittoopenautomaticallyatbootup. Nowthatyou’vekilledwhatyoudon’tneedatbootup,youarereadyto addsomethingsyoudoneed.Ifyoualwaysuseaspecificprogramwhen youstartyourcomputer,suchasOutlookExpress,MicrosoftWord,or AdobePhotoshop,youcanconfigurethatprogramtoopenautomatically eachtimeyoubootyourcomputer.Thiswon’tspeedupboottime,of course,butitwillallowyoutobootthecomputerandhavetheprograms youalwaysuseopenautomatically. ToconfigureanyprogramtostartautomaticallywhenWindowsboots:
1. ClickStart|AllProgramsandpointtotheStartupfolder.There mayormaynotbeitemsinthatfolder.(Itemsinthatfolderdo startautomaticallywhenWindowsboots,soifthereareunnecessary programsthereyoumaywanttoremovethem.)
2. OntheAllProgramsmenu,locatetheprogramyouwanttohave automaticallystartwhenyoubootyourcomputer.
7 1
8
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. Right-clickthatprogramanddragittotheStartupfolder.Ifthereare noitemsinthefolder,dropitontopofStartup.Ifthereareitemsin thatfolder,dragitovertotheareawherethoseitemsarelistedand dropitthere.
4. Whenyouletgoofthemouse,selectCopyHere. YoucanalsobrowsetotheStartupfolderusingWindowsExplorer.Right- clickStartandclickExploretoopenWindowsExplorer.Underyourlocal disk,expandDocumentsandSettingsandfindyouruserfolder.Expandit, expandStartMenu,expandPrograms,andselectStartup.Figure1-5shows anexample.Notethatyoucanalsodragitemstothisfolderifyoucan’tfind themontheAllProgramsmenu,includingfoldersandfiles.Whateveryou addherewillopenorstartautomaticallyonreboot.
FIGURE 1-5 Windows Explorer and the Startup folder
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface
Ó
Allow the Administrator Account on the Welcome Screen
IfyouusetheAdministratoraccountonlywhenyouneedtoperform administratortasks,enabletheAdministratoraccountontheWelcome screen. AnotherwaytoenhancethebootupprocessistoenabletheAdministrator accountontheWelcomescreen.EnablingtheAdministratoraccountallows youtologonasanadministratorwhenyouneedto,andtologonasa standarduserorasaguestaccountwhendesirable. BeforeenablingtheAdministratoraccountontheWelcomescreen,you mustmeetcertaincriteria:
■ Youmustbepartofaworkgroup,notadomain.
■ YoumustbeusingtheWelcomescreen.
■ YoumustnotbeusingFastUserSwitching.
First,verifythattheWelcomescreenisenabledandthatFastUser SwitchingisdisabledbygoingtoStart|ControlPanel|UserAccounts.In UserAccounts:
1. CheckUseTheWelcomeScreen.(Ifyoudon’tseethisoption,you don’tmeetthecriteriaintheprecedingbulletedlist.)
2. UncheckUseFastUserSwitching. Next,download,install,andconfigureTweakUI.TweakUIisafree PowerToythatletsyoudoalmostanythingtoyouruserinterface,and quiteeasily.OneofthethingsyoucandowithTweakUIisshowthe AdministratoraccountontheWelcomescreen.Here’show:
1. DownloadTweakUIfromhttp://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/ downloads/powertoys/xppowertoys.mspx.
2. OpentheprogrambyclickingStart|AllPrograms|PowerToysFor WindowsXP|TweakUIForWindowsXP.
3. ClickLogon,andcheckShow“Administrator”OnWelcomeScreen, asshowninFigure1-6.
9 1
10
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 1-6 Using TweakUI to show the Administrator account
PERSONALIZE THE DESKTOP Onceyourstartupprocessisstreamlinedandyouareloggedon,you’llwant topersonalizetheDesktopsothatitfitsyouandyourneeds.Asanauthor, IkeeptheTaskbarhiddenandIstayawayfromscreensaversbutwhenI’m betweenprojectsIturnrightbacktousingmyownpicturesasabackground, lockingtheTaskbar,andcustomizinghowmycomputerlooks.Although mostofthesetasksareeasyenough(andwellknown),othertweaksaren’t. Forinstance,didyouknowyoucanputatoolbaronyourTaskbarforthe Desktop?Evenwith15openprograms,files,andwindows,youcanreach anythingonyourDesktopinasingleclick.Let’slookatthatfirst.
Ó
Tweak the Taskbar
TheTaskbaristhedoorwaytoalloftheopenprogramsonyour computer;personalizeitforthebestperformancepossible. Right-clickanemptyareaoftheTaskbarandpointtoToolbars.Notice theoptions,includingDesktopandQuickLaunch.Toaddtheseoranyothers totheTaskbar,simplyselectthem.Whilethisisasimpleenoughtask,what itoffersupisquiteuseful.TakealookattheTaskbarinFigure1-7.
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface
11 1
FIGURE 1-7 Desktop toolbar on the Taskbar
FromtheTaskbar,younowcanaccesseverythingontheDesktop.This isquiteusefulwhenmultipleprogramsandfilesareopen,andyouneed aspecificitemontheDesktop. YoucanalsotweaktheTaskbarbyright-clickingitandchoosing Properties.FromtheTaskbartabyoucandothefollowing:
■ LocktheTaskbar
■ Auto-hidetheTaskbar
■ KeeptheTaskbarontopofotherwindows
■ GroupsimilaritemsontheTaskbar(ornot)
■ ShoworhideQuickLaunch
■ Showorhidetheclock
■ Showorhideinactiveicons
Setthesetosuityourneeds.Personally,Icouldn’tdowithouttheclock, andgroupingsimilaritemsdrivesmecrazy.However,IusetheQuickLaunch areaeveryday,andfinditmostuseful.(QuickLaunchistheareatotheleft oftheTaskbarjustnexttotheStartmenu.Itholdsiconsforitemsyouuse regularly,andthoseitemscanbedefined.) WanttoaddanitemtotheQuickLauncharea?LocateitontheAllProgramsmenu(or elsewhere),right-clicktheexecutableprogramicon,anddragittotheQuickLaunchareaof theTaskbar.LetgoofthemouseandchooseCopyHere.Anewiconfortheprogramwillbe added.
12
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Use Your Own Picture as the Desktop Background
PutpicturesonyourDesktopsoyoucanviewthemeveryday. Whilethereareliterallythousandsofwaystopersonalizeyourcomputer, there’snobetterwaytodosothanwithpictures.Picturescanbeusedas Desktopbackgrounds(sometimesreferredtoaswallpaper)orasscreen savers. Ifyouhaveapictureyou’dliketousefortheDesktopbackground:
1. Openthefolderthatcontainsthepictureyouwanttouse.Ifyou’ve stayedorganizedandsavedyourpicturestothedefaultfolders,it shouldbeintheMyPicturesfolder,whichisusuallyintheMy Documentsfolder.
2. Selectthepicture,butdonotopenit. 3. FromthePictureTaskspane,selectSetAsDesktopBackground,as showninFigure1-8. FIGURE 1-8 Use any image as Desktop wallpaper
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface IfyouprefernottousethePictureTaskspane,youcanalsoright-clicka pictureandchooseSetAsDesktopBackgroundfromthemenuthatappears; thismaybefaster. TheWallpaperChanger,afreePowerToyavailablefromhttp://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/ downloads/powertoys/create_powertoys/default.mspx,isaprogramthatallowsyoutochange theDesktopbackgroundautomatically,atintervalsyouspecifyinminutes,hours,orevendays. It’spartofthePowerToysFunPack,afree,dependable,andfunsetofapplications.
Ó
Create Your Own Screen Savers
Useyourownpicturesasascreensaver. Youcanuseyourownpicturesasscreensaverstoo,bycreatingaslideshow ofimagesinyourpicturelibrary.UsingtheMyPicturesSlideshowinthe ControlPanel’sDisplayoptions,youcandisplayimagesonthescreenfrom anywherebetweensixsecondsandthreeminutesbeforetransitioningtothe nextimage.Transitionsvary,andrangefromfadingin,toslidinginfrom acorner,tocomingtogetherinacheckerboardpattern. Backintheday,oh,theearly’80sandintothe’90s,screensaverswerenecessarytoavoid animage“burning”intothescreen.That’snotbelievedtobetrueanymore,andscreensavers arereallyjustcosmetic. Tocreateascreensaverusingyourownimages:
1. OpentheMyPicturesfolder(orthefolderwhereyourimagesare stored)andverifythatmultiplepicturesaresavedinthatfolder.
2. ClickStart|ControlPanel.InControlPanel,openDisplay.You canalsoright-clickanemptyareaoftheDesktopandselect Properties.(Ifyou’reinCategoryview,you’llhavetopick AppearanceandThemesfirst.) ControlPanelhastwoviews,CategoryandClassic.Classicviewshowstheiconswithout havingtofirstchooseaspecificcategory.Categoryviewrequiresthatacategorybeselected first,asinStep2.
3. SelecttheScreenSavertab. 4. FromthechoicesintheScreenSaverdrop-downlist,selectMy PicturesSlideshow.
13 1
14
HARDCOREWINDOWS
5. ClickSettings,andconfigurehowoftentochangethepicture,how muchofthescreentousewhendisplayingapicture,andwhatfolder touse.Configureothersettingsasapplicable.ClickOK.You’llseea previewinthewindow,asshowninFigure1-9.
FIGURE 1-9 Create a personalized screen saver
6. ClickOKtoclosetheDisplayPropertiesdialogbox. TheVideoScreenSaverPowerToy,afreePowerToyavailablefromhttp://www.microsoft.com/ windowsxp/downloads/powertoys/create_powertoys/default.mspx,isaprogramthatallows youtouseyourWindowsMediaVideofilesasyourWindowsXPscreensaver.It’spartofthe PowerToysFunPack,afree,dependable,andfunsetofapplications.
Ó
Disable the Windows Splash Screen
Ifyouwanttoseethedetailsofthebootupprocess,disablethe splashscreen. Screensaversandbackgroundsareonewaytopersonalizeyour computerwithpictures,butWindowsXPhasafewpicturesofitsown, onebeingthesplashscreenyouseeonbootup.Therearemultiplereasons whyyou’dwanttodisabletheWindowssplashscreen.Forstarters,the splashscreenhidesthedetailsregardingwhatfilesarebeingloadedasthe
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface computerboots,whatversionofXPyouhave,informationaboutsystem data,informationaboutthefilesystemcheck,andmore.Whenthesplash screencoversthatup,youdon’tgettoseethatpartofthebootprocess.You maywanttoviewthisinformationfortroubleshootingbootupproblems,or perhapsjustoutofcuriosity. TodisablethesplashscreeninWindowsXP:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandchooseProperties. 2. ClicktheAdvancedtab,andclicktheSettingsbuttonunderStartup andRecovery.
3. IntheSystemStartuparea,clickEdit. 4. Afterthe/fastdetectentryunder[operatingsystems], addaspaceand/SOS.Itshouldlooksomethinglikethis,although systemsvary: [bootloader] timeout=3 default=multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS [operatingsystems] multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS= ”MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessional”/fastdetect/ SOS
5. ClickFile|Save.ClickOKtoapplyandclosetheSystemProperties dialogbox.
6. Restartthecomputerandthesplashscreenwillbegone.
PLAY MASTER AND COMMANDER WITH TweakUI TweakUIisafreePowerToythatletsyoudoallkindsofcoolthingswith WindowsXP,thingsyouprobablydidn’tthinkyoucoulddowithouthaving thenervesofsteelittakestoedittheRegistry.Amongotherthings,TweakUI letsyouenableordisableToolTipanimationsandfades,aswellas(those annoying)balloontips,andofferseasyaccesstotheGroupPolicyEditor, whereyoucanchangethemostintricateaspectsofthecomputer’sbehavior. YoucandownloadTweakUIfromhttp://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/downloads/ powertoys/xppowertoys.mspx.YouopentheprogrambyclickingStart|AllPrograms| PowerToysForWindowsXP|TweakUIForWindowsXP.
15 1
16
HARDCOREWINDOWS
TheTweakUIinterfaceiseasytouseandisshowninFigure1-10.To configureanysetting,clickand/orexpandanycategory,browsethroughthe options,andmakechangesasdesired.Theprogramdoesalltheworkand automaticallyappliesthechanges.Althoughthereareliterallyhundreds ofoptionsavailable,thefollowingsectionsintroducemyfavorites.(You canperformmanyofthesetasksonyourownandwithoutTweakUI,but TweakUIdoesmakeiteasier.)
FIGURE 1-10 The TweakUI interface
Ó
Personalize the Start Menu
Youdon’thavetosettleforthegenericStartmenuanditschoices; personalizeittomakeityourown. Youcanright-clicktheStartbutton,chooseProperties,andconfigure settingsforWindowsXP’sStartmenu.Forinstance,youcanchoosetouse XP’sStartmenuinterface,oroptfortheClassicStartmenuusedinearlier versionsoftheoperatingsystem.Fromeithermenu,youcansethowtodisplay Startmenuitems,includingdisplaying(ornotdisplaying)thefollowing (amongothers):
■ ControlPanel
■ HelpandSupport
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface
■ MyComputer
■ MyDocuments
■ MyMusic
17 1
Onceyouchoosewhichelementsyou’regoingtodisplay,youthen specifywhetheradditionaloptionsshouldbeshownasalinkorasamenu. Onethingyoucan’tset,though,iswhatcanandcan’tbeshowninthe FrequentlyUsedProgramslist.Figure1-11showsthislistasitappearson mycomputer.
Frequently Used Programs list
FIGURE 1-11 Frequently Used Programs list on the Start menu
Todecidewhatitemsmakethecutandappearonthislist,WindowsXP keepstrackofhowoftenyouopenanduseanyprogram.Asyouuseprograms, theprogramnamegetsmovedupthelist.WithanewXPinstallation,the firstprogramyouopengetsplacedthere.Asyouuseothersmoreandmore, theymoveuptheladdersotospeak,andareplacedonthislistabovethe others,andeventuallyunpopularprogramsaremovedoff.TotellWindows XPwhatprogramsyouneverwanttoseeonthelist(perhapsyouplay
18
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FreeCelloruseWindowsMediaPlayeratworkeveryday,butdon’twant eithertoappear):
1. OpenTweakUI. 2. ExpandTaskbar. 3. SelectXPStartMenu. 4. Deselectanyitemsyouneverwanttoappear,asshowninFigure1-12.
FIGURE 1-12 Disallow certain items from the Frequently Used Programs list
Ó
Configure Image Quality and Size of Thumbnails in Windows Explorer
TweakUIoffersaneasywaytosetimagequalityandthumbnailsize. YoucantweakthesizeandqualityofthethumbnailsyouseeintheMy Pictures,MyDocuments,andsimilarfolders.Imagequalitycanbelessened forbetterperformance,ascansize.Largerthumbnailsrequiremorememory anddiskspace.Bothsettingsareper-usersettings,meaningtheychangewhen adifferentuserlogson. TouseTweakUItoconfigureimagequalityforthumbnailsinWindows Explorer:
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface 1. OpenTweakUIandexpandExplorer. 2. ClickThumbnails. 3. Forahigher-qualitythumbnail,movetheImageQualityslidertothe right.
4. Tochangethesizeofthethumbnails,selectanewsizeinthe Thumbnail,Size(Pixels)option. Alargerthumbnailisusefulincertaincircumstances—apersonwith pooreyesightoronewhositsfarawayfromthemonitor,forinstance.A high-qualitythumbnailmayalsobeimportanttoanartistorphotographer. Butkeepinmindthatlargerimagesrequirethecomputertoworkharder. Sincebigimagesrequiremorememoryanddiskspace,theyshouldonly beusedifabsolutelynecessary.Thelargestandhighest-qualitysettings willofferanoticeableperformancehitwhenopeningtheExplorerfolder. Ontheotherhand,smallersizesandqualityuselessresources,andmaybe beneficialtothosewithlimitedreserves.Figure1-13showstheMyPictures folderconfiguredtoshowthumbnailsofimagesat250pixels,andthehighest qualityontheslider. FIGURE 1-13 Thumbnails can be changed in size and quality.
19 1
20
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Pop Those Balloon Tips
Balloontipsarethoseannoyinglittlepop-upsfromXP;getridof themwithTweakUI. Thisisaprettyeasyone,butyoucanamazeyourfriendsandfamily byeasilydisabling(turningoff)thoseannoyingpop-upballoontipsthat appearintherightcorneroftheTaskbar.Theseballoontipstellyouvarious things—youshouldtakeatourofXP,geta.NETpassport,etc.—andaftera monthortwotheycangetprettyannoying. Todisableballoontips:
1. OpenTweakUI. 2. ClicktheTaskbaroption. 3. CleartheDisableBalloonTipscheckbox. IfyouwanttoseejusthowmanyballoontipsappearforanewuserofWindowsXPorfora cleaninstallation,logonasanadministrator,openControlPanelandUserAccounts,create anewuser,andthenlogonasthatuser.You’llseewhyTweakUI’sDisableBalloonTips optionisnecessary.
Ó
Set a Trap with Changed Settings
Changethekeyboardlayouttosuityourneedsandpreferences,orjust toplayatrickonfriendsandfamily. Perhapsthisdoesn’tbelonghere,oreveninthisbook,butifyouwantto havealittlefunwithyourfriendsandfamily,especiallythosethatuseyour computerwithoutyourpermission,considerchangingthekeyboardand mousesetuptosomethingonlyyouunderstandandprefer.Here’show. Ifyourkeyboardcomeswithcommandkeys,likeFavorites,Cut,Copy, Paste,Media,orotheroptions:
1. OpenTweakUI. 2. ExpandExplorer. 3. SelectCommandKeys. You’llseeoptionshereforpersonalizingthosekeys.ChangetheFavorites buttontoopenSolitaire,changetheLowerMicrophonebuttontoopen WindowsMediaPlayer,oruseMuteVolumetoturnupthevolumeinstead. Chancesaretheselittlechangeswillhelpyoucatchthatmidnightsnooper whohasbeenusingyourcomputerwithoutyourauthorization!
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface Youcanalsochangethemousesettings.JustclickMouseandmake anychangesdesired.Youcanchangethemouseclicksensitivitysettings, dragsettings,hoversettings,andmore.Youcanmakeitdifficultforalmost anyonetousethemouseatall!(Onamorepracticalside,though,youcan configuremousesettingsforthosethathaveahardtimeusingamouse, suchasapersonwitharthritisoradisability.)
USE THE GROUP POLICY EDITOR TO TAKE CONTROL OF XP Nowthatyou’vehadalittlefun,let’slookatsomesettingsthatcanbe configuredthatarebitmorepractical.TheGroupPolicyEditoroffers literallythousandsofsettingcombinationsthatallowanadministratorto defineauser’sorgroupofusers’Desktopenvironment.Thisincludeshow theDesktoplookstousers,suchaswhetherornottheycanaccessspecific iconsorperformspecifictaskslikechangingtheDesktopbackground. Grouppoliciesaresetfortworeasons:tosecureacomputerby configuringComputerConfigurationsettings,andtolimitwhatuserscan dowhileatthecomputer,whichisconfiguredthroughUserConfiguration settings.Althoughgrouppoliciesaregenerallycreatedbyadministrators ofnetworksforlargegroupsofusersforthepurposeofsecuringawork environment,youcanconfigurethesettingsintheGroupPolicyEditorto personalizeyourownenvironmentatyourlocalcomputer. YoucanopentheGroupPolicyEditoreasilyfrominsideTweakUI.ExpandAbout,andselect Policy.
Ó
Be in Command of the Control Panel
Removeapplets,hideitems,hidespecifictabs,andotherwisemake theControlPanelofflimitstousers. YoucantakecontroloftheControlPanelbyusingtheGroupPolicy Editor.YoucanprohibitaccesstotheControlPanel,hideorshowonly certainControlPanelapplets,andevenforcetheClassicControlPanelstyle. Drillingdowndeeperintotheoptions,youcancompletelypersonalizethe DisplayPropertiesdialogboxbyhidingspecificitems,suchastheDesktop tab,theAppearanceandThemestab,theScreenSavertab,andmore.Thisis
21 1
22
HARDCOREWINDOWS
onlythebeginning.You’llwanttotakesometimetobrowsethroughallof theoptionsbeforedecidingwhat(ifanything)youwanttoconfigure. ToseewhatisavailableandtomakechangestotheControlPanel:
1. OpentheGroupPolicyEditorandexpandUserConfiguration| AdministrativeTemplates,andthenclickControlPanel.The ControlPaneloptionswillappearintherightpane.
2. Toenableanyoption,double-clickitandchooseEnable.Todisable anyoption,double-clickitandchooseDisable.
3. UndertheControlPaneloptionsintheGroupPolicyEditor,select Display.
4. Double-clickRemoveDisplayFromControlPaneland,inthe resultingdialogbox,chooseEnabled.ClickOK.
5. OpentheControlPanelandthenopenDisplay. You’llgetthemessageboxshowninFigure1-14.
6. Afterbrowsingthroughtheoptions,makesure toundotheseactions,unlessyouwanttokeep them. FIGURE 1-14 Disabling Display properties
Ó
7. ClosetheGroupPolicyEditor.
Turn Off Personalized Menus
Personalizedmenusonlyshowyouwhatyouusemostoften,andyou canturnthisoff. Theprevioussectionwasrathergeneric,withanintroductiontothe GroupPolicyEditor,somebriefinformationonhowtouseit,andaview ofjusthowmuchcanbeachievedwithit.Now,you’llmoveontomore specifictasks,suchasturningoff(whatsomeofusbelievetobe)those annoyingpersonalizedmenus. Personalizedmenus,thosemenusinInternetExplorer’sFavoritesmenu, Word’sFileandEditmenus,andsimilarplaces,onlyshowwhatyouuse mostoften,anddon’tshowyoutherestoftheitemsavailableunlessyou waitasecondortwoorclickthearrowatthebottomofthemenuitself.Some peoplefindthisratherbothersome,andwouldliketoturnthisfeatureoff.
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface Althoughthereismorethanonewaytodothat,here’sonewayusingthe GroupPolicyEditor(whileyou’rehere,checkoutalltheothersettings):
1. UsingtheGroupPolicyEditor,expandUserConfiguration| AdministrativeTemplates|WindowsComponentsandselectStart MenuAndTaskbar.
2. Abouthalfwaydowntherightpane,double-clickTurnOff PersonalizedMenus.
3. Fromtheresultingdialogbox,chooseEnabletoturnoffpersonalized menus. Noticeinthissamepanethatyoucanremovetheuser’snamefromthe Startmenu,hidetheNotificationArea,removeLogofffromtheStartmenu, andmore.
Ó
Clear My Recent Documents List on Exit
Youdon’thavetokeepanopenandupdatedlistofrecentdocuments ifyoudon’twantto. AswithotherStartmenuoptions,right-clickingtheStartbuttonand selectingPropertiesallowsyoutoconfiguretheMyRecentDocuments itemthatappearsontheStartmenu.Youcanchoosetoshowallyourrecent documentsorshownoneatall,ortomanuallyclearthelistyourself.If youwantthelisttobeclearedautomaticallywhenyoulogoff,youhaveto opentheGroupPolicyEditor,locatetheappropriatesetting,andenablethe optiontocleartheMyRecentDocumentshistoryonexit.Here’show:
1. ClickStart|Runandtypegpedit.msc.ClickOK. 2. UnderLocalComputerPolicy,expandUserConfiguration| AdministrativeTemplatesandselectStartMenuAndTaskbar.
3. Scrolldownabouthalfwaythroughthelistanddouble-clickClear HistoryOfRecentlyOpenedDocumentsOnExit.
4. SelectEnabled,andclickOK. YoucanalsoturnofftheMyRecentDocumentsfeaturepermanently, whichmaybeabettersolution.IfyouprefernottousetheGroupPolicy Editor,justright-clickStart,chooseProperties|Customized|Advanced, anduncheckListMyMostRecentlyOpenedDocuments.
23 1
24
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Disable the CTRL - ALT - DEL Requirement
CTRL-ALT-DELmaynotbenecessaryinyourprivateandsecure environment.
ThepreviousGroupPolicyconfigurationchangeshavebeenlocatedin theUserConfigurationareaoftheGroupPolicyEditor.Let’slooknowat somecomputer-relateditems,specifically,disablingtherequirementtouse CTRL-ALT-DELtologontothecomputer,theso-called“three-fingersalute” thatisthebaneofcomputeruserseverywhere.Ifyouaretheonlyoneusing thecomputerandit’sinasafeplace,there’snoreasontocontinuetotake thisstepwhenloggingon;itwillonlyslowyoudown. TostoprequiringCTRL-ALT-DELduringlogon(you’llstillbeabletouseit insideWindowsXPtogettoTaskManager):
1. IntheGroupPolicyEditor,expandComputerConfiguration| WindowsSettings|SecuritySettings|LocalPoliciesandselect SecurityOptions.
2. Double-clickInteractiveLogon:DoNotRequireCTRL+ALT+DEL. 3. Fromtheresultingdialogbox,selectEnabled,andclickOK. NoticealsofromthispanethatyoucandisabletheGuestaccount(which maybeawisechoiceifyouaren’texpectingguests,sincenopassword isrequiredbydefault),stopdisplayingthelastlogged-onuser’snameif multipleuserslogon,andconfigureatextmessagethateachuserwillsee whenloggingon.Isuggestthatyouavoidchangingsystemsettingssuchas thetypeofsharingandsecuritymodelusedforlocalaccountsoranything similar;otherwise,youmayfindyourselfinamessthenexttimeyouneed totroubleshootaproblemwithyourcomputer. Ifyoumakeachangeyouthinkyoumaynotremember,oronethatmightnegativelyimpact theperformanceofyourcomputer,writedownwhatchangeyoumakeincaseyouhavetogo backandreverseit.
Ó
Remove Unwanted Icons from the Desktop
KeepyourDesktopfreeofclutterbyremovingwhatyoudon’tuse. TheDesktophaslotsoficonsonitbydefault,includingtheRecycle Bin,MyDocuments,InternetExplorer,andothers.Whilemanypeople enjoyhavingtheseiconsattheirfingertips,otherswouldratherhaveanice,
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface cleanDesktopwithnothingonitatall,oratleastaminimalamountoficons. TweakUIagainmakesthistaskquitesimple. ToremovetheRecycleBinfromtheDesktopusingTweakUI:
1. OpenTweakUI. 2. ClickDesktop. 3. UncheckRecycleBin. YoucanalsoremovetheRecycleBinbyusingtheGroupPolicyEditor. TheGroupPolicyEditoroffersmorethanTweakUI,though;forinstance, youcanalsoremovetheDesktopCleanupWizard,prohibitadjustment oftheDesktoptoolbars,andmore.Aswithprevioustips,theseoptions arelocatedintheGroupPolicyEditorbyexpandingUserConfiguration| AdministrativeTemplatesandselectingtheappropriateitem,inthiscase Desktop.ThesechoicesareshowninFigure1-15.
FIGURE 1-15 Desktop choices in the Group Policy Editor
25 1
26
HARDCOREWINDOWS
THEMES: TO ENHANCE, OR NOT TO ENHANCE Uptonow,I’vebeentalkingmostlyaboutenhancingthecomputer’s performance,butnowI’llmovetoenhancinghowitlooks,withthemes. Themesofferagreatwaytospiceupyourdesktopandcomputerinterface, butbeawarethatthisnewlookcomeswithaprice.ThemesareRAMhogging,performance-depleting,CPU-using,butextremelycoolsoftware toolsthatallowyoutopersonalizeyourcomputerusingsounds,colors, fonts,Desktopbackgroundpictures,screensavers,andevenmousepointers. Toseewhatthemesyouhaveavailableonyourowncomputer,open ControlPanel(availablefromtheStartmenu),openDisplay,andclickthe Themestab.Youmayonlyhaveacouple—theWindowsXPthemeandthe WindowsClassictheme—butyoucangetmoreorcreateyourown.
Ó
Create Your Own Theme
Createyourowntheme,completewithaDesktopbackground,screen saver,andotherpersonalizations. CreatingyourownthemeallowsyoutochooseyourDesktopbackground, chooseascreensaver,settheappearance,andconfigurethescreenresolution tosuityourpersonalpreferences,andthensavethosechangesasatheme withanameyou’llrecognize.Peoplegenerallycreatedifferentthemesfor specifictasks,suchasbookwriting,musicmaking,orworkingwithdigital images.Youmaycreateseveralthemesyourself,andswitchbetweenthem whenperformingthosetasks. Tocreateyourowntheme:
1. Right-clickanemptyareaoftheDesktopandchooseProperties. 2. Configureadesktopbackground,chooseascreensaver,setthe appearance,configurethescreenresolution,andmakewhatever otherchangesyoudeemnecessary.Therearemany,manysettings. Takeyourtimetovisiteachtab,andmakechangesasyoudesire. WhatI’vementionedhereisinnowayalloftheoptions.
3. Oncethesettingsareconfiguredthewayyouwantthem,from theThemestab,selectSaveAs,andsavethemunderanameyou create.
CHAPTER 1: The User Interface
Ó
1
Where to Find Themes
Locatethemesonline,atstores,andhiddeninsideothersoftware. Youcanpurchasesoftwarepackagesthatcontainthemes,suchas MicrosoftPlus!ortheMicrosoftPlus!SuperPack,whichincludesPlus! Aquarium,Plus!Space,Plus!Nature,andPlus!daVinci.Plus!Natureis showninFigure1-16.Althoughyoumaynotbeabletoseeeverythinghere, theDesktopisaraindroponatree,themousepointerisaleaf,andthecolors arebrownandgreen.Thesystemsoundsarechangedaswell,andamouse clicksoundslikeacricketchirping.
FIGURE 1-16 Themes offer diversity.
YoucanalsodownloadthemesfromtheInternet.Somearefree;someyou havetopurchase.Herearesomeofmyfavoriteplacestofindthemesonline:
27
■ h ttp://www.themexp.org NotonlydoesThemeXP.orgofferlots offreethemes,butyoucanalsocreateyourownandsubmitthem.
28
HARDCOREWINDOWS
■ h ttp://themes.belchfire.net Thissite,Belchfire.net,offerslotsof freethemes,butlotsofpop-upadstoo.Onceyougetpastthepopups,though,you’llfindallkindsofcustomizable,free,goodies.
■ h ttp://windows-xp-themes.com Thisisanicesiteandoffers whatisreferredtothereasaskin,whichchangesthewholelookof WindowsXP.
Formoreinformationaboutworkingwiththemes,readtheWindowsXPExpertZonearticle byJerryMoskowitzlocatedathttp://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/using/setup/expert/ moskowitz_03february17.mspx.
Ó
Technical Considerations when Using Themes
Usethemesonlyifyou’rewillingtogiveupalittleperformancetoo. Asmentionedearlier,althoughthemesmaylookniceandoffersounds andscreensyou’veneverheardorseenbefore,theywillslowdownyour computer.Itdoesn’tmatterhowmuchRAMorwhatkindofCPUyouhave either;runningathemeinthebackgroundatalltimessimplycausesthe computertohavetoworkhardereverymomentit’sturnedon. Herearesomeoftheproblemsyoucanexpectifyouusethemes:
■ You’lloftenfindthatwhiletryingtowakethecomputerfrom hibernationorsleep,itwillhang.
■ Themousepointersusedinsomethemesmakeitdifficulttoclick whereyouneedtoclick.
■ Themesyoudownloadfromthird-partywebsitescanconsistof poorlywrittencodeandcausehard-to-diagnoseproblems.They mayalsocontainviruses.
■ Thecomputerrunsslowlyandisnotresponsive.
ImentionthisonlybecauseIthinkhardcoremeansfastandlean,but youmaythinkhardcoremeansthecomputerlooksandfeelspersonalized foryourspecificwantsandneeds.Ifthat’swhatyouwant,goforit.Justbe preparedtowaitalittlelongerforwindowsandfilestoopen! MovingforwardfromthevisualaspectsofXP,inthenextchapteryou’ll learnaboutapplicationsandservicesthatcanslowthecomputerdown,or helpyououtofajam.
CHAPTER 2
WINDOWS XP APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
30
HARDCOREWINDOWS
W
indowsXPcomeswithmanyfull-blownapplicationsthatyou’ve probablyused,suchasMicrosoftPaintandWindowsMovieMaker, butitalsocomeswithlesser-knownapplicationsthatwalkyouthroughspecific tasks,likeinstallingorrunningaprogramthatwascreatedforanotherWindows operatingsystem.ThatapplicationiscalledtheProgramCompatibilityWizard, andI’lldiscussthatinthischapter.ThereareotherapplicationsthatIwill discussthroughoutthebook,includingRemoteAssistance,whichallowsyouto getassistancefromanonlinebuddy;RemoteDesktop,whichallowsyouto connecttoyourofficeandworkfromhome;SystemRestore,whichallows youtoreverttoanearlierdatetorepairacomputerproblem;andDiskCleanup, whichallowsyoutodeleteunnecessaryfiles,justtonameafew. WindowsXPalsoshipswithnumerousservices.Aserviceisatypeof applicationtoo,butservicesrunconstantlyinthebackground.Servicesyou maybefamiliarwithareFastUserSwitchingCompatibility,PlugandPlay, PrintSpooler,andWindowsTime.Eachserviceisalwaysreadywhenyou needit. Youmayormaynotneedalloftheavailableapplicationsandservices,and youcanstopunnecessaryservicestoprovidebettercomputerperformance. Remember,asmentionedinChapter1,thelessyourcomputerhastodoin thebackground,themoreresourcesitwillhaveavailablewhenyouneedto runresource-intensiveprogramsormultipleapplicationssimultaneously.In thischapter,you’lllearnwhichservicesarenotalwaysnecessaryandhow todisablethem.
USING WIZARDS OneofmyfavoriteWindowsXPapplicationsistheProgramCompatibility Wizard.Thiswizardallowsyoutorunolderprogramsorgamesthatwere notcreatedforWindowsXP.Althoughyou’llultimatelywanttoupgrade allofyourapplicationstoonesthatarecompatible,sometimesthisisn’tan option.Asanexample,youmayhaveusedarésuméprogramwithWindows 98thatnolongerrunsonyourWindowsXPmachine.Toedityoursaved résumésinWindowsXP,youwouldmostlikelyhavetoinstalltheprogram, becausemostolderapplicationssuchasthissaveinproprietaryfileformats thataren’teditableinotherprograms.Asanotherexample,youmayneedto openandeditfilescreatedinagraphicsprogramthatiscurrentlyincompatible withWindowsXP.Perhapsthecompanythatcreatedtheprogramwentout ofbusinessordiscontinuedthesoftware.Ifyou’verunintotheseorsimilar problems,youcanusetheProgramCompatibilityWizardandinstallandrun theolderprogramanyway.It’sassimpleasworkingthroughthewizard,which isshowninFigure2-1.
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
31
2
FIGURE 2-1 The Program Compatibility Wizard can be opened from the Help and Support Center.
TheProgramCompatibilityWizardoffersseveralwaystoconfigureolderprogramssothat they’llrunproperlyonWindowsXP. Thereareseveralwaystoincreasehowwellaprogramfunctionsin variousmodes,andtheProgramCompatibilityWizardofferssomechoices whenconfiguringtheoptions.You’lllearnhowtoconfigurethewizardsothat youcandothefollowing:
■ Chooseanoperatingsystem,includingWindows95,WindowsNT 4.0(SP5),Windows98,WindowsMe,andWindows2000.
■ Selectdisplaysettings,including256colors,640×480screen resolution,ordisablingthemesaltogether.
■ Choosetheoptiontoinstallorstarttheprogram,testit,andthen returntothewizardiftheprogramstilldoesnotworkasexpected.
Thebestchoiceforthefirstoptionistheoperatingsystemtheprogram wasoriginallycreatedfor.Inthecaseoftherésuméprogrammentioned earlier,youwouldchooseWindows98.Evenifaprogramrunsonalater OS,stillselecttheOStheprogramwascreatedfor.Thebestchoiceforthe secondoptionistherecommendedsettingsuggestedbythemanufacturerof theprogram.Thisoptionisincludedbecausemanyoldergameswillonly functionunderspecificresolutions,like640×480,andselectingthisoption issometimestheonlychoicethatneedstobemade.
32
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Forbestresults,Microsoftsuggestsyoudon’tusetheProgramCompatibilityWizardtorun programssuchasantivirusorbackuputilities.
Ó
Using the Program Compatibility Wizard
UsetheProgramCompatibilityWizardwhenyouneedtorunan olderprogramthatwasnotcreatedforWindowsXP. Ihaven’tfoundamorereliablewaytoopentheProgramCompatibility WizardthanbybrowsingthroughtheHelpandSupportCenter.Onsome computers,theProgramCompatibilityWizardcanbelocatedbyclickingStart| AllPrograms|Accessories,althoughitisn’tlocatedthereonmycomputer. Itisonafriend’scomputer,though,sotobesafe,Isuggestthatyouopenthe ProgramCompatibilityWizardthisway:
1. ClickStart|HelpAndSupport. 2. SelectFixingAProblem,nearthebottomoftheleftcolumn.From theresultingFixingAProblemlist,selectApplicationAndSoftware Problems,whichisshowninFigure2-2. FIGURE 2-2 Locate the Program Compatibility Wizard
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
33
3. Fromtheresults,clickGettingOlderProgramsToRunOn WindowsXP.
4. Inthearticlethatappears,locateandclickStartTheProgram CompatibilityWizard.ClickNexttostartthewizard. Youthenhaveoptionsforlocatingtheprogram,asshowninFigure2-3.
FIGURE 2-3 The three options for locating the program to configure settings
5. IftheCDisintheCD-ROMdrive,selectIWantToUseTheProgram InTheCD-ROMDriveandclickNext.IftheCDisnotavailableand theprogramisstoredontheharddriveoronanetwork,selectIWant ToLocateTheProgramManually,andthenclickNext.
6. IfyouchosetoinstallfromaCD,skipthisstep.Ifsearchingmanually foranapplication,clickBrowse.Locateandselecttheapplication’s installationorsetupfile.Sometimesthisiscalledsetup.exe,oritisthe nameoftheprogramitself.Generally,there’saniconforthisfileinthe ProgramsfolderontheC:drive.Ifyouhavetroublemanuallylocating
2
34
HARDCOREWINDOWS
theprogramfolderontheharddrive,intheLookInwindowselect LocalDisk(generallyC:),expandDocumentsAndSettings,expand thefolderthatcontainsyourusername,expandStartMenu,and expandPrograms.Theprogram’sfolderwillprobablybeinthere. Toconfiguresettingsforaprogramthat’salreadyinstalled,selectI WantToChooseFromAListOfPrograms,thenclickNext.Alistof programsappears.Onceyouselecttheprogramyou’relookingfor:
1. Continuewiththewizardbyselectingtheoriginaloperatingsystem theprogramwascreatedfor.ClickNext. FIGURE 2-4 Configure program compatibility settings
2. Selectthedisplaysettingssuggestedbythe programmanufacturer,generallynotedon thepackaging.ClickNext.
3. Totestthenewsettings,clickNext.Ifthe programrunsasitshould,closetheprogram, andselectYes,SetThisProgramToAlways UseTheseCompatibilitySettings.Iftheresult wasnotsatisfactory,selectNo,TryDifferent CompatibilitySettings. Youcanalsosetcompatibilitysettingsby right-clickinganyinstalledprogramandselecting Properties.Everyprogram’sPropertiesdialogbox hasaCompatibilitytab,butnotallprogramsoffer theabilitytochangethesesettings.Forinstance, right-clickingWindowsMediaPlayer10,aprogram createdbyMicrosoftspecificallyforWindowsXP, hasallofthecompatibilityoptionsgrayedoutand unavailable.Conversely,manythird-partyprograms’ Compatibilityoptionsareavailable,asshownin Figure2-4.
STOP UNWANTED XP SERVICES Nowthatyouhavealloftheolderprogramsyouwanttorunworkingproperly withWindowsXP,it’stimetotakealookatsomethingsthatruninthe background,likelywithoutyourknowledge.Thesearecalledservices,and
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services theyareprogramstoo.Unwantedorunnecessaryservicescanbestopped, started,paused,orresumedbytheadministratorofthecomputer(aperson withadministratorrights).Servicescanalsobeconfiguredtorunautomatically ormanually,ortheycanbecompletelydisabled.IfyouhaveWindowsXP Professional,youcanviewallservicesfromtheServicesconsole,which youopenbyclickingStart|AllPrograms|AdministrativeTools|Services. IfyouhaveWindowsXPHome,you’llhavetoclickStart|Search,typein AdministrativeTools,clickSearch,andopenthefolderfromthere.(InWindows XPHome,AdministrativeToolsarenotlistedontheAllProgramslist.)The ServiceswindowisshowninFigure2-5.
FIGURE 2-5 Services in the Services console
Notalloftheseservicesarenecessary,andyoucandisableseveralofthem, butyoushouldn’tjustgorandomlymuckingaboutdisablingaservicebecause youdon’tlikeitsnameordon’tbelieveit’sreallyneeded.Mostservices areneeded.However,thereareafewyoucandisable,andindoingso,youcan decreasetheloadthecomputermustbearjusttorun.
35
2
36
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Disable Automatic Updates
DisableorstopAutomaticUpdatestoincreaseresourcesforhighperformancetasks. AutomaticUpdatesareWindowsXP’swayofkeepingyourcomputerupto-date,inthebackground,byautomaticallycheckingfor,downloading,and eveninstallingupdatesthatMicrosoftreleases.It’sbesttoleavethissettingon Automatic,butifyouwanttoincreaseperformanceforacomputerusedfor gamingorotherhigh-performanceneeds,youcandisable(orstop)Automatic Updates. TodisableAutomaticUpdates:
1. IntheServicesconsole,double-clickAutomaticUpdates. 2. Tostoptheservicetemporarily,ontheGeneraltab,clickStop. 3. Todisabletheservice,ontheGeneraltab,intheStartupType options,clickDisable.
4. ClickOK. Ifyouhavemultipleprofilescreated,forinstanceagamingprofile(as detailedinChapter6),youcandisableservicesforthatspecificprofile only.Ifyoudouseyourcomputerforgaming,you’llprobablywantto disableasmanyservicesaspossibleforthebestperformancepossible. Todisableaserviceforaspecifichardwareprofile,clicktheLogOntab inStep3,selecttheprofiletoapplythechangeto,andclickDisable.This optionisshowninFigure2-6.
FIGURE 2-6 Disabling a service for a single profile
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
Ó
Stop the Error Reporting Service
IfyouaretiredofreportingerrorstoMicrosoftorbeingpromptedto, turnthatserviceoff. Whenanapplicationerroroccurswithyourcomputer,WindowsXP triestosendanerrorreporttoMicrosoft;itasksforyourpermissionwithan annoyinglittlepop-upboxthatyou’veprobablyseen.Youcandisableorstop thisservicetopreventtheboxfromappearing,andtostopthereportingof errors.Ifyou’reintoyourprivacy,orjustwantalittlepeaceandquiet,disable orstoptheErrorReportingService:
1. FromtheServicesconsole,double-clickErrorReportingService. (Remember,inWindowsXPHome,theServicesconsolecanbe openedbyclickingStart|Searchandsearchingforandopening theAdministrativeToolsfolder,inwhichyouclickServices.In WindowsXPProfessional,youcanopenAdministrativeToolsfrom theAllProgramslist.)
2. Tostoptheservice,ontheGeneraltab,clickStop. 3. Todisabletheservice,ontheGeneraltab,intheStartupType options,clickDisable.
4. ClickApply,andthenclickOK.
Ó
37
Disable Fast User Switching
IncreaseperformancebydisablingornotusingFastUserSwitching. FastUserSwitchingletsusersswitchbetweenuseraccountswithouthaving tologoff.Whilethisisconvenient,thecomputerhastokeepupwitheach logged-onuser’sprograms,e-mail,andopenfiles.Thiscreatesquiteadrainon systemresources.Considerhowmuchworkacomputerwouldhavetodotorun PhotoshopCSforonelogged-onuser,andMovieMaker2andOutlookExpress foranother.It’salottokeepupwith. Ifyoudon’twanttousethisoption,youcandisableit.Todisableorstop FastUserSwitching:
1. IntheServicesconsole,double-clickFastUserSwitching Compatibility.
2. Tostoptheservice,ontheGeneraltab,clickStop.
2
38
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. Todisabletheservice,ontheGeneraltab,intheStartupType options,clickDisable.
4. ClickApply,andthenclickOK.
Ó
Stop the Indexing Service
TheIndexingServiceisamajorresource-usinghog;it’sbestto disableit. TheIndexingServiceindexesthecontentsandpropertiesoffilesonthe localcomputer(andonremoteonesifsoconfigured).Theindexingisdone regularly,kicksinseeminglywheneveritwantsto,andcausesthecomputer toslowdownandperformpoorly.Thisusuallyhappensjustatthesame momentyou’replayingagameorrenderingamovie,oratleastitseemsto. TheartofindexingusesmassiveamountsofRAMandCPUresources,and inmyopinion,isn’tworthitforwhatitoffers. Sowhatdoesitoffer?Well,theIndexingServiceallowsyoutolocate specificfilesbyqueryingthedatabaseusingaspecificquerylanguage.I’ll introducethatserviceandlanguagelaterinthischapterin“UsetheIndexing Service.”Usingthisservice,youcansearchforfilesonthecomputerusing somethingasminisculeasaspecificwordthefilecontains,amongother things.Again,though,thecostsfaroutweighthebenefits. DisablingtheIndexingServicedoesnotdisableoraffecttheregularSearchoptions. Ifyoudodecidetoridthecomputerofthisservice(andyoumightwant towaituntilafteryoureadmoreaboutitlaterinthischapter),you’llfirstwant touninstallitbyusingtheAdd/RemoveappletviaControlPanel:
1. ClickStart|ControlPanel. 2. ClickAddOrRemovePrograms. 3. ClickAdd/RemoveWindowsComponentsandwaitwhilethelistis populated.
4. AnewwindowwillappearnamedWindowsComponentsWizard.In thisdialogbox,intheWindowsComponentslist,uncheckIndexing ServiceandclickNext.
5. ClickFinishwhencomplete.Figure2-7showsthede-installationin progress.
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
39
2
FIGURE 2-7 Uninstall the Indexing Service
OncetheIndexingServiceisuninstalled,youarereadytodisableit:
1. OpentheServicesconsoleasdetailedearlier. 2. Double-clicktheIndexingService. 3. OntheGeneraltab,intheStartupTypeoptions,clickDisable. 4. ClickOK.
Ó
Disable Messenger
Mosthomeusersdon’tneedtheMessengerserviceandthusmay disableit. TheMessengerserviceisnotrelatedtoWindowsMessenger.The MessengerserviceisrelatedtothenetsendcommandandAlerterservice messagessentbetweenclientsandservers.Thisservicewasoriginallycreated forsystemadministratorstonotifytheirWindowsnetworkclientsabout networkactivity,suchasshuttingdownthenetworkformaintenance,andto makecompany-wideannouncements.Recently,advertisershavelearnedhowto openpop-upwindowsonyourcomputerusingthisservice,andthisproduces unwantedspamandpotentialaccesstoviruses.Becauseofthesethings,it’s actuallyinthebestinterestofmosthomeuserstodisablethisservice.
40
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Tofindoutifyoucanreceivenetsendmessages,testyourcomputer configurationfornetsendvulnerability:
1. ClickStart|AllPrograms|Accessories,andselectCommand Prompt.
2. Atthecommandprompt,typenetsend127.0.0.1You’vejust receivedanetsendmessage.
3. Ifyoureceiveanoticethatthealiascouldnotbefoundonthenetwork, asisshowninFigure2-8,you’resafe.Ifyoureceiveapop-upwith thismessageonit,youshoulddisabletheservice.
FIGURE 2-8 Testing for net send vulnerability
Ó
Disable Themes
Checkoutwhatyourcomputerwouldlooklikeifyoudidn’tuse themes. Ifyoujustwantaplain-vanillausableandhigh-performancecomputer,and youdon’tcareaboutusingthenewXPthemeoranyother,youcandisable theThemesservice.ThemesuseRAM,perhapsasmuchas12MB.That’s arespectableamount,especiallyifyouonlyhave256MB.Topreviewwhat yourcomputerwouldlooklikewithThemesdisabled,stoptheservicefirst beforeyoudecidetodisableit.You’llbeabletotellimmediatelyifyoulikethe newlookornot.Ifyoudon’t,simplyrestarttheservice:
1. OpentheServicesconsoleasdetailedearlier.(Bynow,it’sprobably intheFrequentlyUsedProgramsareaoftheStartmenu.)
2. Double-clickThemes.
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
41
3. ClickStoptoseewhathappens.Openafewwindows,programs, andapplicationstogetthefulleffect.
4. Todisabletheservice,intheStartupTypeoptions,clickDisable. 5. ClickOK.
REMOVE RECOGNITION SERVICES WindowsXPcomeswithtworecognitionservices,Handwriting RecognitionandSpeechRecognition.Ifyoudon’tusethem,youshould removethem.Bothusecomputermemoryandcancauseanoticeableeffecton computerperformance.Removinghandwritingandspeechrecognitionservices doesnotremovethemfromyourcomputer,though,itonlypreventsthemfrom loadingintomemory.Ifyoudecideyouneedthemlater,youcanenablethem.
Ó
Remove Handwriting Recognition
HandwritingRecognitionshouldberemovedifitisn’tbeingused. HandwritingRecognitionisatextservicethatshipswithWindowsXP thatallowsyoutouseaninputdevice,suchasadigitalpenandtablet,to entertextbywritingitonthetabletratherthantypingitin.Otherdevices includemousepadsyoucanwriteonortabletPCs.Ifyouaren’tusingany handwritingdevices,youshouldremovethisoption. ToremoveHandwritingRecognition:
1. ClickStart|ControlPanel|RegionalAndLanguageOptions. (Ifyou’reinCategoryview,you’llneedtoselectDate,Time, Language,AndRegionalOptionsfirst.)
2. OntheLanguagestab,underTextServicesAndInputLanguages, clickDetails.ClickingDetailsopenstheTextServicesAndInput Languagesdialogbox.
3. UnderInstalledServices,selectHandwritingRecognitionforeach languageforwhichitisnotneeded(youmayonlyhaveone languageconfigured),andclickRemove(seeFigure2-9).(Ifyou don’thaveanyoptiontoremoveHandwritingRecognition,you neverinstalledit.)
2
42
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 2-9 Remove Handwriting Recognition services
Ó
Remove Speech Recognition
SpeechRecognitionshouldberemovedifitisn’tbeingused. SpeechRecognitionisatextservicethatshipswithWindowsXPthat allowsyoutouseainputdevice,suchasamicrophone,tospeaktextratherthan typeitin.AswithHandwritingRecognition,ifyouaren’tusinganyhandwriting devices,youshouldremovethisoption,sinceitrequirescomputermemoryand otherresourcesandmayaffectperformance. ToremoveSpeechRecognition:
1. ClickStart|ControlPanel|RegionalAndLanguageOptions. (Ifyou’reinCategoryview,you’llneedtoselectDate,Time, Language,AndRegionalOptionsfirst.)
2. OntheLanguagestab,underTextServicesAndInputLanguages, clickDetails.
3. UnderInstalledServices,selectSpeechRecognitionforeach languageforwhichitisnotneeded(youmayonlyhaveone languageconfigured),andclickRemove.
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
43
USE THE INDEXING SERVICE TheIndexingServiceisanotherservicethatshipswithWindowsXP thatislikelynotneeded.TheIndexingServiceindexesdocumentsbytheir propertiesandstorestheinformationinacatalog,atypeofdatabase.Once yourdocumentsareindexed,youcanusetheIndexingServicetosearchthose documentsusingtheirspecificattributes.Searchingcanbedonefromthe Searchoptionorthroughyourwebbrowser. Whilethisservicecanbequitehelpfulandconvenientforthosewhoneed it,itwon’toffermuchtotheaveragehomeuser,andwillinsteadslowdown theperformanceofthecomputerwhenitgetsonitsindexingjag.However,if youfeelthisservicewillbenefityouoryourbusiness,byallmeansgiveit ashot. Earlierinthischapter,in“StopUnwantedXPServices,”Isuggestedremovingandthen disablingtheIndexingService.However,Ialsosuggestedthatyouwaituntilafteryou’ve readthissection,justincaseitlookslikesomethingyou’dbeinterestedin.Ifyoualready uninstalledtheservice,itcanbejustaseasilyreinstalledusingtheAddOrRemove ProgramsappletinControlPanel.
Ó
Track Down the Indexing Service
ChecktoseeiftheIndexingServiceisrunningonyourcomputer. TheIndexingServiceisavailablefromtheComputerManagement console,andyoucanusethisconsoletoconfigure,control,andquerythe service.Asmentionedearlier,theIndexingServiceisnotnecessaryforthe averagehomeuser,andmayberunninginthebackgroundunnecessarily, usingsystemresources. Toopenthisconsoleandaccesstheservicetoseeifit’srunning:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandchooseManage.TheMyComputer iconisprobablyonthedesktopand/ortheStartmenu.
2. UnderComputerManagement(Local),expandServicesAnd Applications.
3. ClickIndexingService.TheresultsareshowninFigure2-10.(Notice thattheitemsundertheIndexingServicearealsoexpandedinthis screenshot.Thisissimplyforreferencelater.) Ifyoudon’tseeanythingintheSizecolumn(onthetitlebarintheright pane)oranyoftheothercolumnstotherightofit,theserviceisnotrunning.
2
44
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 2-10 The Computer Management console and the Indexing Service
Tostarttheservice,clickAction|Start.(YoucanalsousetheDVD-typeicons onthemenubar.)Tostoptheservice,right-clickIndexingServiceandclick Stop. AsshowninFigure2-10,theitemsdirectlyundertheIndexingService arethecatalogs.Catalogsholdtheindexedinformation.Bydefault,thereis one,System,asshowninFigure2-10.Youcanaddadditionalcatalogsfrom theActionmenu.TheSystemcataloghastwosubfolders,Directoriesand Properties,andanoptiontoquerythecatalog.Directoriesarecreatedwhen theindexingisdone,andcanincludefoldersforDocumentsandSettings andforentiredrives.YoucancreatenewdirectoriesfromtheActionmenu. includinginformationsuchasthedatethedocumentwascreated,theauthor name,thedocument’ssize,andmore.Ifyoudecidethatyoucanuseandbenefit fromtheIndexingService,you’llwanttolearnquiteabitmoreaboutit.To doso,intheComputerManagementconsole,selectIndexingServiceandclick Help|HelpTopics.
Ó
Query the Catalog
IfyoudecidetousetheIndexingService,you’llwanttolearnthe waystoqueryit. Tolocateaspecificdocumentonyourharddrive,youusetheIndexing Service’squerylanguage.Usingthislanguage,youcansearchfordocuments basedonspecificwordsinthedocument,orevenphrases.Youcansearchby
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
45
authorname,documentsize,oreventhedocument’sActiveXproperties,such asitssummary.Therearefivetypesofqueries:
■ F ree-text Youinputsinglewordsoragroupofwords,suchas asentence.TheIndexingServicefindsdocumentswiththesame meaning,andnotnecessarilytheexactsentence.Thinkofitas searchingusingawebengine,withoutusingquotationmarksaround yoursearchwords.
■ P hrase Youinputaphraseyoubelievetobeinadocument.Putting quotesaroundthistellstheservicetolocatetheexactphrase.
■ P attern-matching Youinputwildcards,denotedbyasterisks,to telltheserviceyouwanttosearchforfilesthatcontainpatterns. Forinstance,youcansearchfor*.xlstolocatealloftheMicrosoft Excelspreadsheetfilesonthecomputer.
■ Relational Youinputthewordsyouwanttosearchfor,andthen addBooleanoperatorssuchasAnd,Or,Not,Near,and=.Theresults aresortedinrelationtohowyouinputtheoperators.
■ Vectorspace Youinputspecificwordsorphrasesyouwanttofind inadocument,andthendecidehowmuch“weight”youwanteach ofthewordsorphrasestobeassigned.Thereisnoeasywaytoinput thisinformation,andquerieslooksomethinglikethis: book,{weightvalue=.3}cover,{weightvalue=.3}HardCore, {weightvalue=.4}
Onceyou’vedecidedonwhattypeofqueryyouwant,youneedtoinputit. YoucansearchusingthequerylanguagefromtheSearchoptionorfrominside theComputerManagementconsole.Sinceyou’relikelyalreadyintheconsole, youcanpracticefromthere.Youneedtoknowsomerulesbeforeyouget started,manyofwhicharealsoappliedwhensearchingwithawebbrowserand lookingforsomethingontheInternet:
■ Thesearchdatayouinputisnotcasesensitive.
■ Somewordsareautomaticallyomittedfromsearches,andtheyare allcommonwords:all,as,be,but,did,he,them,to,too,very,and your.
■ Ifyoumustuseacharacterinaquery,suchas&,#,or@(andthere areothers),enclosethoseinparenthesessotheservicedoesnotthink theyareoperatorsorwildcards.
■ Thebestforminwhichtoinputdatesandtimesisyyyy/mm/ddand hh:mm:ss.
2
46
HARDCOREWINDOWS
■ Y oucanusetagstoconstructqueries,whichareindicatedbybraces, {}.Tagsareusedinlongformqueries;whentagsarenotused,itis referredtoastheshortform.
■ The@signisusedtointroduceaphrasequery.Examplesare @filename=*.xls(allfilenamescreatedwithMicrosoftExcelor withthatfileextension),@DocTitle“HardCoreXP”(anyfilewith thetitleHardCoreXP).
■ &meansand,|meansor,and!meansnot.Thesesymbolsareused inBooleanqueriessuchashard&core(containsbothwords),book| cover(containseitherword),andbook!picture(containsbookbut notpicture).
TheIndexingServiceQueryLanguageisquitecomplex,andwhatI’ve introducedhereisonlythebeginning.Toseemoredetailsregardingthis language,consulttheWindowsXPHelpandSupportpages.Figure2-11 showsasamplequeryandtheoneofnineresultsthisquerysupplies.
FIGURE 2-11 Query results
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
APPLYING NTFS COMPRESSION AND ENCRYPTION Hopefully,yourcomputerisnowrunningfasterandmoreefficiently.Now it’stimetomakeitalittlemoresecure.AlthoughNTFScompressionand encryptioncan’tbefoundintheServicesconsole,andyoucan’topenthem fromtheAllProgramsorAccessoriesmenus,Istillconsiderthemtobeatype ofserviceandhavethusmadethedecisiontoincludetheminthischapter.Both compressionandencryptionareaconveniencetousers,theformerforallowing theusertocondenseafileorfoldertosavediskspaceortoarchiveolddata,and thelatterforsecuringthedatastoredonthecomputer. Encryption,asisalsotrueforRemoteDesktop,OfflineFilesandFolders,Multiprocessor Support,GroupPolicy,RemoteInstallationServices,andRoamingUserProfiles,isn’t availableinWindowsXPHomeEdition. NTFScompressionandencryptionareusuallydiscussedtogether,as theyarehere.Thereareafewreasonsforthis,namelythatbothrequireyou tohaveanNTFS-formattedharddrive,andbothcanbedenotedwithcolor inWindowsExplorer(asdescribedattheendofthischapter).Botharealso appliedusingafile’sorfolder’sadvancedproperties.Eachdoescompletely differentthings,though,andeachhasitsownbuilt-inlimitations.
Ó
Increase Disk Space with NTFS Compression
NTFScompressiondecreasesfileandfoldersize,andreducesthe amountofspacerequiredonyourharddriveforstoringdata. Compressioncanbeusedforsinglefilesorfolders,orforanentire drive.Althoughcompressioncansaveontheamountofdiskspacerequired tostoredata,compressingfilesmaycausethecomputertoslowdownwhile itcompressesanddecompressesthedata.WindowsXP’scompressionutilityis onethatworksallthetime,inthebackground,compressinganddecompressing thefolderorfileautomaticallyeachtimeyouopen,use,andcloseit.(Youdon’t haveto“agree”toanythingbeforehand,orworkthroughanywizard.)
47
2
48
HARDCOREWINDOWS
TouseXP’sbuilt-incompression,dothefollowing:
1. OpenMyComputer,selectadrivethatcontainsdatayourarely use,andlocatethefolderordrivetocompress.Fromanydrive,you couldconsidercompressingafolderthatcontainsoldfiles,suchas asubfolderofMyDocumentsorMyPictures,orafolderthatyou createdthatcontainsabackupofarchiveddata.
2. Right-clickthefile,folder,ordrive,andclickProperties. 3. OntheGeneraltab,clickAdvanced. 4. FromtheAdvancedAttributesdialogbox,checkCompressContents ToSaveDiskSpace,asshowninFigure2-12,andclickOK.Click OKtwicemoretoverifythecommand.Notethatyoucanapplythe changestothefolderandallsubfoldersduringtheverification.
FIGURE 2-12 Compress folders or drives
Ifyoucan’tcompressthedriveordata,youmightnothaveanNTFSformattedharddrive.Tofindout,andtoconvertthedrive:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandchooseManage. 2. IntheComputerManagementconsole,expandStorage,andselect DiskManagement.
3. Vieweachofthedisksonyoursystem.Figure2-13showstwo disks,bothformattedasNTFS.
4. IfthediskisnotformattedasNTFS,butisinsteadFATorFAT32, openacommandpromptfromStart|AllPrograms|Accessories,and typeconvertc:/fs:ntfs,wherecistheletterofthedrivetoconvert.
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
49
2
FIGURE 2-13 NTFS drives
Don’t Confuse NTFS Compression with Compressed Folders NTFScompressionisoftenconfusedwithCompressed(Zipped)Folders.Theyarenotthe same.Compressed(Zipped)Foldersisanoptionavailablebyright-clickingafileorfolderand isincludedintheSendTomenu.Thisutilityalsocompressesdata,butworksmorelikeWinZip orStuffIt.Itcreatesanew,zippedfilethatyoucanmovedatainandoutofasdesired.If you’vealreadydownloadedandinstalledathird-partycompressionutility,you’llbeprompted todesignateCompressed(Zipped)Foldersastheapplicationforhandlingthecompressedfiles eachtimeyouuseit. Compressed(Zipped)folderstakeuplessspacethanuncompressedfolders,andcanbe usedondrivesformattedwithFATaswellasNTFS.Youcanalsoassignpasswordstothese zippedfiles,andunzipthemwiththird-partyprograms.Compressed(Zipped)Foldersis agoodoptionwhene-mailingorarchivingsmallamountsofdata.Thesetypesofcompressed foldershavenoeffectonharddriveperformance.
50
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Protect Your Data with Encryption
Encryptioncanbeusedtofurthersecuredataonthecomputer. Encryption,anotheroptionavailableinafile,folder,ordrive’sAdvanced Attributesdialogbox,allowsyoutoencodethecontentsofthedesignated item.Onlytheuserwhoencryptsthefilecandecryptit,andencryptioncanbe performedonlyonNTFSvolumes.Encryptingacompressedfoldercausesitto loseitscompression. Encryptionisagoodoptionforthosewhoshareacomputerwithothers, orforpeoplewhocarryalaptopregularlyandthusareatagreaterriskof havingitstolen.Encryptionisachievedbyapplyinganalgorithm,andonly thepersonwiththecorrect“key”canunlockthecode.Thisisalldoneinthe background,andhasnoeffectonacomputer’sperformance. Toencryptafile,folder,ordrive:
1. OpenMyComputerandlocatethefolderordrivetoencrypt. 2. Right-clickthefile,folder,ordrive,andclickProperties. 3. OntheGeneraltab,clickAdvanced. 4. IntheAdvancedAttributesdialogbox,checkEncryptContentsTo SecureDataandclickOK.ClickOKtwicemoretoclosethedialog boxes. Youcancopyandmoveencryptedfilesjustasyouwouldanyotherfiles. Theonlyproblemyou’llencounterisifyoucopyormoveanencryptedfile orfoldertoanon-NTFSvolume.Ifthishappens,encryptionwillbelost. Finally,encryptingafiledoesn’tmakeitbullet-proof.Thefilecanstill bedeleted,andthedatalost.It’simportanttoprotectimportantdatausing anumberofsecurityfeatures,andnotrelysolelyonencryption.Asanexample, applyingNTFSpermissions,usingpasswordprotection,configuringpassword requirementsandpasswordlockoutperiods,andusingafirewallandantivirus softwarewillallhelpprotectvaluabledata.
Ó
Change the Color of Compressed, Encrypted Folders
Aftercompressedandencryptedfiles,folders,anddriveshavebeen created,youcandenotethoseinWindowsExplorerwithcolor. Changingthecolorofcompressedorencryptedfilesallowsyoutofind themfasterandkeepdatamoreorganized.Todothis:
CHAPTER 2: Windows XP Applications and Services
51
1. Right-clickStartandclickExploreAllUsers. 2. ClickTools|FolderOptions. 3. OntheViewtab,scrolldowntothebottomoftheAdvancedSettings andcheckShowEncryptedOrCompressedNTFSFilesInColor,as showninFigure2-14.
FIGURE 2-14 Mark encrypted and compressed files in color
4. ClickOK. Nowthatyou’vediscoveredhowtoenhanceyourcomputerbyusingthe ProgramCompatibilityWizardanddisablingservicesyoudon’tneed,youare readytomoveforwardandlearnhowtoenhanceandincreaseperformanceof youre-mailandInternetactivities.Inthenextchapter,you’lllearnhowto useOutlookExpresstobackupandrestoredata,howtocontrolspam,and howtogetmoreoutofyouroverallInternetexperience.
2
This page intentionally left blank.
CHAPTER 3
E-MAIL AND THE WEB
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
54
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Y
oucanincreaseperformanceandgetmoreoutofe-mailingandthe Internetifyouknowafewtipsandtricks.Oneofthetipsinthis chapterinvolvesbackingupandrestoringdata,includingarchivinge-mail messages,inOutlookExpress.Forsomereason,Microsofthasmadethis seeminglysimpletaskadifficultone.Thereareotherwaystoincrease yourOutlookExpressexperienceaswell,includingcreatingidentitiesfor everyonewhousestheprogram,learningtricksforcontrollingspam,and knowinghowtoorganizethedatayouwanttokeep. TherearewaystoenhanceyourInternetExplorerwebbrowsertoo. Forinstance,youcanenableContentAdvisortoprotectyourchildrenfrom harmfulcontentwhiletheyaresurfingtheWeb,usegrouppoliciestocontrol howInternetExplorerworksforallusers,anduseoptionsinInternetExplorer toeraseinformationaboutthesitesyou’vevisited.YoucaneventellInternet Explorernottosaveyourpasswords.Allofthesethingswillenhanceyour Internetexperience,bykeepingitsafeandpersonalizingittosuityourneeds.
But What If I Use Outlook? YoumayalsouseOutlook,thefullversionofOutlookExpress,eitheratworkorathome. OutlookispartoftheMicrosoftOffice2003suiteofapplications,availableforpurchase atyourlocalcomputerstore.SinceOutlookdoesnotcomewithWindowsXPbydefault, Iwon’tdiscussithere.However,ifyouaren’tgettingwhatyouneedfromOutlookExpress, youshouldconsiderit. MicrosoftOutlookoffersmanyadditionalfeatures,includingthefollowing:
■ Junke-mailfiltering ■ Desktopalertsforappointments ■ Calendar ■ Grammar-checkingtools ■ Collaborationtools ■ Hundredsoforganizationaloptionsforincomingandsavede-mail Additionally,youcangotoMicrosoft’swebsite,searchforOutlookDownloads,and obtainamyriadoffreestuff,includingservicepacks,personalfoldersbackupsoftware, stationary,andmore.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
55
OUTLOOK EXPRESS OutlookExpressisaprogramthatshipswithWindowsXPforsendingand receivinge-mail.Unbeknownsttomany,though,itscapabilitiesgomuch deeperthanthat.Youcanorganizedatathatyoukeep,andyoucanhave messagessenttospecificfoldersastheyarriveinyourInbox.Let’sstartwith organizingthen,andcreatingfoldersforarchivingmessagesyouwanttokeep.
Ó
Super-Charge Outlook Express by Organizing Your Data
Creatingfoldersandmovingdataintothemistheeasiestwayto cleanupyourInbox. Ifyou’veeverhadmorethan50e-mailmessagesinyourInbox,you needtodosomeseriousorganizing.Those50e-mailsnotonlyclutterup yourInbox,butcancauseyoutofeeloverwhelmedandmakeitdifficult tofocusonwhatyouactuallyneedtodo.Allthosee-mailsmakeopening OutlookExpresstakelongertoo,andmayevencauseittobecomeovertaxed andcloseunexpectedly.Bycreatingfolders,youcanmovethosemessages outofyourInboxtoamoremanageableandsuitablearea.Figure3-1 showsatypicalOutlookExpresssetup,withlotsoffolderscreatedtomanage messages. TheInboxshowninFigure3-1has,amongothers,twofoldersforclients (Clients2003-2004,Clients2004-2005),afolderforthisbook(HardCore WindowsXP),andanothernamedOngoing,whichcontainsseveralsubfolders thatholde-mailthatneedstobekeptforfuturereference,ande-mailfor ongoingprojects.YoucansuperchargeyourownOutlookExpressby creatingsomehierarchythat’ssimilar. Onceyoudecidewhatfoldersyouneedandwhattypeoffolderhierarchy touse,youcancreatefoldersquiteeasily:
1. OpenOutlookExpressandaccessyourInbox.YoucanlocateOutlook ExpressintheAllProgramsmenu.(IfyouusetheWelcomescreen, clickInbox.)
2. Ifnecessary,expandLocalFolders. 3. Right-clickLocalFoldersandselectNewFolder.
3
56
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 3-1 A typical Outlook Express folder management layout
4. IntheCreateFolderdialogbox,typeanameforthefolder.An exampleisshowninFigure3-2.
5. TocreatethenewfolderundertheLocalFolderstree,clickOK.To createthefolderinanotherfolder(asasubfolder),selectthatfolder beforeselectingOK. Withfolderscreated,youcannowdraganddropanymessagefrom anyfoldertothenewlycreatedones.Simplyselectthee-mailtomove,and draganddropitintothedesiredfolderforstorage.Onceyouhavecreated foldersandmovede-mailsintothem,youcanselectView|Layouttohide thosefoldersfromviewifyoudon’tneedtoviewthemallthetime. Youcanselectmultiple,consecutivemessagesbyholdingdowntheSHIFTkeyandselecting thefirstandlastmessagestomoveinalist,oryoucanselectnonconsecutivemessagesby holdingdowntheCTRLkeywhileselecting.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
57
3
FIGURE 3-2 Create folders to manage data
Ó
You Rule the Roost: Assigning Rules to Your E-Mails
MessagerulestellOutlookExpresswhattodowithincominge-mail, andcanhelpyouorganizeyourInbox. Aftercreatingfolders,youcancreatemessagerulessothate-mailthat meetsspecificcriteriagoestoafolderautomatically,relievingyoufrom havingtomoveitmanually.Havinge-mailskiptheInboxandgodirectlyto aspecificfoldercanbebeneficialinanumberofways.ItkeepsyourInbox freeofclutter,andithelpsyouautomaticallyorganizethemailyouget.If you’relookingforideasforfoldercreation,trytheseonforsize:
■ Routee-mailfrome-mailcommunitiesdirectlytoaspecificfolder namedafterthecommunity.Youcanreaditatyourleisure,and yourInboxstaysuncluttered.
■ Routee-mailfromyourspousedirectlytoafoldernamedSpouse. You’llseethatthere’sunreade-mailinthefolderbecauseitis denotedbyanumbernexttothefolder(andyoucangettoitwhen thebossisn’tlooking).
■ Havee-mailwithFWintheSubjectlinegodirectlytoafolder namedFW.(MostFWsarejokes,updates,andnonemergency e-mails.Justdon’tforgettocheckitonceaday.)
58
HARDCOREWINDOWS
■ CCyourselfonimportante-mailstobossesorcoworkers,andhave thee-mailyoureceivesenttoafoldernamedCCtoMe.
■ Havee-maildeemedspamsenttoafoldernamedSpam.Youcan alwayscheckthefolderattheendoftheday,andlocatemisplaced messages.Youcancreaterulesforspam,althoughaseparatespamfilteringapplicationisabetterchoice.
Onceyouknowwhatrulesyouwanttocreate,it’sfairlyeasytocreate them:
1. InOutlookExpress,clickTools|MessageRules|Mail. 2. IntheMessageRulesdialogbox,clickNew. 3. IntheareaSelectTheConditionsForYourRule,scrollthroughthe choicesandchooseacondition.Tocreatearulethathastodowith aspecificperson,selectWhereTheFromLineContainsPeople.To createarulethathastodowithspecificwordsinthemessageofan e-mail(suchascommonwordsinspamyoureceive),selectWhere TheMessageBodyContainsSpecificWords.Ifyou’reunsureof whatanychoicemeans,clickthequestionmarkinthetop-right cornerandclickagainontheitemforwhichyouneedhelp. FIGURE 3-3 Create a message rule
4. IntheSelectTheActionsFor YourRulearea,chooseanaction toperform.Tomovethee-mail toaspecificfolder,checkMove ItToTheSpecifiedFolder.To deleteit,checkDeleteIt.Scroll throughthechoicestoseeothers.
5. Inthethirdsection,Rule Description,clickoneacharea inbluetoconfigurethesettings. Theseoptionswillchange dependingonwhatyou’ve choseninSteps3and4,butfor themostpart,you’llberequired tomakeotherselectionsfrom otherdialogboxes.Figure3-3 showsacompletedmessagerule.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
59
6. Inthefourthsection,NameOfTheRule,typeadescriptivename fortheruleandclickOKtoapplyit.
Ó
Keep Your Own Identity
IfsomeonesharesyourAddressBookandOutlookExpress,create aseparateidentityforthem. YourOutlookExpressidentityiswhatdefineshowyouworkwith OutlookExpress,fromhowyourfoldersareorganizedtohowyourmessage rulesareconfigured.HavingseparateidentitiesforthosewhoshareOutlook Express(suchasotherfamilymembers)allowseachpersontoseetheirown mailandcontacts,createtheirownfolderhierarchy,havetheirowne-mail address,andmore. Youmightevenwanttocreatemultipleidentitiesforyourself,especially ifyouusethesamecomputerforworkandplay.Youcouldconfigureone identityyouusefromninetofive,andanotheridentityyouuseonceyour workiscomplete.Withaseparateidentity,youcanalsokeepseparateyour workandplaye-mailaddresses. Tocreateanewidentityandconfigureitforyourself,anotherfamily member,orcoworker:
1. FrominsideOutlookExpress,clickFile|Identities|AddNew Identity.
2. IntheNewIdentitydialogbox,showninFigure3-4,typeaname forthenewidentityand,ifdesired,checkRequireAPassword.
FIGURE 3-4 Create a new identity
3
60
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. ClickOK. 4. Whenpromptedtoswitchtothenewidentity,clickOK.Ifprompted tokeeptheactiveconnectiontotheInternet,clickYes.
5. Whenpromptedtosetupanewmailaccount,chooseeitherCreate ANewInternetMailAccountorUseAnExistingInternetMail Account.Yourchoicewilldeterminehowtheprocedurecontinues. IfyouchoosetocreateanewInternetmailaccount,youare promptedtoinputallrelevantinformationfromyourInternet serviceprovider(ISP).Ifyouchoosetouseanexistingaccount,you havetheoptionofverifyingtheinformationasitisalreadyinput.
6. WhenpromptedtoimportmessagesandanAddressBook,decide whetherornotyouwanttoimport.Ifyouchoosetoimport,you’ll begiventhechoicetoimportbothmessagesandtheAddressBook, messagesonly,ortheAddressBookonly,asshowninFigure3-5.
FIGURE 3-5 Choose what to import
7. ClickNexttocontinuethroughthewizardtocompletetheimport process.
8. Toswitchbacktotheoriginalidentity,clickFile|SwitchIdentities.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
Ó
61
Back Up and Restore E-Mail
OutlookExpressdoesn’tcomewithawaytoautomaticallybackup messages,folders,andtheAddressBookonaschedule,soyouhave todothosetasksmanually. Mostpeoplethinkaboutbackinguptheirdocuments,pictures,music, andvideoonoccasionbuttheyneverevenconsiderbackinguptheire-mail messagesandAddressBook.Perhapsthat’sbecausethere’snoeasyway tobackuptheseitemsonaregularbasis.There’snoeasywaytodragand drope-maildatatoabackupdrive,asyoucandowithdatastoredindefault folders.Backingupe-mailmessagesmaybejustasimportantasbacking upotherdata,though,especiallyifyoudependonyoure-mailforyour livelihood.Youneverknowwhenyoumayhavetogobackandretrievea long-agosente-mailorlocateasoftwareregistrationcode.Inaddition,if youhaveacompletemeltdownwithnorecordofyouraddressbook,you’re goingtohaveahardtimelettingyourcontactsknowaboutit! IfmorethanoneidentityexistsinOutlookExpress,theseproceduresmustbeperformedfor eachofthem. Tocopye-mailmessagestoabackupfolder:
1. OpenOutlookExpressandclickTools|Options. 2. OntheMaintenancetab,clickStoreFolder. 3. UsethemousetoselecttheStoreLocation. 4. Right-clickthelocation,asshowninFigure3-6,andselectCopy.
FIGURE 3-6 Copy the store location
5. ClickCancel,andclickCancelagaintoclosetheOptionsdialog box.
6. ClickStart|Run,right-clickinsidetheOpentextbox,andselect Paste.ClickOK.
7. Inthewindowthatopens,clickEdit|SelectAll.
3
62
HARDCOREWINDOWS
8. Withthefoldersselected,ClickEdit|Copy.Closethiswindow. 9. OpenWindowsExplorerandbrowsetotheareawhereyouwant tocreatethebackup.Thismaybeabackupdrive,anetworked computer,orwriteablemedia.
10. Right-clickanemptyareainthebackupareawindowandclick New|Folder.NamethefolderMailBackup,followedbythedate.
11. Openthenewfolder,andclickEdit|Paste. 12. Oncethecopyiscomplete,thebackupisdone. ToexporttheAddressBooktoafile:
1. OpenOutlookExpressandclickFile|Export|AddressBook. 2. SelectTextFile(CommaSeparatedValues),andclickExport. 3. ClickBrowse,andnavigateintheCSVExportdialogboxto thebackupfolderyoucreatedearlier,whencreatingafolderfor messages.
4. IntheFileNamedrop-downbox,typeAddressBookfollowedby thedate,andclickSave.
5. ClickNextintheCSVExportdialogbox. 6. Selecttheitemstobackup,asshowninFigure3-7. FIGURE 3-7 Select items to back up
7. ClickFinish,clickOK,andthenclickClose.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
63
Toimportmessagesfromthebackupfolder:
1. InOutlookExpress,clickFile|Import|Messages. 2. IntheOutlookExpressImportdialogbox,selectMicrosoftOutlook Express6,andclickNext.
3. SelectImportMailFromAnOE6StoreDirectoryandclickOK. 4. ClickBrowse,andlocatethefolderthatcontainsthemailbackup. 5. ClickOK,andthenclickNext. 6. ClickAllFolders,clickNext,andthenclickFinish. ToimporttheAddressBookfile:
1. InOutlookExpress,clickFile|Import|OtherAddressBook. 2. ClickTextFile(CommaSeparatedValues),andclickImport. 3. ClickBrowse,andlocatethebackupoftheAddressBookcreated earlier.SelectitandclickOpen.
4. ClickNext,clickFinish,clickOK,andthenclickClose.
Ó
Even Your Account Settings Need Attention
OutlookExpressdoesn’tcomewithawaytoautomaticallybackup mailaccountsettings,soyouhavetodoitmanually. Nowthatyou’vebackedupyoure-mailmessagesandAddressBook,you shouldtakeonemorestepandbackupyoure-mailaccountinformation.If yourcomputercrashesandyouhavetorestorethatdata,itwillbeavailable. There’snothingworsethantryingtoremembertheinformationforyouremailservers(aretheyPOP3orHTTP?)orwaitingonholdwithyourISPfor hoursjusttoreconfigureyoure-mailaddressandaccountinformation. IfmorethanoneidentityexistsinOutlookExpress,theseproceduresmustbeperformedfor eachofthem. TomakeabackupofyourOutlookExpressmailaccountsettingsand exportthemailaccountinformationtoafile:
1. InOutlookExpress,clickTools|Accounts. 2. IntheInternetAccountsdialogbox,showninFigure3-8,clickthe Mailtab,selecttheaccountyouwanttobackupthesettingsfor,and clickExport.
3
64
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 3-8 Select the account to export
3. Browsetothelocationofthepreviouslycreatedbackupfolder,accept thedefaultnameforthefile,andclickSave.
4. Repeatforanyotheraccounts.ClickClosewhenfinished. Asalways,repeatthesestepsformultipleidentities. Toimportthemailaccountfile:
1. InOutlookExpress,clickTools|Accounts. 2. OntheMailtab,clickImport. 3. IntheLookInbox,browsetothelocationofthebackupfolder createdearlier.
4. Selecttheaccounttoimport,andclickOpen. 5. ClickClose.
Ó
Slam Spam
Spamisunwantede-mail;learnhowtoavoiditandwhattodowhen ittakeshold. Spam,asyouareprobablyalltooaware,ise-mailsentbyasolicitorto trytoenticeyoutobuysomethingfromtheircompany.Mostspaminvolves itemsyoudon’twant,likeenhancementorperformancedrugs,prescription drugs,mortgageoffers,pornography,andtraveloffers.Althoughsomespam
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web comesfromcompaniesyoutrust,thevastmajoritydoesnot.Youmight getunwantede-mailfromcompaniesyou’veregisteredwith,suchasafter purchasinganewrefrigeratororcomputer,oracceptingacreditcardoffer throughthemail.Almostalways,spamisamenace,andisnotdesiredbyits recipient. Oncespammersgetaholdofyoure-mailaddress,they’llneverletgo. They’llcontinuetosendspamfromallovertheworld,andcirculateyour addresstootherspammersforasmallfee.Thebestwaytodealwithspam, then,istoavoiditinthefirstplace.Herearesomesuggestions:
■ GetaHotmailaccountfromhttp://www.hotmail.comanduseit wheneveryouneedtoregistertoaccessawebsite,purchaseitems online,orregisterwithacompanyforwarrantyservices.This addresscanbedeletedandanewonecreatedifthespammerstake itover.Hotmailalsodoesagreatjoboffilteringspam,whichis anotherreasonitisanexcellentchoice.
■ Tellfriendsandfamilynottoaddyoutotheir“forwardingjokes” list,andnottoshareyouraddresswithanyoneelse.
■ Ifyoujoinanewsgroup,useyourHotmailaddress,oruseyour realoneandincludewordssuchasREMOVETHIS,NOSPAM, orsomethingsimilarinthemessagethatyousendtojointhe newsgroup.
■ Don’tunsubscribefromspammessages—bydoingso,youjustlet thespammersknowyouraddressisaworkingone.
Ifyoufindyourselfburiedinspam,meaningyou’regetting25+spam messagesaday,youneedtotakefurtheraction.Thereareseveralspam filteringutilitiesavailableontheInternet,andyourISPmayofferoptions forcontrollingspamaswell.Yahoo!letsyoudenotemessagesasspam,and thenYahoo!usestheinformationfromclientstoperfectitsfilters.Other companieshavesimilaroptions.Tofindspamfilteringprograms,eithervisit yourlocalcomputerstoreorsearchonhttp://www.google.comforSpam Filter.Thereareseveralfreeoptions. Youcanalsocreateafolderspecificallyforspam,createmessagerules, andsendmessagesthatmeetspecificcriteriatothosefolders(referto“You RuletheRoost:AssigningRulestoYourE-Mails,”earlierinthechapter). Youmay,forinstance,createamessagerulethatlistswordsfoundinspam messages,likeViagra,Via|gra,Vi|agra,etc.,andhavee-mailthatcontains thesewordsdirectedautomaticallytotheSpamfolder.Thisstrategyis difficulttokeepupwith,though,becausespammersfigureoutrightaway waystogetaroundtheserules.
65
3
66
HARDCOREWINDOWS
YoucanalsousetheBlockSendercommand.Thisalsoisnotasdesirable asathird-partyspamfilteringutility,butitcanhelpsome.Whenspamcomes in,addthespammertotheBlockedSendersList,andifanymoree-mail comesfromthatparticulare-mailaddress,youwon’treceiveitinyourInbox. ToaddasendertotheBlockedSendersList:
1. OpenOutlookExpressandselectthemessagedeemedspam. 2. ClickMessage|BlockSender. 3. ClickYestoverifyandtoremoveallmessagesfromthesender. YoucanalsoclickMessage|CreateRuleFromMessagetocreateaspecificruleforthat sender. Ifyouaccidentallyblockasenderornolongerwanttoblocksomeone onthelist,here’showtoremovethemfromyourblockedlist:
1. OpenOutlookExpress. 2. ClickTools|MessageRules|BlockedSendersList. 3. ChoosetheBlockedSenderstab,anduncheckanysenderyouno longerwishtoblock.ClickOK.
EXPLORING INTERNET EXPLORER InternetExploreristhewebbrowserthatshipswithWindowsXPandisthe webbrowsermostXPuserspreferanduse.InternetExplorerallowsyouto visitanywebpageontheInternet;downloadapplications,music,photos, andvideo;purchasemerchandiseonline;andaccessnewsgroupsandweb communities.Aswithanysoftware,though,therearetweaksyoucan performtopersonalizeitandmakeitsafertouse,foryou,yourcompany, andyourchildren.
Ó
Use Content Advisor to Advise You About Content
ContentAdvisorletsyousetratinglevelsforlanguage,nudity,sex, and/orviolence,andwillthendenyaccesstowebcontentthatcontains contentthatyoudeemobjectionable. IfIhadtoguess,I’dsayoneoftheleastusedoptionsinInternetExplorer isContentAdvisor.ContentAdvisorenablesyoutocontrolwhatkindsof
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
67
materialcanbeviewed,basedonratingsyoudefine.Thesesettingscan helpyouprotectbothyourselfandyourfamilyfromquestionableand objectionablematerial. ToaccessandenableContentAdvisor:
1. OpenInternetExplorerandclickTools|InternetOptions. 2. ClicktheContenttabtoviewtheContentAdvisorchoices,asshown inFigure3-9.
FIGURE 3-9 Locate Content Advisor
3. ClickEnable,andclickOKintheContentAdvisordialogboxthat appears.
4. Whenprompted,createapasswordandpasswordhintandclickOK. 5. ClickOKagaintoverifyyouareenablingContentAdvisor. 6. ToconfigureContentAdvisor,clickSettings,inputyourpassword, andclickOK.
7. TheRatingstab,showninFigure3-10,iswhereyouconfigurethe optionsforlanguage,nudity,sex,andviolence.Highlighteachand movethesliderappropriately.
8. ClickOKwhenfinished.
3
68
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 3-10 Configure Content Advisor
Theratingsyouchoosewillbecomparedtotheratingsforwebsitesas assignedbytheInternetContentRatingAssociation,orICRA(http://www .icra.org/about/).Itsaimistoprotectchildrenfrompotentiallyharmful materialandtoprotectfreespeechontheInternet.Ifratingsforaparticular sitearenotuptoyoursetstandardsinContentAdvisor,thesitewillnotbe viewable.
Ó
Erase History
InternetExplorer’sHistoryoptionkeepsalistofrecentlyviewed websites. Ifyou’renotsureifyouneedtoconfigureInternetExplorertoprevent accesstoobjectionablewebcontentusingContentAdvisor,takeaquick peekatwhat’sbeenrecentlyviewedonyourcomputer.UsingInternet Explorer’sHistoryoption,youcanseedatathatdetailswhatsitesuserswho accessyourcomputer(thinkkids,coworkers,orspouses)havevisited.You maydecidetouseContentAdvisorafterall,orevenpurchaseathird-party content-filteringutilitylikeNetNanny. Ifatsomepointyourusersgetacluethatyou’relookingattheHistory list,andstartclearingitwhentheyexittheprogram,youcanuseaGroup Policytweaktopreventthemfromdoingthat.Youcanalsoprotectyourself bydeletingtheHistorylogasyouexit,orpreventtheHistoryfrombeing createdatall.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
69
Let’sseewhat’sintheHistorylistfirst.Toseethelastthreeweeks’worth ofwebsitesthathavebeenvisitedusingyourcomputerandInternetExplorer:
1. OpenInternetExplorer. 2. ClickView|ExplorerBar|History.
3
3. AsshowninFigure3-11,youcanexpand anydayandanywebsitetoseewhatsites andpageswereviewedandwhen.Ifyou didn’tviewthepage,itmeanssomeone elsedid. TocleartheHistorylistonexitand/orto preventHistoryfrombeingcreated:
1. OpenInternetExplorer. 2. ClickTools|InternetOptions. 3. OntheGeneraltab,clickClearHistory,and thenclickYestoverifyyouwanttoclearthe Historylist.
4. TopreventtheHistoryfrombeingcreatedatall,change DaysToKeepPagesInHistoryto0.
FIGURE 3-11 The History list shows recent activity.
Youcanalsochangethedefaultnumberofdays(21)tokeeppagesinHistory,and configureitforupto99days. IfyouhaveWindowsXPProfessional(andI’vebeenassumingyoudo whilewritingthisbook),youcanpreventusersfromchangingtheHistory settingsinInternetExplorerbyusingGroupPolicy.IfyouhaveXPHome Edition,you’llhavetopurchaseathird-partytooltodothis.Topreventall usersfromtamperingwithHistorysettingsandthusdeletingtheirHistory onexitinWindowsXPProfessional:
1. ClickStart|Run. 2. IntheOpenlistbox,typegpedit.msc. 3. ExpandUserConfiguration|AdministrativeTemplates|Windows Components|InternetExplorer,andlocateDisableChanging HistorySettings.
4. Double-clickthatoptionandselectEnabled.
70
HARDCOREWINDOWS
ThesettingsintheHistoryareaontheGeneraltabintheInternet Optionsdialogboxwillnotbeavailable,andwillbegrayedout,asshown inFigure3-12.
FIGURE 3-12 Disable access to History settings
WebactivitycanalsobetracedbylookingattheitemsintheTemporaryFilesFolder.I’lltalk aboutthatlaterinthischapter.
Ó
Get Rid of (and Avoid) Spyware and Adware
Youmightnotknowit,butyourcomputermaybeinfectedwith spywareoradware. Spywareisatermthatisoftenusedinterchangeablywithadvertising supportedsoftware,oradware,buttheyarenotthesame.Spywareis atechnologythatallowspeopleororganizationstoacquireinformation aboutapersonwithouttheirknowledge.Thisinformation,whichgenerally containsdataabouttheperson’sbuyinghabits,whenandwhatsitesthey visit,and,occasionally,personalinformation,canalsotaketheformof avirusandisoftenspreadthroughdownloadslikethefreeversionofKaZaa. Adwareisalsoasoftwareapplication,butitislessdestructive.Adware applicationsgenerallyinstallremindernotificationsortargetspecificads atyouwhenyousurftheInternet.Adwaretailorspop-upstoyourbuying
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web habits,basedonwhattheadwarehaslearnedaboutyouwhileyou’vebeen surfing. Ifyouhavedownloadedsuspiciousmaterial,visitednot-so-reputable websites,clickedbannerads,orusedfile-sharingwebsitesillegally,you mayhavespyware,adware,orbothonyourcomputer.Evenifyouhaven’t doneanyoftheseactivities,youshouldcheckyourcomputerforthesoftware anyway.Thereareseveralfreeprograms,butAd-AwareandOptOutaremy twofavorites.Botharefreewareandcheckyourcomputerforsuspected spywareprograms. ToobtainanduseAd-Awaretocheckforsuspiciousprogramsonyour computer:
1. Visithttp://www.lavasoft.nu/and,ontheleftsideofthepage,click Ad-AwarePersonal.Thisversionisfreefornoncommercialuse.
2. ClicktheDownloadbuttonandchooseadownloadsitefromwhich todownloadthesoftware.
3. Whenprompted,clickSave,andsavethedownloadtoyourhard drive.VerifythatCloseThisDialogBoxWhenDownloadCompletes isnotchecked.
4. Whenthedownloadcompletes,asshowninFigure3-13,click Open,andfollowtheinstructionstoinstalltheprogram.
FIGURE 3-13 Click Open to install
5. Oncetheprogramisinstalled,verifythatPerformAFullSystem ScanNowandUpdateDefinitionFileNowareselectedandclick Finish.
6. Waitwhilethescanisperformed.Sampleresultsareshownin Figure3-14.
71
3
72
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 3-14 Sample Ad-Aware results
Ó
Surf in Secret
TherearelotsofwaystocoveryourtrackswhilesurfingtheWeb. Ifyou’reintoyourprivacyandwanttosurftheWebwithoutleaving anytracks,you’lllikelyneedthird-partytoolstodothatsuccessfully. ThereareafewthingsyoucantweakinInternetExplorer,though,suchas deletingtheHistoryonexit,asdetailedinanearliertip.Theothertweaks allareaccessibleinInternetExplorerfromtheInternetOptionsdialogbox (availablefromtheToolsmenu):
■ FromtheGeneraltab,youcandeletecookiesand/ortemporary Internetfiles.Cookiesaretextfilesplacedonyourcomputerbythe websitesyouvisit,andtheystoreinformationaboutyourpreferences whenyouvisit.TemporaryInternetfilesstoregraphicsandweb pagesasyouviewthem,sothenexttimeyouvisitthesite,the informationwillbecachedandloadfaster.Bothcangiveinformation aboutyoursurfinghabitstothosewhoalsohaveaccesstoyour computerandknowwhereandhowtolookforprivateinformation.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
■ FromtheContenttab,youcandisableAutoComplete.AutoComplete listspossiblematchesforyourpartiallytypedwebaddresses,forms, usernames,andpasswords.Disablingthiswillhelpmaintainyour privacywhenothersareaccessingyourcomputer.Ifyouhave AutoCompleteon,anyusercansimplytypeinacoupleofletters ofyourusername,iftheycanguessit,andapasswordwilloften appearautomatically.
■ FromtheSecuritytab,youcancreatecustomlevelsofsecurity usingtheCustomLevelbuttonandconfiguringoptionsinthe resultingSecuritySettingsdialogbox.Here,youcandisable, enable,orbepromptedwhenActiveXcontrolsandplug-insare run;enable,disable,orpromptfordownloads;andrequireuser authenticationjusttonameafewofthemanyoptions.
73
■ FromthePrivacytab,youcanoverrideautomaticcookiehandling,by choosingtoaccept,block,orpromptfirst-andthird-partycookies. Let’stakealookatthoseoptionsandtabs:
1. OpenInternetExplorerandclickTools| InternetOptions.TheGeneraltabofthe InternetOptionsdialogboxisshownin Figure3-15.
2. ClickDeleteCookiesandthenclick Yestoverifythatyouwanttodelete thecookiesfromyourmachine. Keepinmindthatifyoudothis,you won’tberecognizedbythewebsites youfrequent,andyou’llhavetoset preferencesagainifdesired.
3. ClickDeleteFilestodeletetemporary Internetfiles.Thesefilescantakeup quiteabitofspaceonyourharddrive, andshouldbedeletedeverycoupleof months,justto“cleanhouse.”
FIGURE 3-15 The General tab of Internet Options
3
74
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. C licktheContenttab,clickAutoComplete,and uncheckanyitemsyoudon’twantautomatically completedwhileyou’resurfingtheWeb.Noticethat youcanalsoclearformsandpasswordsfromthe cache.Figure3-16showsanexample.
5. ClickOKtoexitoutofthedialogboxes.
FIGURE 3-16 Disable AutoComplete for privacy and security
TheSecurityandPrivacytabsarealittlemorecomplex, andsincesecuritywillbecoveredinChapter5,refertothat chapterforacompleterundown. Ifyoufindthatyouneedmoresecuritythanthis,and reallywanttoremainanonymousontheWeb,consider third-partyapplications.MyfavoritesincludeSurfSecret PrivacyProtector,availableathttp://www.surfsecret.com/, TopSecretCryptoGold,availableathttp://www.topsecretcrypto.com/, andInternetEraserPro,availableathttp://www.interneteraser.com/ detail.html.
Ó
Tweak IE Even More with the Group Policy Editor
TheGroupPolicyEditoroffersadditionalInternetExplorertweaks. TheGroupPolicyEditorinWindowsXPProfessionalwasintroduced inChapter1asawaytopersonalizetheDesktop,theStartmenu,andthe ControlPanel,andtodisableitemssuchasballoontipsorpersonalized menus.TheGroupPolicyEditoroffersmanymoreoptions,though, thousandsinfact,andinthissection,youlearnabouttheoptionsfor tweakingInternetExplorer. IfyourunWindowsXPProfessional,youhavetheGroupPolicyEditor.IfyouhaveWindows XPHomeEdition,youwon’tbeabletousethistip. Ifyourecall,youopentheGroupPolicyEditorinWindowsXP Professionallikethis:
1. ClickStart|Run. 2. Typegpedit.mscintheOpenwindow,andclickOK. 3. ToaccesstheInternetExplorersettings,expandUserConfiguration| AdministrativeTemplates|WindowsComponents,andthenselect InternetExplorer,asshowninFigure3-17.
CHAPTER 3: E-Mail and the Web
75
3
FIGURE 3-17 Internet Explorer options in the Group Policy Editor
EarlieryoulearnedhowtopreventusersfromchangingtheHistory settingsinInternetExplorer.AsyoucanseeinFigure3-17,thereareseveral otheroptionstoo(alllocatedinthesamepane):
■ DisableimportingandexportingofFavorites
■ Disablechanginghomepagesettings
■ Disablechangingaccessibilitysettings
■ Disablechangingconnectionsettings
■ Disablechangingratingssettings
■ DonotallowAutoCompletetosavepasswords
Therearemoresettings,andyoucanbrowsethoseatyourleisure.Each settinghasanexplanationofwhathappensifyouenableordisableit,too, makingitalmostfoolproof.Theonlythingtowatchoutforisthatyoumust rememberwhatyou’vechanged.Forexample,twoyearsfromnowyoumay
76
HARDCOREWINDOWS
needtouseAutoCompleteforforms.Ifyouhavedisabledit,youmight haveahardtimefiguringoutwhyitwon’tworkifyoudon’twritedown somewherewhatchangesyoumadeintheGroupPolicyEditor. Finally,intheGroupPolicyEditor,browsethroughtheInternetExplorer optionsinthesixavailablefolders(alsoshowninFigure3-17):Internet ControlPanel,OfflinePages,BrowserMenus,Toolbars,Persistence Behavior,andAdministratorApprovedControls.Eachofthesefoldersoffers evenmoretweaks,asshowninFigure3-18,whichshowstheoptionsfor BrowserMenus;noticetheoptionselected,HideFavoritesMenu.Tweakto yourheart’scontent.Whenyou’refinished,closetheGroupPolicyEditor.
FIGURE 3-18 More tweaks with Group Policy Editor
Inthischapter,youlearnedsometricksforpersonalizingOutlook ExpressandInternetExplorerandgettingthemtoworktoyouradvantage. That’sagoodstart,butinthenextchapter,you’lllearnevenmoreabout whatcanbedoneovertheInternet.Forone,you’lllearnhowyoucanuse WindowsXPtoworkfromhome,andhowtogiveandgetremoteassistance overtheInternetwithouteverleavingyouroffice.Ifyouhavealaptopand anofficecomputer,youcanworkfromalmostanywhereintheworld!
CHAPTER 4
WORKING REMOTELY
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
78
HARDCOREWINDOWS
W
orkingremotelymeansbeingabletoaccessyourdesktopcomputer fromanywhere,whetheryouareaccessingyourworkcomputerfrom yourdesktopcomputerathome,accessingthecompanyserversbyusing yourlaptopfromamotelroom,oraccessingaremotecomputerinsome otherscenario.Whenworkingremotely,youareconnectedtotheremote computerandcanaccessitsicons,shortcuts,files,folders,andprograms, justasifyouweresittinginfrontofit.Distancedoesn’tmatter. TherearelotsofwaystoworkremotelywithWindowsXP.Youcan giveandgetremoteassistance,connectremotelytoyourowncomputeror someoneelse’susingRemoteDesktop,andinteractwithpeopleacrossthe worldoracrosstheofficeusingNetMeeting.Thesethreetechnologiesare introducedinthischapter,alongwithtipsforgettingthemostoutofthem, andforsecuringthecomputerwhiledoingso.
REMOTE ASSISTANCE: TAPPING INTO YOUR FRIENDS FOR HELP RemoteAssistanceisatechnologythatallowsuserstoaskforandreceive computerhelpfromfriendsandfamily,coworkers,networkadministrators, andITdepartments,withouthavingtohavesomeonephysicallyvisitthemat theirmachine.RemoteAssistanceletsyouinvitesomeoneyoutrusttohelp youtroubleshootyourcomputerorlearnanewskill.Thepersonyouchoose willbeabletoviewyourscreenfromtheirmonitor,chatwithyou,and,if yougivethempermission,eventakecontrolofyourcomputerusingtheir ownmouseandkeyboard.Anditdoesn’tmatterhowfarawaytheyare! Thereareafewprerequisitesforchoosingahelper,though,andallof thefollowingtermsmustbemet:
■ BothpartiesmustbeusingWindowsXP.
■ BothpartiesmusthaveOutlookExpress,MicrosoftOutlook,or WindowsMessenger.
■ BothpartiesmustbeconnectedtotheInternet.
■ Bothparties,ifalsoapartofalocalareanetwork(LAN),must havepermissiontouseRemoteAssistancefromtheirnetwork administrators.
■ BothpartiesmustbewillingtoparticipateintheRemoteAssistance session.
NeveragreetoaRemoteAssistancesessionfromsomeoneyoudon’tknow.Theycouldinfect yourcomputerwithavirusorobtainpersonalinformation.
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
Ó
79
Ask and You Shall Receive: Getting Remote Assistance
Ifyouneedassistance,youcanaskforitusingtheRemoteAssistance optioninHelpandSupport. It’seasytogetfreecomputerassistancefromcolleaguesorfriends; simplyclickInviteSomeoneToHelpYou,chooseaWindowsMessenger buddyorane-mailcontact,andwaitforthemtorespond.Oncethey respond,you’llusetheRemoteAssistanceinterface,showninFigure4-1, tocommunicatewiththemovertheInternet.
FIGURE 4-1 The Remote Assistance interface offers lots of options.
Here’sthestep-by-stepinstructionsforgettingremoteassistancefroma WindowsMessengerbuddy:
1. ClickStart|HelpAndSupport. 2. UnderAskForAssistance,chooseInviteAFriendToConnectTo YourComputerWithRemoteAssistance,asshowninFigure4-2.
3. IntheRemoteAssistancewindow,intherightpane,selectInvite SomeoneToHelpYou.
4
80
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 4-2 Invite a friend to help you
4. RemoteAssistancewillstart,andyou’llbegiventheoptionto chooseacontactfromyourbuddylistinWindowsMessengeror totypeinane-mailaddressofanyofyourcontacts,asshownin Figure4-3.Inthisexample,chooseaWindowsMessengerbuddy whoisonline.Todoso,youdouble-clicktheusertoinvite.
5. Waitwhiletheuserisinvited.Theuserwillhavetoacceptthe invitation.(You’lllearnhowtogiveremoteassistanceinthenext section.)Oncetheuserhasacceptedyourinvitation,clickYes whenpromptedtoallowthispersontoviewyourscreenandchat withyou.IfyouchooseNo,thesessionwillend.
6. Touseamicrophoneinyourconversations,clickStartTalking. 7. TypeyourmessageintheMessageEntryareaandclickSend.
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
81
4
FIGURE 4-3 Choose a buddy to invite to help you
8. Ifandwhenyourassistantwantstotakecontrolofyourcomputer, they’llask.(Again,you’lllearnhowtogiveassistanceinthenext section.)Ifyouwanttogivecontrolofthecomputertoyour assistant,clickYeswhenprompted,asshowninFigure4-4.
FIGURE 4-4 Giving up control using Remote Assistance
82
HARDCOREWINDOWS
9. Yourassistantcannowcontrolyourcomputerscreenand computerbymovingtheirmouse.Figure4-5showswhatthe RemoteAssistanceinterfacelookslike.
FIGURE 4-5 Control has been granted.
10. WhenyouarefinishedwiththeRemoteAssistancesession,click Disconnect. Ifyoudon’thaveyourdesiredassistantonyourWindowsMessenger buddylist,youcansendaninvitationtoanycontactviae-mail.Oncethey’ve accepted,they’llusethecodethat’sgeneratedtomakeasecureconnection toyou.Thismeansyoucangetremoteassistancefromanyonewho’swilling tohelp.Herearethestep-by-stepinstructionsforgettingRemoteAssistance fromane-mailcontact:
1. ClickStart|HelpAndSupport. 2. UnderAskForAssistance,chooseInviteAFriendToConnectTo YourComputerWithRemoteAssistance,asshownearlierin Figure4-2.
3. IntheRemoteAssistancewindow,intherightpane,selectInvite SomeoneToHelpYou.
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
83
4. RemoteAssistancewillstart,andyou’llbegiventheoptionto chooseacontactfromyourbuddylistinWindowsMessengeror toenterane-mailaddressofanyofyourcontacts.Inthisexample, typeinane-mailaddressandthenclickInviteThisPerson,similarto whatisshowninFigure4-6.
4
FIGURE 4-6 Invite a contact via e-mail
5. IntheRemoteAssistance—E-MailAnInvitationwindow,typea messageandclickContinue.
6. Settheexpirationtimefortheinvitation,checkRequireTheRecipient ToUseAPassword,andtypeandconfirmthepassword.Conveythe passwordtotheassistant,eitherbyphoneorinaseparatee-mail. ClickSendInvitation. Youmaywanttoprintthesestepsoutforpeoplewhowanttoaskyouforremoteassistance.
7. Aftertherecipientviewstheinvitation,clickYestoletthatperson chatwithyouandviewyourcomputerscreen.Theremoteassistance willcontinueasdetailedinthepreviousexample.
84
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Are You the Expert? Giving Remote Assistance
Givingremoteassistanceisalmostaseasyasgettingit,exceptyou havetoknowtheanswers! Ifyouaretheonebeingaskedtogiveassistancetoacolleague,friend, orfamilymember,youwillreceivetheinvitationtohelpinoneoftwoways: viaapop-upboxfromtheWindowsMessengericoninyourSystemTray, orintheformofane-mailinyourInbox. Ifyou’reaskedtogiveassistancefromWindowsMessenger:
1. Anotificationboxwillappearatthebottom-rightpartofthescreen. Clickthisoncetoopenthenotificationbox.Next,clickAcceptto starttheremoteassistancesession.TheWindowsMessengerinterface willopenautomatically.
2. WaitwhilethepersonontheotherendclicksYestoletyouchatwith them,andtheneitherofyoucanbegintyping.
3. Totakecontroloftheotherperson’scomputer,firstinformthemof whatyou’dliketodo,andthenclickTakeControl.
4. Younowhaveaccesstotheuser’scomputerandcanshowthemhow tosolvetheirproblem. Ifyou’reaskedtogiveassistanceviaane-mailinvitation:
1. Opentheattachment;itsfiletypeis*.MsRcIncident.Asampleof suchisshowninFigure4-7.
FIGURE 4-7 This is what the attachment will look like prior to opening it.
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
85
2. WhenpromptedintheRemoteAssistancedialogbox,typethe passwordreceivedfromthepersonaskingforhelp.
3. ClickYestoconnect.
Ó
Preventing Remote Control of Your Computer
Ifyouaren’tusingorplanningtouseRemoteAssistance,disableit. Spammers,viruswriters,andtheotherevil-doersoftheworldare alwaysthinkingofnewwaystogainaccesstoyourcomputer.Itwon’tbe longbeforegainingaccessusingRemoteAssistancescamsbecomepartof theirploy.Sinceyoucanneverbetoocareful,it’sgenerallyagoodideato disableRemoteAssistanceuntilyouneedit.Youcanalwaysturnitbackon. Topreventsomeonefromtakingcontrolofyourcomputerwithascam, andtopreventothersfromtakingcontrolofthecomputerusingRemote Access:
1. ClickStart|ControlPanel. 2. OpenSystem. 3. OntheRemotetab,underRemoteAssistance,selectAdvanced. 4. FromtheRemoteAssistanceSettingsdialogbox,uncheckAllow ThisComputerToBeControlledRemotely,asshowninFigure4-8.
FIGURE 4-8 Do not let your computer be controlled remotely
ACCESS YOUR DESKTOP REMOTELY RemoteDesktopallowsyoutoaccessyourcomputer(orsomeoneelse’s) remotely.Inacommonscenario,youleaveyourcomputeronatwork, andwhenyougethome,youaccessitfromyourownhomeoffice.It’sjust
4
86
HARDCOREWINDOWS
likesittinginfrontofit,includinghavingaccesstoallnetworkresources, connectedhardwaresuchasprinters,andallfilesstoredonthecomputer’s harddrive.RemoteDesktopissecuretoo.Whenyouleaveyourcomputerat work,youcanlockit,sothatonlyyoucanaccessitusingCTRL-ALT-DEL. TouseRemoteDesktop,you’llneedthefollowing:
■ Aremotecomputer(oftenanofficecomputer)runningWindows XPProfessional,whichisconnectedtotheInternetoralocalarea connection.
■ Theremotecomputermustbeconfiguredtoacceptremote connections.(Inotherwords,youhavetoconfigureyourwork computerforremoteaccessbeforeyouleavework,andthework computerhastobeleftonandconnectedtothenetwork.Seethe nextsectionformoredetails.)
■ Alocalcomputer(oftenthehomecomputeroraworklaptopyou lughomewithyou)withaccesstothatnetwork.Connectionscan bemadeviatheInternet,aLAN,oravirtualprivatenetwork.
■ ThelocalcomputermusthaveRemoteDesktopConnection configured.
■ ThelocalcomputermusthaveaccesstotheLANorthecomputer beingaccessedremotely.
■ Userswhowillaccesstheremotecomputermusthaveaccounts andpasswordsonthatcomputer.Ifyouneedmoreassistanceon configuringaccountsandpasswords,refertotheHelpandSupport CenterinWindowsXPProfessional.
Ó
Set Up the Remote Computer to Accept Remote Connections
Beforeyoucanconnecttoanothercomputerremotely,itmustbe configuredtoaccepttheconnection. Theremotecomputerisusuallytheofficecomputer,oftenreferredto asthehostcomputer.Beforearemoteconnectioncanbemadetothehost, certaincriteriamustbemetandspecificitemshavetobeconfigured,as describedinthissection. First,youmustverifythatRemoteDesktopisenabledonthecomputer youwishtoconnectto:
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
87
1. ClickStart|ControlPanel. 2. Ifyou’reinCategoryview,openPerformanceAndMaintenance. SelectSystem.
3. IntheSystemPropertiesdialogbox,clicktheRemotetab. 4. VerifythatAllowRemoteAssistanceInvitationsToBeSentFrom ThisComputerischecked,asshowninFigure4-9.Ifawarningbox appears,readitandclickOK.ClickApplyintheSystemProperties dialogbox.
FIGURE 4-9 Enable Remote Desktop
nceyou’veenabledRemoteDesktop,youmustdecidewhoyou O wanttobeabletoaccessyourcomputer.
5. OntheRemotetaboftheSystemPropertiesdialogbox,clickSelect RemoteUsers.IntheRemoteDesktopUsersdialogbox,clickAdd.
6. Typeausernameforapersonwhohasanaccountonthiscomputer, andclickCheckNames.TheresultisshowninFigure4-10. ClickOK.
7. ClickOKtwomoretimestoapplyyourselections. Withtheremote(host)computerconfigured,you’rereadytoconfigure thecomputerthatwillbeusedtoconnecttoit.
4
88
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 4-10 Add the users who can connect remotely
Ó
Configure the Local Computer and Make the Connection
Beforeconnectingtoaremotecomputer,certaincriteriahavetobe metonthelocalone. Toconfigureacomputertoconnectremotelytothehost,theproper softwaremustbeinstalled.IfyouhaveaWindowsXPcomputer(Home orProfessional)withthelatestservicepacks,you’rereadytogo.(And yes,thatmeansRemoteDesktopwillworkifthehomePChasXPHome installedandtheworkPChasXPProfessionalinstalled.)Ifyouhavean operatingsystemotherthanWindowsXP(Windows95andlater),you’ll havetoinstalltheappropriatesoftwarefromtheWindowsXPProfessional CD-ROMontothatcomputerfirst. Installingthesoftwareissimple.JustpopintheWindowsXP ProfessionalCD-ROM,clickPerformAdditionalTasks,andthenclickSet UpARemoteDesktopConnection.Thewizardautomaticallyinstallsthe softwareandwalksyouthoughanyadditionalsteps. Oncetherequiredsoftwareisavailableandinstalled,yousimplymake theconnection: FIGURE 4-11 Choose the computer you wish to connect to
1. Fromthelocalcomputer(whichisalso referredtoastheclientcomputer), clickStart|Programs|Accessories| Communications|RemoteDesktop Connection.
2. IntheRemoteDesktopConnectiondialog box,typethenameofthecomputerto connectto,asshowninFigure4-11.Click Connect.
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
89
3. IntheLogOnToWindowsdialogbox,typetheappropriateusername andpassword.Iftheusernameandpassworddonotexistonthehost computer,orarenotconfiguredasaremoteuser,theloginwillfail. ClickOK.
4. Ifanotherpersonisloggedontothatcomputer,you’llbeprompted toautomaticallylogthemoff.ClickYes.
5. Onceloggedin,theuserwillhavetheoptiontocloseorrestorethe RemoteDesktopwindow.Restoringthewindowcausestheuserto seeascreensimilartotheoneshowninFigure4-12,althoughtheir backgroundanddesktopmaydifferfromwhat’sshownhere.The usercanthenaccessthecomputerundertheiraccount.
FIGURE 4-12 Make the connection
6. Toendthesession,simplyclicktheClosebutton(X)atthetop-right cornerofthewindow.
4
90
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Get the Most Out of Remote Desktop
RemoteDesktopcanbetweakedtoofferbetterperformance. Inadditiontoconnectingandaccessingaremotecomputerlocally,you canusetheRemoteDesktopconfigurationadvancedoptionstohelpyouget morefromyourconnection. Toaccesstheadvancedoptionsandconfigurehowyourconnectionwill lookandrespond:
1. Fromthelocal(client)computer,clickStart|Programs|Accessories| Communications|RemoteDesktopConnection.
2. IntheRemoteDesktopConnectiondialogbox,shownearlierin Figure4-11,clickOptions.Thedialogboxwillexpand,offering additionaloptions,asshowninFigure4-13.
FIGURE 4-13 Configure advanced options
Therearefivetabsavailableforsettingadvancedoptions:General, Display,LocalResources,Programs,andExperience.Eachofferswaysto personalizeyourconnectiontotheremotecomputer. OntheGeneraltab,youcanconfigurethefollowingitemsforautomatic logontoaremotecomputer:
■ Computer Thenameofthecomputeryou’lllogonto
■ UserName Theusername
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
■ Password Theuser’spassword
■ Domain Thedomain,ifapplicable
■ SaveMyPassword Checktosavethepassword
Withtherequiredinformationadded,theusercanlogonautomatically withouthavingtotypetheinformationeachtime.Thesettingsconfigured forthistabandotherscanalsobesavedtoafilebyusingtheSaveAs command.ClicktheOpenbuttonifyouwanttoselectaparticularsaved configuration,ifmultipleusershavesavedsettings. OntheDisplaytab,youcanconfigurehowtheremotedesktop connectionwilllook:
■ RemoteDesktopSize Youcanconfigurehowlargetheremote connection’swindowwillbe.
■ C olors Youcanconfigurehowmanycolorstousewhenconnected. Morecolorsmeansalongerwait.
■ DisplayTheConnectionBarWhenInFullScreenMode Lets youviewtheconnectionstatus(ifyou’reconnected,you’llseeabar acrossthetopwiththecomputer’sname).
OntheLocalResourcestab,youcanconfigurehowyouwantsound, keyboard,andlocaldevicestoact:
■ RemoteComputerSound Youcanchoosetoheartheremote computer’ssounds,notplaythesounds,orleavethesoundsatthe remotecomputer.
■ Keyboard YoucanchoosetohaveWindowskeycombinations likeALT-TABactiveonlywhentheremotecomputer’swindowisin full-screenmode,orhavethemalwaysappliedtothelocalcomputer ortheremoteone.
■ LocalDevices Youcanchoosewhatlocaldevicesareactivewhile loggedontotheremotecomputer,includingdiskdrives,printers, andserialports.Figure4-14showsthedefaults.
OntheProgramstab,youcanconfigureaprogramtostartautomatically eachtimeyouconnect,bytypingintheprogrampathandthefilename.The pathisdefinedbyadriveletterfollowedbyacolon,abackslash,andthe nameofthefolderandsubfolderthatcontainsthefileorfoldertoopen.An examplecouldbeC:\ProgramFiles\OutlookExpress.
91
4
92
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 4-14 The default settings are usually best.
ThelasttabistheExperiencetab,onwhichyoucanchoosethe connectionspeedtooptimizeperformanceaswellassomedisplayoptions:
■ ChooseYourConnectionSpeedToOptimizePerformance Your choicesareModem(28.8),Modem(56.6),Broadband (128Kbps–1.5Mbps),LAN(10Mbpsorhigher),orCustom.
■ DesktopBackground Showstheremotecomputer’sdesktop background.Bydefault,thisisnotselected.
■ ShowContentsOfWindowsWhileDragging Showscontents whenfoldersaremoved.Bydefault,thisisnotselected.
■ MenuAndWindowAnimation Showsconfiguredmenusand windowanimationsfortheremotecomputer.Bydefault,thisisnot selected.
■ Themes Showsthemesconfiguredfortheremotecomputer. Bydefault,thisisselected,butforbetterperformance,itcanbe deselected.
■ B itmapCaching Placescommonlyusedbitmaps,likethe picturesusedforMyDocuments,theStartmenu,andsimilaritems, inafileonthelocalcomputer.Thisimprovesperformancebecause theinformationdoesnothavetobecontinuallysentoverthelines.
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
93
Forthemostpart,thedefaultsherearefine.Keepinmind,though,the moredatathathastogofromtheremotecomputertothelocalone,the slowerperformancewillbe.
CONNECT TO ANOTHER COMPUTER USING NETMEETING Nowthatyoucanconnecttoyourownworkcomputerfromhome,let’s lookatwaystoconnectwithotherpeopleatothercomputers.NetMeeting isanoldstandbyforcommunicatingovertheInternetandphonelines,and wasoneoftheearliestconferencingapplicationscreatedbyMicrosoft. CommunicationswithNetMeetingincludechattinginrealtime,using webcamsand/ormicrophonesforvideoandvoicecommunications,using anelectronicwhiteboard,andevensharingprograms.Userscanwork collaborativelyacrosstheglobeongraphics,documents,orproposals, withouteverhavingtoleavetheiroffice. Thegoodolddaysaregone,though;NetMeetingisnolongeran applicationthatisinstalledbydefault,anditisnotanoptionintheAll Programsmenu.However,ifyouknowthetrick,youcaninstallanduseit inbothWindowsXPHomeandWindowsXPProfessional.Doingsowill createnewandefficientwaystoconferenceandcommunicatewithfriends, family,andcolleaguesovertheInternet.
Ó
Where Is NetMeeting?
Youlikelydon’tknowwhereNetMeetingis,andifyoulookforit,you probablywon’tfinditeither. Ifyou’veneverusedNetMeetinginWindowsXP,Ibetyoudon’t knowwhereitis.Goahead,lookinAllPrograms,Accessories,oreven Communications.Youwon’tfindit.Wanttoknowthetrick?Youhaveto installitfirst(andyoudon’tevenneedtheWindowsXPCD-ROM). ToinstallandrunNetMeetingandmakeitavailableonyourcomputer:
1. ClickStart|Runandtypeconf.ClickOK. 2. IntheNetMeetingdialogbox,clickNexttoworkthroughthe wizardandinstalltheprogram.Ifyou’vepreviouslyinstalledit, NetMeetingwillstartautomatically.TheNetMeetinginterfaceis showninFigure4-15.
4
94
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 4-15 NetMeeting offers new ways to communicate.
3. Asyouworkthroughthewizard,you’llberequiredto:
■ Fillintheinformationforname,e-mailaddress,etc.
■ SelectMicrosoftInternetDirectoryasthedefault.
■ Selecttheconnectionspeed.
■ ChoosewhetherornottoplaceashortcutontheDesktop.
■ Testandconfigureyourmicrophone,ifoneisinstalled.
Ó
Connect to Others with NetMeeting
Therearelotsofwaystoconnectwithothers,includingdialing directlyintotheircomputer,orconnectingusinganIPaddress, connectingviae-mailaddress,orevenbycomputername. OnceNetMeetingisinstalledonbothcomputersthatwillbeusedfor communicating,youstartitbyclickingStart|Runandtypingconf.Once started,youcanmakeaconnectioninanumberofways.Youcantypeinan e-mailaddress,aphonenumber,anIPaddress,oracomputername.Each aresimilar,andwithanunderstandingofhowtomakeaconnectionand
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
95
communicateonthemostbasiclevel,therestwillfallintoplaceeasily.Let’s lookfirstattheeasiestwaytoconnect,usingaLAN. ToconnectoveraLAN:
1. ClickStart|Runandtypeconf.ClickOK. NetMeetingwillstart.
2. Toplaceacall,eitherclickCall|NewCallorclick
4
thetelephoneiconontheinterface.
3. InthePlaceACalldialogbox,showninFigure4-16, typethenameofthecomputertocall.ClickCall.
FIGURE 4-16 Type the computer name to connect over a LAN
Ifyouaren’tsureofthenameofthecomputer,youhaveseveraloptions.YoucanopenMy NetworkPlaces,andfromtheNetworkTaskspane,selectViewWorkgroupComputers;or, youcanclickStart|Search,usetheOtherSearchOptions,andclickComputersOrPeople. Thereyoucansearchforcomputersonthenetwork.
4. Aringingsoundwilloccurontherecipient’scomputer;if theyaccepttheinvitationtoopenNetMeeting,you’llbe connected.Onceconnected,you’llseesomethingsimilarto what’sshowninFigure4-17.
5. Thefourwaystocommunicateareofferedasiconsatthe bottomoftheinterface(fromlefttoright):ShareProgram, Chat,Whiteboard,TransferFiles.Clickanyicontousethat method.Figure4-18showsachatinprogress.
FIGURE 4-17 NetMeeting in a call FIGURE 4-18 Chatting in NetMeeting
96
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Asmentionedpreviously,youcaninitiateaconversationinanumber ofways.Toconnectbydialingaphonenumber,theothercomputermust firstbesetuptoreceivedialedcallstoit,arathercomplicatedprocess thatisusuallydonebyanetworkadministrator(or,inmanyhomes,bya teenager).However,oncethecomputeriscorrectlyconfigured,connecting isassimpleasdialingthetelephonenumber.It’salsopossibletoconnect usingane-mailaddress.Ifyouhavetheotherperson’se-mailaddress, though,WindowsMessengermaybeaneasieralternative,andisgenerally thepreferredmethod. There’squiteabitofhelpregardingthesetupprocesstoreceivedialedcallsinXP’sHelp andSupportCenter.
Ó
Use Group Policy to Secure NetMeeting
Ifyou’regoingtouseNetMeetingforcommunicatingand conferencing,makesureit’ssecure. AswithotherMicrosoftapplications,GroupPolicyofferswaysto configureandsecureNetMeeting.Ifyou’regoingtobeusingNetMeetingas acommunicationandconferencingtool,lookingovertheoptionsisagood idea.UsingGroupPolicyrequiresthatyouhaveWindowsXPProfessional, though;youwon’tbeabletodothisinWindowsXPHomeEdition. IfyouneedhelpstartingtheGroupPolicyEditororwanttoreadanoverviewofit,referto Chapter1. ToopentheGroupPolicyEditorandlocateandconfigureNetMeeting options:
1. ClickStart|Runandtypegpedit.msc. 2. Expandthefollowing:UserConfiguration|AdministrativeTools| WindowsComponents.SelectNetMeeting.Theresultingwindowis showninFigure4-19.
3. Toconfigureapplication-sharingoptions,double-clicktheApplication Sharingfolderintherightpane.Considerdisablingthefollowing forhighersecurity:
CHAPTER 4: Working Remotely
97
4
FIGURE 4-19 The NetMeeting security options
■ PreventDesktopSharing
■ PreventSharingCommandPrompts
■ PreventControl 4. Toconfigureaudioandvideooptions,opentheAudio&Videofolder. Considerdisablingthefollowingforhighersecurity:
■ LimitTheBandwidthOfAudioAndVideo
■ PreventReceivingVideo 5. ToconfiguregeneraloptionsforNetMeeting,opentheOptionsPage folder.Considerdisablingthefollowingforhighersecurity(regarding theusersthatuseNetMeetingatyourcomputer):
■ HideTheSecurityPage
■ HideTheVideoPage
98
HARDCOREWINDOWS
6. Therearealsosomesecurityoptionslistedasstand-aloneoptions, whichcanbeviewedbyopeningtheNetMeetingfolder.Those optionsareshowninFigure4-19.Considerconfiguringthe followingforhighersecurity:
■ PreventAutomaticAcceptanceOfCalls
■ PreventReceivingFiles
■ LimitTheSizeOfSentFiles
■ DisableChat 7. ClosetheGroupPolicyEditorwhenfinished.
Becarefultorememberwhatyou’vechangedjustincaseyouneedtorevertbacklater! NetMeetingmaybeneededtoreceivefileslater,ortoviewvideos.Makesureyouknowhow tomaketherequiredchangesintheGroupPolicyEditorquicklyifthishappens. Sothat’saboutitforworking(andplaying)remotelyusingWindows XP’sincludedapplications.And,endingonasecurenotemakesmovinginto thenextchapteraneasytransition.Chapter5exploresthenewestadditionto WindowsXP,ServicePack2.UsingSP2’soptions,you’llbeabletofurther tweakandsecureyourcomputer,inwayspreviouslyunattainable.
CHAPTER 5
SAFETY FIRST: SERVICE PACK 2
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
100
HARDCOREWINDOWS
M
icrosoft’slatestupgradetoWindowsXPiscalledServicePack2.Its mainpurposeistokeepyourcomputerandyourpersonalprivacy assecureashumanlyandtechnologicallypossible.Itofferssecurity enhancementstoInternetExplorerandOutlookExpress,aswellasan enhanced,automaticfirewall(alittlemoreaboutthislater)thatblockspopupadsandhelpsguardagainstInternetthreatslikevirusesandspyware. ServicePack2hasanewSecurityCenterinControlPanel,andanew appletforsettingupawirelessnetwork.Ifforsomereasonyouhaven’tyet downloaded,obtained,orinstalledServicePack2,it’stimetodoso.Once installed,youcansafelyjoinyourfriends,family,andcoworkersonthe Internetwithoutworryingaboutthelatestsecuritythreats.
HOW TO GET SERVICE PACK 2 TherearemultiplewaystoobtainServicePack2,includingtheeasiest, whichistolettheupdatedownloadautomaticallythroughWindowsXP’s AutomaticUpdatesfeature.It’sahugefile,awhopping272MB,soit’s configuredsuchthatthedownloadwillpickupwhereitleftoffifyouget disconnectedorlogoff.Thisisagreatwaytogettheupdateifyouhavean “alwayson”connectiontotheInternet. Besidesautomaticupdates,though,whichwon’tworkforthosewho aren’tonlineveryoftenorwhohaveadial-upconnection,thereareother options.SP2alsocanbeobtainedfromMicrosoft’sWindowsUpdateweb site,itcanbeorderedonaCD-ROMandshippedtoyourhome,oritcanbe installedbyatechnicianatyourlocalcomputerstore. Inthissection,you’lllearnthebestwaytogetSP2nomatterwhatkind ofsetupyouhave.Ifyou’reondial-up,theCD-ROMisprobablythebest optionforyou.Youwon’thavetoworryaboutbeingonlinelongenoughto getit,orkeeptrackofhowmuchofityou’vereceived,orifitwillinstall properlyonceit’sonyourharddrive.Ifyou’renotonlineveryoften, perhapsbecauseyourcomputerisalaptop,orbecauseyoujustdon’tuse thecomputerthatmuch,purchasingtheCDisagoodoptiontoo.However, thereareotheroptionsbesidespayingfortheCD. AnyonewithavalidandlicensedcopyofWindowsXPcangotothe WindowsUpdatewebsiteandmanuallydownloadSP2.Ifyouhavethe time,thisisagoodoption.Youcanalsochooseanyotherupdatesthatyou’d liketoinstall,suchasupdateddriversorotheroptionalupdates. Afinaloptionistotakeyourcomputertoacomputerstoreandleta technicianinstallit.Itwon’tbefree,butatleastyou’llknowit’llbedone correctly!Let’slookatalloftheseoptionsindetail.
CHAPTER 5: Safety First: Service Pack 2
101
Ifyoudon’tknowifyouhaveSP2ornot,right-clickMyComputerandchecktheGeneral tab.Itwillbenotedintheinformationthere.
Ó
Wait for Automatic Updates or Get the Update Manually
TheeasiestwaytogetServicePack2isthroughAutomaticUpdates. ToobtainServicePack2throughAutomaticUpdates,youmusthave AutomaticUpdatesenabled.Youalsohavetoleaveyourcomputeronand connectedtotheInternetforasubstantialperiodoftimesothatthedownload canoccur.IfyouturnoffyourcomputerordisconnectfromtheInternet,the downloadwillpickupwhereitleftoffthenexttimeyouconnect.Thisisall donebehindthesceneswithoutanyinconveniencetoyou.Youwon’teven noticeitdownloadingifyouhavebroadband;youmaynoticeaslowdown whentheupdateisdownloadingoveradial-upconnection. Freedownloadacceleratorsareavailable,includingDAP7,DownloadAcceleratorPlus (http://www.speedbit.com).Thisapplicationallowsyoutodownloadfilesupto300times fasterthanwithoutit,amongotherfeatures. Oncethedownloadhasfinished,you’llbepromptedthatnewupdates arereadytoinstall.Asmallballoonwillappear,asshowninFigure5-1. Simplyclicktoinstalltheupdate.
FIGURE 5-1 This balloon will appear when the update is ready to install.
ToverifythatAutomaticUpdatesisenabled:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandchooseProperties. 2. ClicktheAutomaticUpdatestab. 3. VerifythatAutomaticUpdatesisenabled.
5
102
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ifyoudon’twanttowaitfortheupdatetodownload,ifyouhaveaslow connection,orifyouhaveadial-upconnectiontotheInternetanddon’t wanttogettheupdateusingthismethod,ordertheCD-ROMfromhttp:// www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/downloads/.SelectWindowsXPService Pack2andfollowthelinks. Ifyoudon’twanttopaytohavetheCD-ROMshippedtoyou,orifyou aren’tonlinelongenoughtogetServicePack2viaAutomaticUpdates, youcanlogontotheWindowsUpdatewebsiteandmanuallyobtainthe update.Ifyou’readial-upuser,manuallydownloadingtheupdatefrom theWindowsUpdatewebsitegivesyouachancetologonandcontrol whenthedownloadoccurs.IfyouwaitforWindowsUpdate,itwillcome piecemealoveralongerperiodoftime.TheWindowsUpdatewebsite canbeaccessedbyclickingStart|AllPrograms|WindowsUpdate.The instructionsareclearfordownloading;simplywaitwhileyoursystemis scanned,andthenchooseExpressInstall,asshowninFigure5-2.
FIGURE 5-2 SP2 can be obtained manually from Windows Update.
CHAPTER 5: Safety First: Service Pack 2
Ó
103
Get SP2 at Your Local Computer Store
Havesomeoneelsedotheworkforyou,butitwillhelptodoalittle preparationbeforehand. Ifyoudon’twanttoinstallServicePack2yourself,ifyouhaveadialupconnection,orifyouhaveahigh-speedconnectionbutaren’tonline verymuchbecauseyourcomputerisn’tturnedonallthetime,takeyour computertoyourlocalcomputerstorefortheupgrade. Mostcomputerstoresoffertechnicalsupport.Mostofthetime,the techniciansrepairnonworkingcomputers,addRAM,replaceharddrives, andaddports.However,mostnowalsoperformsoftwareupgrades,including installingServicePack2.Unfortunately,thetechniciansalsotaketimeout totellyouthatyouneedtopurchaseafewotheritems,namelypop-upstopper software,systemtune-ups,andadditionalhardware.Muchofthetimeyou don’tneedit,sobecareful. Beforetakingyourcomputerintoyourlocalcomputerstore,dothe followingtoguaranteeasmoothinstallationandtoavoidunnecessary “recommendations”bythecomputertechnician:
■ Makesureyourantivirussoftwareisuptodate.
■ RunDiskCleanupandDiskDefragmentertomakesureyour computerisnotstoringunnecessaryorfragmentedfiles.
■ Usemsconfig(clickStart|Run)todisableprogramsyoudon’tneed.
■ Visitthewebsiteofyourcomputermanufacturerandgetanydriver orsoftwareupdatesoffered.
■ Makeacompletebackupofyourdata.
Theobjectistolocateandsolvepotentialproblemsbeforethetechnician findsthem.Whatyoucanperformonyourowncouldcostupwardsof$200 atthestore.Oncethetechnicianfinishes,havethembootthecomputerfor youbeforeyouheadhome;oncebooted,verifythatSP2hasbeeninstalled:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandchooseProperties. 2. OntheGeneraltab,verifythatSP2islisted,asshowninFigure5-3.
5
104
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 5-3 Checking that SP2 is installed
INTERNET SECURITY ServicePack2applieslotsofchangestobothInternetExplorerandOutlook Expressregardingsecurityandprivacy.However,manyofthesechanges werecreatedwithapplicationdevelopersandcorporateadministratorsin mind,nottheaveragepoweruser.Forthemostpart,whatyou’llbeinterested inishowtogetapplicationstoworkthewaytheydidbeforeSP2wasinstalled. Forinstance,you’llbeunabletoopenattachmentsinOutlookExpressuntil youreconfiguresomesettings,andyoumighthavetroubledownloading filesinInternetExploreruntilyouenabletheAutomaticPromptingForFile DownloadsoptioninSecuritySettings.Thus,thissectiontouchesonsome ofthenewfeatureswhilefocusingonmanagingthenewsettings.
Ó
Popping Pop-Ups
ThePop-UpBlockerisnice,butyoumaywanttotweakitabit. ThereareafewnewfeaturesworthnotinginInternetExplorer.Oneis thenewPop-UpBlocker.Blockingpop-upsprotectsyoufrommaliciousweb sitesthateitherresetyourhomepageor,worse,installaprogramorobtain
CHAPTER 5: Safety First: Service Pack 2
105
informationaboutyoufromyourcomputerunwillingly.Havingapop-up blockerissimplyanicefeature,too,becauseitblocksunwantedads. Unfortunately,thenewPop-UpBlockercanalsocauseproblems.Many websitesusepop-updialogboxestoallowyoutologin,inputregistration information,printreceipts,ordisplayvideosorotherinformation.Ifyou visitsuchawebsite,youcanmakeanexceptionforthatwebsiteandstill keepthePop-UpBlockerenabled. Bydefault,thePop-UpBlockerisenabled.Youcandisableiteasily,or tweakittodisableitforspecificwebsites:
1. TodisablethePop-UpBlockercompletely,inInternetExplorer, selectTools|InternetOptionsandclickthePrivacytab.Uncheck BlockPop-Ups,asshowninFigure5-4.ClickOK.
FIGURE 5-4 You can disable the Pop-Up Blocker if you don’t like it or if you use another program.
2. IfyouhavenotdisabledthePop-UpBlockerbutsimplywantto tweakittoallowspecificsitestoofferpop-ups,inInternetExplorer, clickTools|InternetOptionsandthenclickthePrivacytab.
3. UnderPop-UpBlocker,clickSettingstoopenthePop-UpBlocker Settingsdialogbox,showninFigure5-5.
4. TypeorpasteintheAddressOfWebSiteToAllowlistboxtheURL ofthewebsiteyouwanttoallowpop-upsfor.(Ifyoutypeit,asyou starttotype,autocompletewillofferpreviouslyviewedsites.)
5
106
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 5-5 Add allowed sites when pop-ups are warranted
5. ClickAddtoaddthesitetotheAllowedSiteslist. 6. Atthebottomofthedialogbox,youcanalsoidentifywhatshould happenwhenapop-upisblocked.
7. ClickCloseandthenclickOKafteryouhavemadeyour configurations.
Ó
Opening Attachments in Outlook Express (and Confronting Other SP2 Annoyances)
ThereareplentyofannoyancesaboutSP2,especiallyitsreversalof yourpersonalOutlookExpresssecuritysettingstotheirdefaults. SP2alsochangesdefaultsettingsinOutlookExpress.Whilethese changesproduceamoresecurecomputer,theyreducefunctionalityfor almostallusers.Thefirstproblemwiththenewsettingsisthatattachments cannolongerbeopened.You’llseethepaperclipthatindicatesanattachment wassentwiththemessage,butitwillbegrayedout.Attachmentsareabig partofproductivityforbusinessesandhomeusersalike,andareanintegral partofe-mailing.ThesecondproblemwiththenewsettingsitthatallHTML contentine-mailsisblocked,whichalsoreducesfunctionality.Again,Imust
CHAPTER 5: Safety First: Service Pack 2
107
stressthatthisproducesamoresecurecomputer…butcertainlynotamore usableone. Ifyouwanttoopenattachments,youneedtotweakasinglesetting:
1. InOutlookExpress,clickTools|Options. 2. ClicktheSecuritytab,showninFigure5-6.
5
FIGURE 5-6 Allow attachments in Outlook Express
3. UncheckDoNotAllowAttachmentsToBeSavedOrOpenedThat CouldPotentiallyBeAVirus.
4. IftheRestrictedSitesZone(MoreSecure)radiobuttonisselected, thatwillalsolimityourfunctionality.Ifyouhavethird-partyvirus protectioninstalled,choosingthisradiobuttonislikelyunnecessary. Therefore,selecttheInternetZone(LessSecure,ButMoreFunctional) radiobutton.ClickOK. TheseconditemyoumaywanttotweakinvolvesHTMLcontentin e-mails.Whenyoureceivee-mailfromwebsitesandonlineretailers,they maycontaintiny,invisibleimagescalledwebbugs.Thesebugscanbe usedtoidentifyyouonlineandtrackyoursurfinghabits.Becausethisis athreat,SP2blocksthesebydefault.However,ifyouoftengete-mailthat containsHTMLcontentincludingpictures,thesamecontentthatthebugs
108
HARDCOREWINDOWS
arecreatedwith,youwon’tgetthepicturesyou’reusedto.Youre-mailwill beprettybland.ToreverttoearlierdaysandallowHTMLcontenttoopen automaticallyine-mails:
1. InOutlookExpress,clickTools|Options. 2. ClicktheSecuritytab. 3. UncheckBlockImagesAndOtherExternalContentInHTML E-Mail.
4. ClickOK.
Ó
Restore Pre-SP2 Security Settings in Internet Explorer
ManyInternetExplorersettingswerechangedwhenSP2was installed,andyoumightwanttochangethemback. YoumaywanttochangetwooftheSP2InternetExplorersettingsin particular.Onehastodowithdownloadingprograms,anotherwithActiveX controls.Forthemostpart,downloadingremainsthesame,butifyouuse advancedprogramsorrunInternetmacros,you’lllikelyencounterproblems. Problemscanalsooccurifyouuseane-mailprogramlikeTrillianor Hotmail,oranythingelsethatrequiresyoutoallowActiveXcontrols.By default,ActiveXcontrolsareblockedinSP2. ActiveXcontrolsaresimilartoJavaapplets,butarepotentiallymoreharmful.Theycancause damagetoyourcomputer. WhenyouwanttodownloadafileorprogramfromtheInternet,you’re usuallypromptedwithadownloadboxthatasksyouwhetheryou’resure thatyouwanttodownloaditand,ifso,wheretosaveit.Thereasonthat youareaskedtoagreebeforefilesorprogramsaredownloadedtoyour computeristohelpyouprotectthecomputerfrommaliciousprograms. Unfortunately,whenrunningInternetmacrosandsimilarprograms,Internet Explorercompletelyblockstheoptiontodownloadfileswhenyoudon’t wantitto.Ifyou’reeverpromptedwithanoticethatafileyouwantedto downloadwasblocked,you’llneedtotweakasettinginInternetExplorerto allowit:
1. OpenInternetExplorerandclickTools|InternetOptions. 2. ClicktheSecuritytab,clicktheInterneticon,andthenclickCustom Level.
CHAPTER 5: Safety First: Service Pack 2
109
3. IntheSecuritySettingsdialogbox,scrolldown toDownloadsand,underAutomaticPrompting ForFileDownloads,clickEnable,asshownin Figure5-7.
4. ClickOK,andclickOKagaintoclosethe dialogboxes. Ifyouevergetapromptthatsays“Internet ExplorerhasrestrictedthisfilefromshowingActiveX contentthatcouldaccessyourcomputer.Clickherefor options”you’llneedtoenableActiveXcontrols:
5
1. InInternetExplorer,clickTools|Internet OptionsandthenclicktheAdvancedtab.
2. ScrolldowntoSecurity. 3. CheckAllowActiveContentToRunInFiles OnMyComputer.
4. ClickOK.
FIGURE 5-7 Change default security settings when problems with downloads occur
NEW CONTROL PANEL APPLETS Thefirstthingyou’lllikelynoticeaboutSP2arethethreenewControl Panelapplets:
■ WindowsFirewall Letsyouviewandchangefirewallsettings.
■ SecurityCenter Offersaplacetoquicklyviewthesecurity settings,inparticulartoseeifthefirewall,AutomaticUpdates,and virusprotectionareenabled.YoucanalsomanageInternetsecurity options.
■ WirelessNetworkSetupWizard Letsyoueasilysetupyour wirelessnetworkafteryou’vepurchasedandinstalledthehardware.
Ó
Configure Windows Firewall
WindowsFirewallhelpsyoustaysecurenomatterwhereyougoon theInternet. WhenServicePack2isfirstinstalled,WindowsFirewallisturnedon bydefault.Afirewallissoftwarethathelpskeepyourcomputersecureby
110
HARDCOREWINDOWS
restrictingwhatcomesintothecomputerfromalocalnetworkortheInternet. Whatcancomeinareviruses,worms,spyware,andevenmaliciousprograms. WindowsFirewallisprettysecure,andthehighestlevelofprotectionis enabled.WindowsFirewallwon’tevenletyoureceivefilesfrompeoplethat youinstantmessagewithwithoutyourexpresspermission.Ifyouwantto receivethefile,youhavetotellthefirewallyouwanttocreateanexception. Anexceptionisaspecialexclusionthatyoucreatewhenprompted.You’ll bepromptedifneedbe;however,youmayneverbepromptedifyouengage insafesurfing,arenotpartofanetwork,orneveruseRemoteAssistanceor RemoteDesktop(amongotherthings). Ifyouhaveathird-partyfirewallprograminstalled,turnoffSP2’sWindowsFirewall.
Toseewhatsettingsareconfiguredbydefault,turnoffWindowsFirewall, createexceptionsmanually,orconfigureadvancedfirewallproperties:
1. OpenControlPanelandthenWindowsFirewall. 2. ClicktheGeneraltab,showninFigure5-8.Here,youcanturnoff WindowsFirewallorchoosetonotallowexceptions.Youshould turnoffWindowsFirewallifyouhaveanotherfirewallprogram running,anddisallowexceptionsifyouareusingyourcomputerin apublicplace,suchasanairport. FIGURE 5-8 By default, Windows Firewall is turned on.
CHAPTER 5: Safety First: Service Pack 2
111
3. ClicktheExceptionstab.Youdon’thavetoaddexceptionsmanually ifyoudon’twantto;ifyoueverneedaprogram(suchasRemote DesktoporRemoteAssistance),you’llbepromptedtocreate anexceptionthen.However,ifyoudowanttoaddanexception manually,selectAddProgramofferedunderthistabandselectthe programfromthelistprovided.
4. ClicktheAdvancedtab.Here,youcanviewwhatisprotected,which generallyincludesyourInternetconnectionandnetworkconnections. Thedefaultsarealmostalwaysfineandshouldnotbechanged.You canalsocreateaSecuritylogtoseesuccessfulconnectionsand droppedpackets.Whene-mailissentacrosstheInternet,it’sbroken upintopacketsinsteadofbeingsentinonepiece.Whenpacketsare droppedbythefirewall,theydonotmakeittoyourcomputer.
5. ClickOKtoacceptthechangesyou’vemadeorCanceltousethe existingsettingswhenfinished.
Ó
Rely on the Security Center
TheSecurityCentergivesyouaquickoverviewofyoursecurity settings. TheSecurityCenterisalsolocatedinControlPanel.Thereisn’tmuch youcandowithit,though;it’sreallyjustaplacetoseeifyourprotection settingsareconfiguredthewayMicrosoftrecommends.Ifyouhavea third-partyfirewall,ifyourcomputerisconfiguredtogetautomaticupdates manually,orifyoudon’tusevirusprotectionanddon’twanttobealerted abouttheseissues,youwillwanttoturnoffthenotificationforthosefeatures. Figure5-9showsahealthysystemreportfromtheSecurityCenter. IfyouhaveanyoftheseconfiguredasOff,you’llalsowanttoturnoff notificationforthem(thatis,unlessyouenjoybeingnotifiedaboutyour settingsallofthetime). Toturnoffnotification:
1. OpenControlPanelandSecurityCenter. 2. IntheResourcesarea,clickChangeTheWaySecurityCenter AlertsMe.
3. Unchecktheitemsdesired,andclickOK. 4. ClosetheSecurityCenter.
5
112
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 5-9 A healthy system report
Ó
Use the Wireless Network Setup Wizard
Whenyou’rereadytogowireless,usethiswizard. TheWirelessNetworkSetupWizardisanothernewfeatureofferedby ServicePack2.Youcanusethiswizardafteryou’vepurchasedandinstalled thewirelesshardwarerequiredforyourcomputers,aswellastheassociated wirelessaccesspoint(s).Accesspointsarewhatallowtheinformationto betransmittedwirelessly,andarearequiredpartofthewirelessnetwork. Thesecanalsoberouters. Whileworkingthroughthewizard,you’llhaveonlyafewdecisions tomake,buttodosoyou’llneedabriefunderstandingofthetechnology behindthenetworkyouwanttocreate.Asaprimer,priortorunningthe wizard,makesureyou’veansweredthesequestions:
■ Whatwillyournewwirelessnetworkbenamed?
■ Isallofthehardwareinstalled,aswellasanydriversandsoftware thatcamewithit?
CHAPTER 5: Safety First: Service Pack 2
113
■ Doyouknowwhatanetworkkeyis?Doyouhaveyourown networkkeyorwillyouletthewizardassignoneautomatically? (Automaticallyisgenerallybest.)
■ AreyourdevicesWPA(Wi-FiProtectedAccess)compatible?WPAis astrongerencryption,butnotalldevicesarecompatibleatthistime.
■ DoyouhaveaUSBflashdriveforstoringthenetworksettingsso theycanbeusedtosetupothercomputers?Ifnot,youcanprintthe settingsandstoretheminasafelocation.
■ Ifyouhaveawirelessprinter,haveallsoftwareanddriversbeen installed?
Onceyoucananswerthesequestions,you’llbereadytorunthewizard. Thewizardissimpletouse,andself-explanatory.Figure5-10showsthe optiontosavethesettingstoaUSBflashdrive. FIGURE 5-10 The Wireless Network Setup Wizard offers an easy way to save network settings.
Nowthatyou’veworkedwithSP2,configuredthefirewall,andchanged theSP2defaultsettingsofInternetExplorerandOutlookExpresssothat theyrunasyouprefer,it’stimetobreakforalittlefun.Inthenextchapter, I’lldiscussgaming,specificallyhowtobuildabetterPCwithadditional hardware,andhowtogetbetterperformancebytweakingtheoperating systemsettings.Byusinghardwareprofiles,forinstance,youcandisable everythingthatisn’tneededtoplaygamesinordertogetthebestgaming performancepossible.
5
This page intentionally left blank.
CHAPTER 6
STAYING IN THE GAME
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
116
HARDCOREWINDOWS
W
indowsXPisgenerallyagoodout-of-the-boxsystemforgamers. Forthemostpart,anynewmidrangeorbettercomputerthatships withXPpreinstalledisprettywellequippedforgaming.Ofcourse,youcan alwaysbuyabettermachinethatisoptimizedforgaming.Forexample, ifyoucanaffordit,Alienwareoffersthebestgamingcomputersaround. However,ifyoucan’taffordatop-of-the-lineperformancecomputer,there arewaystoincreasegamingperformancewiththeoneyoucurrentlyown. Inthischapter,you’llfirstlearnhowtobeefupyourcurrentsystem withhardwareupgrades,suchasRAMandvideoorsoundcards.Next, you’lllearnafewsoftwaretricks,likehowtocreateagaminghardware profile.Finally,youdiscoverhowServicePack2affectsyourgaming experience.I’llalsoinviteyoutothrowyourownLANparty!
BUILD A BETTER PC Betterhardware,fasterCPUs,moreRAM,andultimategamingsoundand videocardsmakeforabettergamingexperience.Evenifyoucouldn’t affordthemostexpensivecomputeronthemarketwhenyoupurchasedyour PC,youcanalmostcertainlyspiceitupwithafewhardwarepurchases.The bestway,ofcourse,istoaddmoreRAM.
Ó
Beef Up Your System with RAM
RAMalwaysincreasesperformance. RAM,orrandomaccessmemory,isphysicalhardwareinsidethe computercase.RAMholdsdatathatthecomputeruses(orexpectstouse) forthenextcalculations.RAMisalsousedtostoredatatemporarily,suchas afileonitswaytotheprinter,anopendocumentthathasnotbeensaved,or aphotobeforeandafterediting.RAMstoresinstructionsanddata,andthis datacanbeaccessedmanytimesfasterthandatastoredontheharddisk.To acquiredatafromaharddisk,thediskmustspin,thedatamustbefound,and thenthedatamustbeaccessed.IfthenecessarydataisstoredinRAM,it’s simplypulledimmediately.Nospinningorlocatingisrequired.Verysimply, RAMstoresthedatathatisneededandaccessedoftenbyagame. SincedatafromRAMisaccessedsomuchmorequicklythandatafrom aharddisk,themoreRAMyouhaveinstalled,thebetter.Forgamers,this referstoRAMinstalledonthemotherboarditself,aswellasonboardRAM thatcomeswithhigher-endsoundandvideocards.
CHAPTER 6: Staying in the Game
117
TofindoutwhatkindofRAMyouneed,whetheryouhavetheavailable slotsonthemotherboard,howmuchyoucaninstall,andhowtopurchase RAMonlineandfromareputableretailer,youcandownloadandinstall CrucialTechnology’sBelarcAdvisor.Thisprogramisafreeapplicationthat tellsyouallyouneedtoknowtogettheRAMyouneed:
1. Openyourwebbrowserandgotohttp:// www.crucial.com.
2. IntheProductSearchbox,typeBelarc AdvisorandclickGo.Fromtheresults, locatethelinkWhereCanIFindThe BelarcAdvisorandclick.
6
3. AfterlocatingthelinktostarttheBelarc Advisor,clickittobeginandchoose todownloadtheapplication.When promptedwhattodo,clickRun.The dialogboxisshowninFigure6-1.
4. Whenpromptedagainabouttheapplication, clickRun.ClickInstalltoautomatically installtheprogram.Waitwhileaprofileof yourcomputer’shardwareiscreated.
FIGURE 6-1 Crucial’s Belarc Advisor gives you the information you need to choose the correct RAM for your machine.
5. Theresultswillshowinyourwebbrowser.Figure6-2showsan example.WritedowntheRAMtypeandsize,andyourcomputer’s makeandmanufacturer.ClicktheBackbuttononyourbrowser,and thensearchfortheRAMrequired. InstallingRAMisoftentimesassimpleasopeningthecaseandplacing theRAMintheappropriateslotonthemotherboard.Instructionscomewith theRAMyoupurchase,ifyougowithareliableretailer.Unfortunately, installingRAMisn’talwaysthiseasy,especiallyiftheRAMishidden underneathothercomponentsorifit’sextremelysmall,aswithalaptop.If youopenthecaseandtheoldRAMdoesn’tappeartobeeasilyaccessible, youshouldtakeyourcomputerandthenewRAMtoaservicecenter. Inadditiontoproblemsassociatedwithdifficult-to-installRAM(and keepinmind,itusuallyiseasytoinstall),youalsohavetofollowthe directionstotheletter.Forinstance,youmustalwaysproperlyground yourselfbeforetouchinganythinginsidethecase,becauseevenasmall shocktothemotherboardcandamageit.Youalsomustholdandhandlethe RAMproperly,sothatyoudonotdamageiteither.Ifyoudodecidetoinstall theRAMyourself,justmakesureyoureadandfollowallthedirections.
118
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 6-2 A sample report shows two open slots that can hold 512MB of DIMM 1 RAM each.
TheBelarcAdvisorreportalsolistsallinstalledapplications’productkeys,allinstalledand networkprinters,multimediadevices,virusprotection,andsoftwarelicensesandversions.
Ó
Upgrade Sound and Video Cards
There’snobetterwaytoincreaseperformanceforsoundandvisual effectthantoobtainandinstallthebestcardspossible. Ifyouwanttoincreasegameperformanceinwaysotherthanbyadding RAM,upgradingyoursoundandvideocardsisagreatoption.Higher-end soundandvideocardsaren’tthatexpensive,andwillgreatlyimprovewhat youseeandhearwhenplaying.That’sbecausehigher-endmodelshave theirownonboardRAMandtheirownsmallprocessors.Theyactuallydo helpthecomputerrunbetter,especiallywhenitcomestogames.
CHAPTER 6: Staying in the Game
119
Toinstalleithercard,yousimplyturnoffthecomputer,openthecase, pulltheoldcard(thesoundcardistheonelocatedwherethemicrophone plugsin,andthevideocardistheonelocatedwherethemonitorplugsin)and replaceitwithanewone.Replacethecoverandreboot.It’sassimpleasthat. Whileinstallinganewcardisprettyeasy,decidingwhattopurchase canbequitetrying.Again,theBelarcAdvisornotedinthelastsectioncan giveyouinformationaboutwhatyoualreadyhave,oryoucanopenthecase andtakealookforyourself.Figure6-3showssomebasicinformationfrom theAdvisorregardingthedisplayadapter,themonitor,andmultimedia audiodevices.
6
FIGURE 6-3 The Belarc Advisor offers information about multimedia hardware too.
Sohowdoyougoaboutdecidingwhatcardtobuy?Well,yourfirst considerationiscost.Soundcardsrun$30andup,asdovideocards.Cards canrunover$200ormoreforagoodone.Yougetwhatyoupayfor,so spendasmuchasyou’recomfortablespending.You’llprobablyalsowantto purchasebetterspeakersoncethesoundcardisinstalled,andperhapseven abettermonitor,sokeepthatinmindtoo.
120
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Howevermuchyoudecidetospend,here’stheabsolutebasicsforwhat youshouldlookforinasoundcardand/oravideocard:
■ CompatibilitywithWindowsXPandyourgames Ifyouhave gamesalreadyinstalled,lookattheirminimumrequirementsand makesureyougetacardthat’slisted.
■ Properlytestedandsigneddrivers Makesurethecard’sdrivers havebeentestedbyMicrosoftandareonMicrosoft’sHardware CompatibilityList.
■ APIsupport Ifyouhavegamesalreadyinstalled,knowwhat APIsyou’llneed,becauseyoumayneedspecificsupport.
■ Forsoundcards,128+channels Channelsdeterminehowmany simultaneoussoundsthecardcanhandleatatime.
■ Stereo,quadraphonic,surroundsound,and3-Dsound support Getasmuchasyoucanaffordanddesire.
■ Forvideocards,128+ofonboardRAMandDirectX9.0 support OnboardRAMallowsdatatobesavedtotheRAMon thecardinsteadoftheRAMonthemotherboard,andDirectX9.0 supportguaranteesyou’llhaveanewermodelcard.
Ifyou’rereallyseriousaboutgaming,you’llprobablywanttoreplace yourvideocardatleastonceayear.Asforaudio,agoodsetofspeakerscan reallyenhanceevenamediocresoundcard.Whenshoppingforspeakers, atleastgoforasetoffour,andacardthatsupports4.1audioorhigher.It’s beenmyexperiencethatKlipschoffersthebestaudioavailable.
Ó
Throw a LAN Party
There’snothingquiteasfunasthrowingaLANpartyandplaying gamesintothenightwithfriends. IfyoulovegameslikeHalf-LifeorQuake,andyouhavefriendswho likethesame,youdon’thavetogoonlinetoplayagainsteachother—you cancreateyourownnetwork,connectyourowncomputers,andannihilate eachotherwhileeveryonesitsinthesameroom,attic,orbasement.Hearing youropponentactuallygroanwhenyoukillhimiscertainlyworththetime ittakestosetitup!
CHAPTER 6: Staying in the Game
121
IfthisisyourfirstLANparty,tostart,justinvitethreeorfourplayers. Eachplayerhastohavetheirownlaptoporcomputerandanetworkinterface card.Youhavetohaveroomandsupportforitall,includingtherequired electricaloutlets,powerstrips,anddesksandchairs.Onceallofthecomputers aresetup,connectthemalltoahuborwirelesslytoanaccesspoint. Onceeveryoneisphysicallyconnected,youneedtogetthemallconnected tothenetwork.Oneachcomputer,runtheNetworkSetupWizardasfollows:
1. ClickStart|AllPrograms|Accessories|Communications|Network SetupWizard.
2. ClickNext,andclickNextagaintostartthewizard. 3. Becauseyou’lllikelynotbeonlinewhileplaying,clickOther,and thenclickThisComputerBelongsToANetworkThatDoesNot HaveAnInternetConnection,asshowninFigure6-4.ClickNext.
FIGURE 6-4 Setting up a network without an Internet connection is easiest.
4. Foreachcomputer,createacomputerdescriptionusingtheplayer’s name,andforthecomputername,typetheuser’slastname,as showninFigure6-5.Allcomputernamesonthenetworkmustbe differentfromeachother.ClickNext.
5. Fortheworkgroupname,typeLANPARTY.ClickNext. 6. ClickNexttocompletethewizardandrestartallcomputers.Have eachcomputerjointheLANPARTYworkgroup.
6
122
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 6-5 Personalize each computer
IfanyuserhasastaticIPaddress,they’llhaveproblemsconnecting. Ifthat’sthecase,eachwillneedtotweaktheirTCP/IPsettingstoobtain aDNSaddressautomatically.Thesenextstepsarerequiredonlyfor thoseusers:
1. ClickStart|ControlPanel,andifin Categoryview,clickNetworkAndInternet Connections.OpenNetworkConnections.
2. Right-clicktheLANconnectionused toconnecttotheworkgroupandselect Properties.
3. ClicktheNetworkingtab,clickInternet Protocol(TCP/IP),andclickProperties.
4. OntheGeneraltab,clickbothObtainAnIP AddressAutomaticallyandObtainDNS ServerAddressAutomatically,asshown inFigure6-6.ClickOK,andclickOK againtoapplythesettings.
5. Rebootthecomputerifprompted.
FIGURE 6-6 IP information must be obtained automatically.
Finally,getgaming!Fireuptheprogram andstartthemayhem!
CHAPTER 6: Staying in the Game
123
OPTIMIZE SYSTEM SETTINGS Evenifyouhavethebesthardwareintheworld,ifyouhavefivegazillion programsorservicesrunninginthebackground,theCPUisgoingtobog downandgameswillnotruneffectively.Ifyou’rejustinitforthegame, youdon’tneedyourcomputerkeepingtrackofupdatesorreportingerrors whileyou’replaying.Youalsoshouldn’tbeusingthemes,andyoumay needaspecificscreenresolutionconfiguredforthegamesyouwanttoplay. Whensomanychangesandtweakscanbe(orneedtobe)madewhen gameplaying,it’softenbesttocreateagaminghardwareprofile.Thisprofile willshowasanoptionwhenbooting.Ifyou’rebootingthecomputerfor gameplaying,bootusingtheresource-savinggamingprofile,whichshould alsobeconfiguredwiththecorrectscreenresolution;ifyou’rebootingthe computerforwordprocessingorartcreation,usearegularprofileand ascreenresolutionrequiredforthoseprograms.
Ó
Create a Hardware Profile
Youcancreateahardwareprofilejustforgaming,anddisable unnecessaryservicesandhardware. InChapter2,youlearnedaboutsomeoftheunnecessaryservicesand applicationsthataren’tneededwhenrunningXP.Handwritingservices, theIndexingService,FastUserSwitching,andsimilaritemsusesystem resources,andcanbedisabled.Remember,thelessyourcomputerhasto do,thebetteritwilldowhatyouaskofit.So,whencreatingacomputer configurationforgaming,you’llcontinueinthisvein,turningoffanything thatisn’tneededandreservingcomputerpowerforyourgames.You’llsave theconfigurationasagamingprofile,oneyou’llchoosewhenyoubootyour computer. Yourgamingprofilewillbeabare-bonesoperatingsystem;you’llturn offservicessuchasRoutingandRemoteAccess,ClipBook,Computer Browser,ErrorReportingService,etc.Whilethesearecertainlyimportant ineverydaycomputing,theyaren’tnecessarywhenplayinggames.Turning offunnecessaryserviceswillincreasethespeedofyourcomputer.You simplychoosetheprofilewhenyouwanttoplaygames. Tocreateahardwareprofileforgaming:
1. ChooseStart|ControlPanelandchooseSystem. 2. IntheSystemPropertiesdialogbox,clicktheHardwaretab. 3. ClickHardwareProfiles.
6
124
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. IntheHardwareProfilesdialogbox,click Copy.
5. TypeGamingProfiletonametheprofile. ClickOK.Figure6-7showstheresult.
6. Fornow,chooseWaitUntilISelect AHardwareProfile.Onceyouknowboth profilesareworkingandfunctional,youcan changetheseoptionstoalwaysboottothe originalprofileafterafewseconds,ifonehas notbeenselectedyet.
7. ClickOK,andclickOKagain. 8. Reboottothenewprofile. Afterrebootingtothenewprofile,youcan tweakthatprofiletoyourheart’scontent.Work throughChapter2tolearnhowtodisableunnecessaryservicesand applications.Someadditionalservicesyoucandisableinclude
FIGURE 6-7 Create a gaming profile
■ RoutingandRemoteAccess
■ ClipBook
■ COM+SystemApplication
■ ComputerBrowser
■ HelpandSupport
■ InternetConnectionFirewall/InternetConnectionSharing
■ NetLogon
■ PerformanceLogsandAlerts
■ RemoteDesktopHelpSessionManager
■ RemoteRegistry
■ RemovableStorage
■ SecondaryLogon
■ Server
■ SmartCard
■ SmartCardHelper
CHAPTER 6: Staying in the Game
■ TaskScheduler
■ Telnet
■ Themes
■ WindowsInstaller
■ WirelessZeroConfiguration YoucangetbetterperformancebytweakingthePagingfile,too.IntheSystemProperties dialogbox,clicktheSettingsbuttonunderthePerformancesectionontheAdvancedtab. InthePerformanceOptionsdialogbox,ontheAdvancedtab,underVirtualMemory,click Change.SelectSystemManagedFileSize.
Ó
Use DirectX Diagnostic Tool
LetMicrosoft’sDirectXDiagnosticToolseeifyourcomputermeets agame’sminimumrequirementsandpointoutpotentialproblems. Shoppingforgamesorhardware?Havingproblemswiththeinstalled gamesorhardwareonyoursystem?LetMicrosoft’sDirectXDiagnostic Tool,locatedonMicrosoft’sWindowsXPwebpages,andpossiblyalready onyourcomputer,help.Thisdiagnostictooltellsyoueverythingyouneed toknowaboutyoursystem,includinginformationaboutprocessortype, installedRAM,theversionofDirectXyouhave,andmore.Youcanthenuse thisinformationtodecideifyourcomputermeetstheminimumrequirements ofthegameyouwanttoplay,orifadditionalhardwareisrequired. Inadditiontolearningaboutyourownsystemconfiguration,thistool alsolistsknownandpotentialproblemswithyoursetup,andallowsyouto testDirectXfeatures,viewinstalledhardware,viewnetworkproperties,and getDirectXhelp. Ifyouaren’tsurewhatDirectXisordoes,briefly,itsanapplication programminginterface(API)thatrunsinthebackgroundandhandles theaudioandvideocontentrequiredbyyourgames(andothersoftware). Thisprogramhelpsapplicationsandhardwarecommunicate,andcontrols low-levelfunctionsforhardware,includingjoysticks,keyboards,mice,and soundandsoundoutput,tonameafew. TousetheDirectXDiagnosticTool:
1. ClickStart|Run. 2. IntheRunbox,typedxdiag. 3. ClickOK.
125
6
126
HARDCOREWINDOWS
TheoutputwilllooksimilartowhatisshowninFigure6-8.Here,you canviewsystemresources,testDirectXfunctionality,diagnoseproblems, andchangeconfigurationoptions.TheDirectXFilestablistsanyknown problemswithyoursetup.TheDisplaytabofferswaystoenhanceyour gamingexperience.Figure6-8,forinstance,showsthatthehardware acceleratedDirect3D9+isnotavailablebecausethedisplaydriverdoesnot supportit.Thatmakessense,becausethedisplayadapterandthedisplayare low-endmodelsonthisparticularcomputer.Knowingthiswillallowyouto updatedriversasnecessarytoobtainbetterperformance.
FIGURE 6-8 Use the DirectX Diagnostic Tool to locate problems
Ifyoucan’truntheDirectXDiagnosticToolfromtheRundialogbox, youdon’thaveDirectX9installed(andyoudon’thaveSP2).DirectX9 isintegratedwithServicePack2.Ifyoudon’twantSP2butyoudowant DirectX9,youhavetodownloadDirectX9independently:
1. OpenyourwebbrowserandsearchforMicrosoftDirectX9.Locate thedownloadontheappropriateMicrosoftwebpage.(Itmaybe referredtoasDirectX9.0cEnd-UserRuntime.)
2. Downloadtheapplication,savingittoyourharddrive.
CHAPTER 6: Staying in the Game
127
Toseeifyourcomputerisreadytoplaythelatestgames,visitMicrosoft’sWindowsXP ExpertZone(http://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/expertzone/default.mspx)andsearch forWindowsXPGameAdvisor.Theapplicationwillcheckyourcomputer’sinstalled hardwareanddetermineifyou’rereadytoplaythelatestandhottestgamesonthemarket.
HOW SP2 AFFECTS GAMING Bynow,youshouldhaveSP2onyourcomputer.(FormoreonService Pack2,seeChapter5.)That’sgood,becauseSP2offersupdates,fixes,and muchbettersecuritythanhavingnoservicepacksatall,oronlySP1. ItalsooffersthenewestDirectXfeatures,includingDirectX9,detailedin theprevioussection.AsyouknowfromChapter5,italsoincludesafirewall andadditionalfeatures.Unfortunately,SP2’sfirewallcaninterferewithsome games,especiallyonlinemultiplayergames.Tomakeeverythingplaynice witheverythingelse,youmayneedtoperformafewtweakstothefirewall. TobenefitfromSP2’snewDirectXfeatures,youneedhardwarethatsupportsit.
Ó
Play Safe Online with SP2
SP2’snewsecurityfeaturescaninterferewithonlinegaming,butyou canusethefirewalleffectivelyandplaygamesatthesametimeifyou knowhow. Ifyou’venoticedthatyou’reunabletoplayonlinemultiplayergames likeyouusedto,orhavelostsomeorallfunctionality,youneedtotweakthe WindowsFirewallsettingsorperhapsturnitoffcompletely.Someaffected gamesincludeWarcraftIIIandStarWars:KnightsoftheRepublic.Thereare manymorelistedathttp://www.gamespot.com,andanotherlistisavailable atMicrosoft,inKnowledgeBasearticle884130.Ifyouhavediscoveredthat someofyourfavoritegamesdon’tworkastheyshould,youcaneithervisit thosewebpagesforaworkaroundorturnoffSP2’sfirewallcompletely. Unfortunately,turningoffthefirewallisn’tagoodideaifyoudon’t haveabackup.Ifyoufindyourselfinthisposition,considerdownloading afreefirewall,likeZoneAlarm,orpurchasingafirewallfromSymantec
6
128
HARDCOREWINDOWS
orMcAfee.Beforeinstallingthenewprogram,turnoffWindowsFirewall andtheninstallandturnonthenewone.ToturnoffWindowsFirewall:
1. DisconnectfromtheInternet. 2. ClickStart|ControlPanel. 3. OpenWindowsFirewall. 4. ClickOff(NotRecommended),asshowninFigure6-9,andclickOK.
FIGURE 6-9 You can turn off SP2’s Windows Firewall if desired.
5. Installandturnonthenewfirewall. 6. ConnecttotheInternetforupdatesfromthemanufacturer. Ifyoudon’thaveanadditionalfirewall,youshouldn’tturnoffWindows Firewall.Instead,youshouldmanuallymakeexceptionsifpossible,orvisit themanufacturer’swebsiteforadocumentedandsafeworkaround.
CHAPTER 6: Staying in the Game
Ó
129
Unblock Games Manually
Youcanalsounblockagamemanually,andthenplaythegame withoutturningoffWindowsFirewall. YoucanaddaprogramtoWindowsFirewall’sExceptionslistmanually. Youcanthenplaythegamewithoutthefirewallinterfering.Gamesmay havemultipleexecutables,though,soitmaytakesometrialanderrorto findthecorrectexecutabletounblock.Youcanseeallofanapplication’s executablesintheprogramfolder. Tounblockagamemanually:
1. ClickStart|ControlPanel,andopenWindowsFirewall. 2. ClicktheExceptionstab.Programswilllikelybelistedtherealready, asshowninFigure6-10.Itemsthatareuncheckedhavebeenmanually blocked.
FIGURE 6-10 Some programs may be listed here.
6
130
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. Tounblockagame,clickAddProgram. 4. IfyoucanseetheprogramintheAddAProgramdialogbox,select itandclickOK.Iftheprogramoritsexecutablefilecannotbefound, clickBrowse.
5. IfyouhadtoclickBrowseinStep4,intheLookIndialogbox, chooseLocalDiskC:(orwhateverdriveyoustoreyourprogram fileson),clickProgramFiles,andlocatetheprogram’sfolder.Select theexecutablefiletounblock,andthenclickOpen.
6. ClickOKtoaddtheprogram. IfyouareanadvanceduserandhavesetupagameserverforaLAN party,youmayhavetoopenarangeofportsforyourplayerstohaveaccess toyourcomputer.Inthatcase,clicktheAddPortbutton,andtypethe requiredinformationabouttheportnameandnumberandwhetheritis aUDPorTCPport.Ifallofthissoundslikegibberishtoyou,don’tworry aboutit.Youdon’tneedtodoit. Thatshouldaboutdoitforgettingstartedwithgames,anddoing alittletweakingforbetterperformance.Thenextchaptermovesforwardto graphicsandmultimediaingeneral,includingbackingupmusic,pictures, andvideo,usingWindowsMediaPlayer,andusingMovieMaker2to createmovieswithspecialeffects.Timetobreakoutthatcameraand downloadsomemusic!
CHAPTER 7
GET THE MOST OUT OF DIGITAL PHOTOS AND MULTIMEDIA
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
132
HARDCOREWINDOWS
W
indowsXP,bothHomeandProfessional,comeswithmanymultimedia applications.Thischapterlooksatthreeofthem:thePictureTasks optionsintheMyPicturesfolder,WindowsMediaPlayer,andWindows MovieMaker.Beforeyoustartreading,though,makesureyou’vedownloaded andinstalledthelatestservicepacks,andverifythatyouhaveallofthe availableupdates.Inparticular,makesureyouhaveWindowsMediaPlayer10 andWindowsMovieMaker2orhigher. IfyouneedmoreinformationabouthowtouseWindowsUpdatetoobtainupgrades,revisit Chapter5.
KEEP PICTURE-PERFECT PICTURES Digitalcamerashavebecomequitepopular,andthenumberofpeople purchasingandusingthemisincreasingeveryday.Unfortunately,many peopledon’tfullyunderstandhowtoorganizetheirpicturesorthe importanceofbackingthemupregularly.Ifthissoundslikeyou,you’rein luck:thesearethefirsttwotopicscoveredinthissection. Ifyoudon’tyethaveadigitalcamera,considerpurchasingadisposableonefromyourlocal retailer.Manyretailersevenofferfreeprintsand/orpictureCDs.
Ó
Organize Your Pictures
Don’tjustleaveyourpicturesscatteredallover;organizethemin foldersandrenamethemappropriately. Ifyoujustgotstartedindigitalphotography,organizingyourpicturesis probablynotonyourimmediateto-dolist.Ontheotherhand,ifyou’vebeen takingandcollectingdigitalpicturesforalongtime,yourMyPictures folderprobablylookssomethinglikewhat’sshowninFigure7-1.Either way,withouttheproperorganizationalproceduresinplace,you’regoing toeventuallyhaveamessonyourhands. Thereareseveralwaystoorganizeyourimages,buttheeasiestwayis tocreatefoldersanddragimagesintothem.Ifyourpicturesaren’tnamed appropriately,youcanrenamethembeforeyousortthemintofolders,too. Onceyourcurrentpicturesareorganized,youcancontinuetousethis methodasyouaddimages.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
133
7
FIGURE 7-1 If you have pictures scattered about, organize them.
Togetyourpicturesorganized,youfirstcreatefolders,thenrenameyour images,andfinallydragpicturestothecorrectfolder:
1. ClickStart|MyPictures.IfMyPicturesisn’tlistedontheStart menu,selectMyDocuments.MyPictureswillbeinsidethatfolder.
2. Deleteanypicturesyounolongerwant.Todothis,selecttheimage byhoveringthemouseoverit,andthenclickDeleteThisFilefrom theFileAndFolderTaskspane.Youcanselectmultipleimagesby holdingdowntheCTRLkey(toselectnoncontiguousimages)orthe SHIFTkey(toselectcontiguousimages).Youcanalsoright-clickany pictureandchooseDeletefromthedrop-downlist.
3. Tocreateanewfolder,right-clickanemptyareainsidetheMy Picturesrightpane,pointtoNew,andclickFolder.Typeanamefor thefolderandpressENTER.Figure7-2showssomesamplefolders.
4. Torenameanyimage,right-clickandchooseRename.Typeanew namefortheimage.
5. Tomoveanyimage,clickanddragittotheappropriatefolder. Figure7-2showsanorganizedMyPicturesfolder.
134
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 7-2 Name folders descriptively
Oneotherthingtokeepinmindwhenorganizingyourphotosisthat, bydefault,theMyPicturesfolderisontheC:drive,orwhateverdrivethe operatingsystemwasinstalledon.Manycomputersthesedayscomewith partitioneddrives,though,withtheOSandapplicationsontheC:drive,and aD:drivefordata.Ifthat’sthecase,youmaywanttocreateyourownMy PicturesfolderontheD:drive,andcreatesubfoldersinsideofthat.Thisis donebyusingthesamemethoddetailedhere:right-clickanywhereinan emptyareaofanywindow,pointtoNew,andclickFolder.
Ó
Back Up Your Pictures
Backingupyourpicturesisasimportantasbackingupimportant documents,diaries,taxinformation,andmusic. Ifyou’vetakenmyadviceandplacedallofyourimagesintheMy Picturesfolderandindescriptivesubfolders,backingupyourdatawillbe abreeze.Backingupisimportant,too,althoughmostpeopledon’tfully
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
135
understandhowimportantitactuallyis.Considerthisscenario:Youstore allofyourdigitalpicturesonyourharddrive,andonlyprintoutafewto showfriendsandfamily.Someoftheothersyoue-mailorpostontheWeb. Youviewtheonesyouwanttoseeathomeasaslideshow.Overtheyears youcollectthousandsofpictures.Now,whathappenstoallofthosepictures ifthewaterheaterburstsandfloodsyourhome?Whatifyourhomecatches fireoryourharddrivecrashes?Whatifyouspillabeeronyourcomputer whilelisteningtomusic?Withoutabackup,allofthepicturesstoredonyour computerwillbelost.Youhavetoplanaheadforsuchdisasters. Thereareseveralwaystobackupyourpictures,justasthereareseveral waystoorganizethem.IfyouhaveaCDburner,though,backingupissimple:
1. OpentheMyPicturesfolder(oranyfolderorsubfolderthatcontains pictures).
2. Usethemousetoselectfoldersand/orimages,asshownin Figure7-3.YoucanalsochooseEdit|SelectAlltoselectallofthe imagesinafolder.
FIGURE 7-3 Select images to copy to a CD
7
136
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. PlaceablankCDinyourCDburner.Ifpromptedaboutwhatyou’d liketodo,selectTakeNoAction.
4. InthePictureTaskspane,alsoshowninFigure7-3,clickCopy ToCD.
5. ClickStart|MyComputer,andselecttheCD-RorCD-RWdrive. 6. IntheCDWritingTaskspane,clickWriteTheseFilesToCD. 7. Inthewizardthatappears,clickNextandNextagaintostartthe process.AftertheCDWritingWizardscansthefiles,continueto workthroughthewizard,clickingNexteachtime.
8. OncetheCDWritingWizardcompletes,theCDwillejectandthe wizardwillclose. Ifyoudon’thaveaCDburner,youcanuseasimilarproceduretocopythe itemstoasecurelocationforbackup.Forinstance,youcancopytheimages toanothercomputeronthenetwork,anexternalharddrive,oraZipdisk:
1. OpentheMyPicturesfolder(oranyfolderorsubfolderthatcontains pictures).
2. Usethemousetoselectfolders(and/orimages)tocopy. 3. IntheFileAndFolderTaskspane,clickCopy ThisFolder.
4. IntheCopyItemsdialogbox,showninFigure7-4, selecttheareatocopythefolderorpicturesto. ClickCopy. YoucanalsouseWindowsXP’sbuilt-inbackup program:
1. ClickStart|AllPrograms|Accessories|System Tools|Backup.
2. IftheAdvancedModeopens,selectWizard FIGURE 7-4 Use the Copy This Folder command to back up images
Mode.Ifgivenanoption,selectWizardMode. ClickNexttostartthewizard.
3. SelectBackUpFilesAndSettings.ClickNext. 4. SelectLetMeChooseWhatToBackUp.ClickNext. 5. IntheItemsToBackUplist,showninFigure7-5,selectthedrive thatholdstheMyPicturesfolder.Mostofthetime,thisisC:orD:.
6. LocatetheMyPicturesfolderandplaceacheckmarknexttoit,also showninFigure7-5.ClickNext.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
FIGURE 7-5 Locate the My Pictures folder
7. ClickBrowsetoidentifywhereyouwillsavethebackup. Unfortunately,theBackuputilitycan’tbeusedtosaveabackupto aCD,butyoucansaveittoyourdesktop,andthencreateacopyof itonaCD.Youmayalsowanttosaveittoanexternalharddriveor otherbackupdevice.
8. Typeanameforthebackup,asshowninFigure7-6.ClickNext.
FIGURE 7-6 Choose a place to save and a name for the backup
9. ClickFinished,andwhenthebackupiscomplete,clickClose.
137
7
138
HARDCOREWINDOWS
YoucanmakebackupsoccurautomaticallybyusingtheschedulingoptionsinBackup. CheckouttheHelpandSupportfilesformoreinformation.
Ó
Burn Pictures to a CD Anyone Can Watch
EventhosefriendsandfamilymemberswhostilluseWindows98 anddon’tknowdiddlyaboutthecomputercanstillenjoythepictures you’veburnedonaCD. Therewillprobablycomeatimewhenyouhavelotsofpicturesto share,butsendingthemviae-mailorpostingthemontheWebjustwon’t do.Youmightwanttoshareyourimageswithsomeonewhodoesn’thave anInternetconnection,someonewithaveryslowdial-upconnection,or someonewhodoesn’tknowmuchaboutcomputers.Youmightalsowant tocreateaslideshowofimagesforaparty,meeting,orconvention,not knowingwhattypeofcomputerwillbeavailable,orwhatoperatingsystem. IfXPisn’tavailable,it’sgoingtobeprettydifficulttogetaslideshowof thoseburnedimagesgoing. There’sawayaroundallofthesedilemmas:youcanburnyourimages toaCDandaddanautomaticslideshowprogram;then,whenyouoryour recipientplacestheCDintheCDdrive,aslideshowofyourpictureswill beginautomatically.There’snoneedtohaveanInternetconnection,noneed toknowatonaboutcomputers(specifically,allyouneedtodoisbootup, inserttheCD,browsetothecorrectfolder,andopentheimages),andno needtoworryaboutwhatoperatingsystemtheimageswillbeviewedon. ThisprogramworkswithanycomputerthatrunsWindows95orhigher. So,what’sthismagicprogram?It’sthefreeCDSlideShowGenerator PowerToy,availablefromhttp://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/downloads/ powertoys/xppowertoys.mspx. Tousethisprogram,youfirsthavetodownloadit:
1. OpenInternetExplorerandbrowsetotheURL listedintheprecedingparagraph.
2. LocateCDSlideShowGeneratorandclick Slideshow.exe.
3. Whenprompted,clickOpen.Theapplication willdownload,asshowninFigure7-7.
4. ClickNextwhenpromptedtostarttheInstall FIGURE 7-7 Download the application first
Wizard.Workthroughthewizard,clicking Next,Next,andNext,andfinallyFinish.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
139
Oncetheprogramisinstalled,justburnapictureCDasdirectedearlier. BeforetheCDbeginstoburn,you’llseeoneextrawizardpage,which promptsyoutoaddapictureviewer.Toaddthepictureviewersothat aslideshowautomaticallybeginswhentheCDisinserted,andsothatthe CDcanbeviewedbyanyonewithWindows95orhigher,selectYes,Add APictureViewer,asshowninFigure7-8.
7
FIGURE 7-8 Choose to add a picture viewer when prompted
MY FAVORITE WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER TIPS WindowsMediaPlayerisincludedwithWindowsXPandcanbeusedto playDVDs,musicCDs,andhomemademovies,andtolistentoInternet radiostations.YoucanalsousetheplayertoburnCDs,purchasemusic,and downloadmusic.Forthemostpart,usingWindowsMediaPlayerispretty straightforward.YoupopinaCDorchooseasongfromalist,andWindows MediaPlayerdoestherest.Thissectionisn’taboutthosethings. Thissectioncontainsafewofmyfavoritetipstohelpyougetmorefrom WindowsMediaPlayer,suchascreatingorganizedplaylistsandbackingup yourmusic.Youcanneverbetooorganizedortoosecure.Withyourmusicand mediaorganized,youcanthenconcentrateonusingthatmusicinnewways. Oneofthewaystoenhanceyourmusicistoapplyvolumelevelingand crossfadingtoyourplaylistsbeforeyoulistentothemusicorburnyour CDs.VolumelevelingletsyoumakesurethattheCDdoesn’tblowyouout ofthecarwhenasongcomesonthatwasobtainedfromadifferentsource
140
HARDCOREWINDOWS
thanyourothermusic.Anotherwaytoenhanceyourmusicistoapply crossfading,wherethesongsfadeintooneanother.Therearelotsofwaysto workwithWindowsMediaPlayer,andinthissection,you’regoingtolearn someofmyfavorites. Makesureyou’vedownloadedandinstalledWindowsMediaPlayer10;version10isan upgradetowhatshipswithWindowsXP,andthepreviousupgrade,WindowsMediaPlayer9.
Ó
Arrange Your Music with Automatic Playlists
Onceyou’veacquiredmusic,you’llneedtocreateplaylistssoyoucan quicklyhearexactlywhatyouwant. YourpicturesarestoredbydefaultintheMyPicturesfolder,andmusic isstoredsimilarly,intheMyMusicfolder.(VideosarestoredinMyVideos.) Thus,whenyouthinkoforganizingyourmusic,youmightmistakenlythink youshouldopentheMyMusicfolder,createsubfolders,anddraganddrop filesintothem,butthat’sactuallynotthebestapproach.TheMyMusic folderandWindowsMediaPlayerdon’tworklikethat;it’sthejobofMedia Playertosiftthroughandkeeptrackofthemusiconyourcomputer,not yours.InsidetheMediaPlayer,youcansort,arrange,andrefinethemusic toyourheart’scontent,buttheplayerhasthejobofsortingitalloutinthe background.TheonlytimeyouneedtoaccesstheMyMusicfolderisto deletemusicyounolongerwant,andeventhen,thereareotherwaystodo thatinsidetheMediaPlayer.Figure7-9showsasampleMyMusicfolder. Playlists,boththeonescreatedautomaticallyandtheonesyoucreate manually,areavitalpartofarrangingyourmusicusingWindowsMedia Player10.Onceaplaylistiscreated,youcanplayitatanytimeandtweakit byaddingordeletingtracksatwill. Automaticplaylistscanbecreatedbasedonanumberoffactors,including thefollowing(whichisnotacompletelist):
■ Albumartist
■ Albumtitle
■ Artist
■ Rating
■ Category
■ Dateadded
■ Dateplayed
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
141
7
FIGURE 7-9 Music is stored in the My Music folder.
■ Mood
■ Parentalrating
■ Publisher
■ Title
■ Writer
Inthissection,you’lllearnhowtocreateanduseautomaticplaylists; inthefollowingsection,you’llcreateyourown.Tocreateanautomatic playlist:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer10fromStart|AllPrograms| Accessories|Entertainment|WindowsMediaPlayer.
2. ClicktheLibrarytab,asshowninFigure7-10.Inthisexample,All Musicisselected,andnoneofthefoldersareexpanded.
142
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 7-10 Open Media Library
3. Right-clickAutoPlaylistsand chooseNew.TheNewAuto Playlistdialogboxwillopen, showninFigure7-11.
4. Typeanamefortheplaylist, suchas“SongsForJuly4th Party”or“SongsForFolkCD.” Makesureitisadescriptive name.
5. UnderCreateAnAutoPlaylist
FIGURE 7-11 The New Auto Playlist dialog box offers many options for playlists.
ThatIncludesTheFollowing, selectClickHereToAddCriteria. Fromthedrop-downlistthat appearsunderClickHereTo AddCriteria,selectanycriteria. Dependingonwhatyouselect, youwillbepromptedtoenter moreinformation,againby
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
143
c lickingtherequiredarea.IfyouchooseAlbumArtist,forinstance, you’llbepromptedtoclicktosettheartistyouwanttoadd.Ifyou selectDateAdded,you’llbepromptedtochooseadate,andwhether youwanttoaddmusicacquiredbeforeorafterit.Repeatthisstep untilallcriteriahasbeenadded.Figure7-12showstheresult.
7
FIGURE 7-12 Add criteria to set auto playlist requirements
6. Toaddadditionalcriteria,underAndAlsoInclude,selectMusic FromMyMediaLibrary,andrepeatStep5.
7. Toaddarestrictionregardingnumberofsongs,totalduration,or totalfilesize,underAndApplyTheFollowingRestrictionsToThe AutoPlaylist,maketheappropriateselections.Ifyou’recreating aplaylisttoburntoaCD,makesurethefilesizeoftheplaylistis limitedtounder70MB;ifyou’recreatingaplaylistforaneventthat lastsonehour,settheduration.
8. ClickOKtocreatetheplaylist.Thenewautoplaylistwillappear underAutoPlaylistsintheMediaLibrary. WindowsMediaPlayerhasalreadycreatedseveralautoplaylistsforyou,includingHave NotHeardRecently,ListenToAtNight,andothers.Theplaylistchangeseachtimeyoustart theMediaPlayer,dependingonyourlisteninghabits.
144
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Create Your Own Playlists
Getmorespecificbycreatingyourownplaylistsmanually. Althoughautoplaylistsareagreatwaytoquicklycreateplaylists,they change.Forinstance,ifyoucreateanautoplaylistbasedonthedateyou addedmusictothemusiclibrary,eachtimeyoudownloadorcopyanew song,thatparticularplaylistwillchange.Often,thisisnotanidealsituation. Forstaticplayliststhatcontainspecificsongsinaspecificorder,sayfor aweddingreception,convention,orparty,you’llneedtocreateyourown playlists. Whenyoucreateyourownplaylistsmanually,yougettochoosethe artistsandsongs.Youcanalsokeeptrackofthelength,inminutes,ofthe playlist,justincaseyou’retryingtocreateaplaylistthatmeetsspecifictime criteria.Aswithautoplaylists,younamethelist,itappearsintheMedia Library,andyoucanselectitatanytime. Tocreateaplaylist:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer10fromStart|AllPrograms|Accessories| Entertainment|WindowsMediaPlayer.
2. ClicktheLibrarytab. 3. Right-clickMyPlaylistsandchooseNew.Intherightpaneof MediaPlayer10,you’llseeanemptyplaylist,asshownin Figure7-13.
4. ExpandAllMusic,locatethesong(s)toadd,andselectthem.Drag theselectedsong(s)oralbumstotheNewPlaylistpane.
5. Tonametheplaylist,clickNewPlaylistandchooseSavePlaylist As.IntheSaveAsdialogbox,showninFigure7-14,createaname forthenewplaylist. IfyourMediaLibrarycontainssongsthatrequirelicenses—perhapsyou downloadedthesongsfromMusicNoworsomeothermonthlysubscription service—WindowsMediaPlayerchecksforthoselicenses.Ifitcan’tfind
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
145
7
FIGURE 7-13 Create a new playlist
FIGURE 7-14 Save the new playlist
146
HARDCOREWINDOWS
theproperlicenses,youwon’tbeabletoplaythesong.Figure7-15shows asampleplaylistwithseveralsongsthatdonothavetherequiredlicenses. Theyaretheoneswithanexclamationpointbesidethem.
FIGURE 7-15 Exclamation points point out problems with the playlist.
Toseeerrordetails,right-clickthesongandchooseErrorDetails.The resultingdialogboxofferschoicesforresolvingtheproblem,whateveritis. Ifit’sduetoalackoflicensing,youmaywanttodeletethesongfromyour musiclibrary.Todeletethesongfromthelibrary,checkRemoveFileFrom Library. Right-clickingasongtitlealsoenablesyoutomovethesongupordownthelist,seethe file’sproperties,andcopythesongtoaCDorotherdevice.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
147
It Doesn’t Always Have to Be Microsoft: Try iTunes! iTunes,availableathttp://www.apple.com/itunes,letsyoupurchasemusicalongwiththe licensesforunderadollarpersong.Thesongwillbelegallyyours;amuchbetterdealthan oldersubscriptionservices.IfyouprefertostickwithMicrosoft,clickMusicandvisitits onlinestore.
Ó
Crossfading and Volume Leveling Your Playlists
Youcanapplyeffectstoyourplayliststhatwillenhanceyour listeningexperience. Thereareacoupleofreallysimpletricksforpolishingyourplaylists, andbothareavailableinWindowsMediaPlayer:crossfadingandvolume leveling.Crossfadingsimplyfadessongsintooneanother,likeradioDJsdo. Thefirstsongfadesoutasthesecondonefadesin.Thisisaneattrickwhen creatingCDsorplaylistsfordancesorweddings. Volumelevelingmakessurethesongsinyourplaylistsareofequal volume.Ifyou’vecopiedand/ordownloadedmusicfromdifferentsources, you’lllikelyunderstandtheimportanceofvolumeleveling.Musicrecorded fromanalogsources,Internetradiostations,CDs,andwebsitescanhave varyingdegreesofloudness.Whenyoucreateandplayaplaylistorburn aCDwiththosesongs,onesongmaybetooquiettohearwhileanother mayblowyououtofyourchair! Incorporatingeitherorbothofthesetechnologiescanmakeforinteresting CDsandmusicalexperiences.Here’showtoenablecrossfading:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer10fromStart|AllPrograms| Accessories|Entertainment|WindowsMediaPlayer.
2. Right-clicktheLibrarytab,pointtoView|Enhancements,andclick CrossfadingAndAutoVolumeLeveling.
3. AsshowninFigure7-16,clickTurnOnCrossfading(theoption changestoTurnOffCrossfading).
4. Movetheslidertodefinehowlongyouwanttheoverlaptolast. 5. ClicktheXinthetop-rightcorneroftheCrossfadingAndAuto VolumeLevelingpanetocloseit.
7
148
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 7-16 Turn on crossfading to blend songs together
Toenablevolumelevelingrequiresafewextrasteps.First,themusic youwanttoleveloutmustbestoredonyourharddrive.Asyou’dexpect, youcan’tmakechangestothevolumeofsongsonaread-onlyCDfroma musicstoreoronethatyou’veburned. Second,youhavetotellWindowsMediaPlayeryouwanttousevolume leveling,andlettheapplicationassignvolumelevelingvaluestoyour music.Yournewestmusic,themusicyouaddedtotheMediaLibraryusing WindowsMediaPlayer,willalreadyhavevalues:they’reautomatically assigned.Butifyouhavemusicthatisolder,ormusicyouacquiredwhile usingadifferentversionoftheMediaPlayerorathird-partyplayer,you havetotellWindowsMediaPlayer10toassignvaluestothosefiles.Since it’sdifficulttorememberwhereallofyourmusicfilescamefrom,thisstep isrecommendedatinitialsetup. Finally,turnonvolumeleveling,lettingtheMediaPlayerknowthat’s whatyouprefer.Fromhereonout,you’llhavevolumelevelingappliedto allofyourmusic. Toaddvolumelevelingandconfigureyourcomputertoapplyittoall musicfiles:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer10fromStart|AllPrograms| Accessories|Entertainment|WindowsMediaPlayer.
2. Right-clickLibrary,pointtoFile|AddToLibrary,andclickBy SearchingComputer.
3. IntheSearchOnlist,selectAllDrives,asshowninFigure7-17. 4. ClickBrowseand,intheBrowseForFolderdialogbox,locate theareaofyourharddrivewhereyourmusicfilesarelocated. ClickOK.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
149
FIGURE 7-17 Choose All Drives for the search option
5. Togetthemostextensivesearchandinformation,clicktheNew FilesAndAllExistingFilesInLibrary(Slow)radiobutton.Verify thatAddVolumeLevelingValuesForAllFiles(Slow)isalso checked.ThisisalsoshowninFigure7-17.ClickSearch.
6. ClickOKwhentheMediaPlayerhasfinishedsearchingforfiles. 7. Right-clickLibrary,pointtoView|Enhancements,andclick CrossfadingAndAutoVolumeLeveling.
8. IntheEnhancementspane,selectTurnOnAutoVolumeLeveling. (Ifvolumelevelingisalreadyon,theoptionsaysTurnOffAuto VolumeLeveling;ifthat’sthecase,don’tdoanything.)
Ó
Back Up Your Music
Justlikebackingupphotosandotherdata,backingupyourmusic andtheirlicensesisimportant. Ifyourcomputercrashesandyoudon’thaveabackupoftheMyMusic folder,youloseeverythingyoupreviouslycopiedordownloaded.Youlose allofyourlicensestoo.Chancesareyouhavesomesortofbackupnow, though,perhapssomesongscopiedtoyouriPodorotherportablemusic player,andmaybesomeCDsyou’veburnedtolistentoinyourcar.However, youmightnothaveafullbackuporabackupofyourlicenses.It’sbestto takethetimetodothatnow,justincase. Aswithbackinguppictures,youcanburnyourmusicfilestoaCDor Zipdiskbydragginganddropping(justkeeptrackofthesizeofthefiles),
7
150
HARDCOREWINDOWS
copythemtoanexternalharddrive,orusetheWindowsBackuputilityto copytoyourownharddrive,anetworkdrive,orothersource.However, backinguplicensesisalittledifferent,andyouhavetoknowthetrick. Takealookfirstattheeasiestwaytobackupyourmusic,bycopying thedatatoanexternalharddisk:
1. OpentheMyMusicfolder.ItmaybeontheC:driveintheMy Documentsfolder,oritmaybeonanotherpartitioninafolder you’vecreated.Figure7-18showsasamplefolder.
FIGURE 7-18 A sampling of music
2. ClickEdit|SelectAll. 3. IntheFileAndFolderTaskspane,chooseCopyTheSelectedItems. 4. IntheCopyItemsdialogbox,browsetothelocationinwhichto copythefiles.ClickCopy. Thereareotheroptions,ofcourse,andtheyaredetailedearlierinthis chapterinthe“KeepPicture-PerfectPictures”section.Frominsidethe
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia MyMusicfolder,intheMusicTaskspane,youcan selectCopyToAudioCD,forinstance,andyoucan selectmultiplefilestocopymultipleitems.Youcan alsousetheWindowsBackuputility.Ifyouchoose tobackuptoaCD,though,beextravigilant.Music filescanbequitelarge.Toseejusthowlarge,hover themouseoveranyfolderorsongintheMyMusic folder.Theinformationaboutthesizewillappear. Remember,CDsgenerallyonlyhold70MB,sowhen youareselectingsongstoburn,makesuretostay underthatlimit.Youcanalsoseeafileorfolder’s sizebyright-clickingandchoosingProperties. TheArloGuthriePropertiesdialogboxisshownin Figure7-19.Noticethissinglefolderis31.9MB. Onceyourmusicisbackedup,you’llwantto backupyourlicenses.Licensesarewhatallowyou toplaymusicyou’vepurchasedanddownloaded. Tobackupyourlicenses,whichwilloftenfiton afloppydisk:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer10fromStart|All Programs|Accessories|Entertainment|Windows MediaPlayer.
7
FIGURE 7-19 The Properties dialog box is one way to find a folder’s size.
2. Right-clickLibrary,pointtoTools,and clickManageLicenses.TheManage Licensesdialogboxopens,asshownin Figure7-20.
3. ClickChangetobrowsetotheareain whichtosavethebackup.Thiscanbe anetworkdrive,yourownharddrive, orevenafloppydrive.(Ifyousaveto yourownharddrive,though,remember toburnthattoaCDorotherremovable media.)ClickOKwhendone.
4. ClickBackUpNow.ClickOKwhenfinished.
151
FIGURE 7-20 Back up licenses regularly
Ifyoursystemhasthecapability,backingupusingDVDsisabetteroptionthanCDs becauseDVDsholdmuchmoredata.
152
HARDCOREWINDOWS
MOVIES AND MOVIE MAKER 2 Withyourpicturesandmusicinorder,youarereadytotakealookatmovies. MovieMaker2istheapplicationyou’llusetocreatemoviesfromfootage youtakewithyourdigitalvideo(DV)camera.MovieMaker2walksyou throughtheprocessforthemostpart,offeringoptionsintheMovieTasks panetoleadyou,andofferingwizardswhereapplicable.IntheMovieTasks pane,youcanperformthefollowingtasks,amongothers:
■ CapturefootagefromyourDVcamera
■ Importvideo,pictures,audio,andmusic
■ Viewandaddvideoeffectsandtransitions
■ MakeanAutoMovie
■ SavemoviestoyourcomputerortoaCD
■ Sendamovieinane-mail
I’llassumeyouhaveyourcameraconnectedandworking,thatyou’ve takensomefootage,andthatyouknowhowtouseMovieMaker2toimport thatfootage.Ifyouneedmoreinformationaboutorassistancewiththose tasks,thereareplentyofHelpandSupportfilesavailablefromtheHelp menu. WhatIwanttocoverherearesometipsandtricksforgettingamovie madequickly,whilestillofferingaprofessional-lookingoutput.This includesusingAutoMovie,personalizingyourmovie-in-progresswith transitionsandeffects,addingtitlepagesandcredits,andexploringdifferent waystoshareyourmovieswithothers. Makesureyou’vedownloadedandinstalledWindowsMovieMaker2;version2isan upgradetowhatshipswithWindowsXP.
Ó
Use AutoMovie to Make a Movie on the Go
MakeamovieontherunwithAutoMovie. Therearelotsofreasonsyou’dneedtocreateamoviequickly.Perhaps youforgotaboutanassignmentatworkorschool,needtogiveimmediate feedbackonagameorproductionyouareinchargeoforhavefilmed,or needtodistributefootagefromsomekindofoutingtoallmembersright away.Youmaywanttogetfootageofyournewborntoallofyourrelatives beforethebabystartswalking.Whateverthecase,withAutoMovie,youcan createamoviequickly.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
153
AswithanymovieinMovieMaker2,youneedtoconnecttheDV cameraandimportthefootage.Figure7-21showsanexampleofhowyour interfaceshouldlook.NoticethattheMovieTaskspaneisselected;ifyours isn’tshowing,clicktheTasksbuttonontheStandardtoolbar.
7
FIGURE 7-21 Setting up Movie Maker 2 for an AutoMovie
Onceyouhaveyourvideofootageready,it’stimetomakeanAutoMovie:
1. OpenMovieMakerfromStart|AllPrograms|Accessories| Entertainment|WindowsMovieMaker.
2. IntheMovieTaskspane,showninFigure7-21,underEditMovie, clickMakeAnAutoMovie.
3. SelectfromthefiveAutoMoviestyles:FlipandSlide,Highlights Movie,MusicVideo,OldMovie,orSportsHighlights.Besideeach isadescription.Inthisexample,we’llcreateaclean,simplemovie, withcuts,fades,atitle,andcredits.Therefore,selectHighlights Movie.
154
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. IntheSelectAnAutoMovieEditingStyledialogbox,shownin Figure7-22,scrolldownandlocateMoreOptions.Here,you’ll enteratitleandselectbackgroundmusic.ClickEnterATitleFor TheMovie.
FIGURE 7-22 Locate More Options to add a title and select background music
5. IntheEnterTextForTitlearea,typethetexttoadd. 6. UnderMoreOptions,chooseSelectAudioOrBackgroundMusic. 7. IntheAddAudioOrBackgroundMusicarea,eitherbrowsetothe locationofthemusicfileorchooseNonefornomusic.Fornow, leavetheAudioLevelsattheirdefaultsettings.
8. ClicktheDone,EditMovieoption.MovieMaker2analyzesthe videofootageandcreatesthemovieautomatically.
9. WhenAutoMovieisfinished,clickFile|SaveProjectAs,namethe project,andclickSave.Iprefertosavetheprojectsinasubfolderof MyVideoscalledProjectFiles.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
155
Ifyouwantedto,youcouldselectSaveMovieFilefromtheFilemenu insteadofSaveProjectAs.Thedifferencebetweenthetwoisnotsubtle. Aprojectcanbefurtheredited;amoviecannot.Themovieisthefinal product;theprojectisaworkinprogress.Becausewe’llbedoingmore editinginthenextsection,it’sbesttoleavethisprojectsavedasaproject. Inthelastsection,you’lllearnseveralwaystosavethefinalproductinthe formofamovie.
Ó
Personalize Your Movie
Nomatterhowyougotyourprojecttowhereitis,manuallyorusing AutoMovie,youcanpersonalizeitwithtransitions,effects,still pictures,andtextpages. Youcanpersonalizeyourmovieinanumberofways,includingadding videotransitionsbetweenclips,incorporatingvideoeffectsintoclips,and addingstillpicturesand/orpagesthatcontaintextbetweenclips.That’sjust thetipoftheiceberg,though.AsyouprogresswithMovieMaker2,you’ll learntodomuchmore.You’llseesomeoftheseotheroptionsasyouwork throughthissection;feelfreetoexperimentwiththoseoptionsalongtheway. Inthefollowingtutorial,you’lllearntheeasiestandfastestwaysto importstillpictures,importmusic,andaddvideoeffects,videotransitions, andtitleandcreditpages.Allofthesewilladddepthtoyourmovieand makeitmoreenjoyable.Thebestpart,though,isthatyou’lllearnthe shortcutsfordoingitquickly.
1. OpenMovieMakerfromStart|AllPrograms|Accessories| Entertainment|WindowsMovieMaker.
2. ClickFile|OpenProject.Locatetheprojectsavedintheprevious example(oranyprojectinprogress)andclickOpen.Theclipscreated byMovieMakerwillautomaticallybeaddedtothestoryboardor timeline.Figure7-23showsanexampleusingthestoryboard.(This particularfootageisforaHomeDocumentationVideoofAssets movieformyownprotectionandmyinsurancecompany.)
3. Toaddastillpicture,intheMovieTaskspane,selectImport Pictures.IntheImportFilewindow,browsetoMyPictures,and double-clickanypicture.ThepicturewillappearintheCollections pane;simplydragittothestoryboardtoaddit.Figure7-24shows anewimageaddedtotheendoftheprojectinthisexample.
7
156
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 7-23 Movie Maker 2’s basic project layout
FIGURE 7-24 Add still pictures quickly by dragging and dropping
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
157
4. Toaddbackgroundmusic,intheMovieTaskspane,selectImport AudioOrMusic.IntheImportFilewindow,browsetoMyMusic, anddouble-clickanysong.ThemusicwillappearintheCollections pane;simplydragittothestoryboardtoaddit.Sinceaudioclips canonlybeaddedintimelineview,theinterfacewillswitchif necessary.Figure7-25showsamusictrackaddedtotheprojectin thisexampleandthenewtimelineview.
7
FIGURE 7-25 Add music quickly by dragging and dropping
5. Toaddvideoeffects,clickShowStoryboard.TheShowStoryboard buttonisshowninFigure7-25,inthebottompane.It’seasierto draganddropusingthisinterface.Next,underEditMovieinthe MovieTaskspane,selectViewVideoEffects.Chooseanyeffect anddraganddroptheeffectontoanyclip.Brightness,Increaseand Brightness,Decreasearegoodoptionsformanyclips,asareEaseIn andEaseout.Oncevideoeffectsareadded,astarwillappearinthe clip,asshowninFigure7-26.
6. Toaddvideotransitions,verifythatstoryboardisselected,asin Step5.Next,underEditMovieintheMovieTaskspane,select ViewVideoTransitions.Chooseanytransitionanddraganddrop itinbetweenanytwoclips.Transitionsareappliedwhentheclips change.Transitionsaredenotedintheboxesbetweenclips,asshown inFigure7-26.ClickthePlaybuttontoviewtheeffectssofar.
158
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 7-26 Add effects and transitions quickly by dragging and dropping
7. Toaddanothertext,title,orcreditpage,underEditMovie,select MakeTitlesOrCredits.UnderWhereDoYouWantToAddATitle?, maketheappropriatechoice.Youcanaddatitlepage(toaddtext before,on,orafteranyclip,selecttheclipbeforemakingachoice):
■ Atthebeginningofthemovie
■ Beforetheselectedclip
■ Totheselectedclip
■ Aftertheselectedclip
■ Attheendofthemovie Whenfinished,clickDone,EditMovie.
Withyourprojectcomplete,youcannowcreatethemovieandshareit withothers.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
Ó
159
Share Your Movie with Others
Sharingthemovieisthebestpartofmakingit,andtherearelotsof waysavailable. TherearefivewaystoshareyourmovieusingMovieMaker2.You cansavethemovietoyourcomputer,saveittoarecordableCD,orsave asaspecificfileformat(fore-mail,theWeb,orforplaybackonyour DVcamera).Eachhasprosandcons,ofcourse.Youwouldn’twantto sendanhour-longmovietoafriendviae-mail,forinstance,sinceburning toaCDwouldbeabetterchoice,justasyouwouldn’twanttosaveand distributeatwo-minutevideoofyourgaragebandonaCDwhenplacingit onawebsitewouldbemoreefficient. Becausechoosinghowandwheretosavecansometimesbealittle tricky,hereareafewthoughtsonthesavingoptionsforparticularmovie types(you’llseetheseoptionsintheupcomingFigure7-27too):
■ M yComputer Savethemovietoyourcomputerwhenyouwant toburnittoaCDlater,viewthemovieonlyonthecomputer,or sharethemovieandviewitlateronanynetworkedcomputer.
■ R ecordableCD SavethemovietoarecordableCDwhenyou wanttomailittoafriend,takeitwithyoutoagathering,giveitto someone,orarchiveit.
■ E -Mail Savethemovieinthisformatwhenyouplantoe-mailit. Moviessentviae-mailmustbeextremelyshort,generallynomore thanaminuteortwoinlength.
■ T heWeb SavethemoviefortheWebwhenyouhaveashort movieandplantoputinontheInternetorsaveittoaPocketPC orsmartphone.Thesemoviesmustbeshort,generallyonlyafew minutes.
■ D VCamera Savethemovieinthisformatwhenyouplanto recordthefinishedmoviebacktotheDVcameraandaDVcamera tape.Tapesmakeso-soarchiveoptionsbutofferagoodwaytotake amoviewithyouwhentherearenootheralternatives.Forinstance, withaDVcamera,youcanviewthemovieatabackyardparty, wherenocomputerisavailable.
7
160
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Onceyou’vedecidedhowyouwanttosaveandsharethemovie,making themovieisasnap:
1. ClickFile|SaveMovieFiletoopentheSaveMovieWizarddialog box,showninFigure7-27.Maketheappropriatechoiceandclick Next.
FIGURE 7-27 Choose how to save the movie
2. Enterafilenameforthemovieand,ifnecessary,browsetothe locationinwhichtosavethemovie.Ifnecessary,placeablank CDintheCD-RdriveorconnecttheDVcameratothecomputer. ClickNext.
3. DependingonyourchoiceinStep1,you’llbepromptedonhow toproceed.Ifyouchosee-mail,therewon’tbemuchelsetodo.If youchoseMyComputer,you’llneedtoselectqualityoptions.For themostpart,thedefaultsandtherecommendedoptionsarebest. However,inspecificcircumstances,configuringadvancedoptionsis required.ConfiguringotheroptionsisachievedbyselectingOther SettingsintheMovieSettingsdialogbox,asshowninFigure7-28. There,youcanselecttheexacttypeofmovieyouneed.Inthis figure,VideoForPocketPC2003isselected.
CHAPTER 7: Get the Most Out of Digital Photos and Multimedia
161
7 FIGURE 7-28 Generally, the defaults and recommended options are fine, but other options are available.
4. ClickNextandwaitforthemovietoberendered. Thataboutcoversitforgettingyourmediaorganizedquicklyand efficiently.Gettingyourpicturesinfolders,yourmusicorganizedinplaylists, andyourmoviescreatedandsaved,andthenbackingupallofthoseitemsis quiteatask!Withthatdone,youcannowconcentrateonotherthings. Next,you’lllearnaboutnetworking.Ifyouhaveanothercomputerin thehouse,suchasaMediaCenter,sharingfilesamongthosecomputerscan greatlyenhancehowoftenyoucanenjoythem.Intheupcomingchapter,you’ll learnaboutwirelessnetworking,troubleshootingthenetworkwithcommandlinetools,andfirewalls.Staytuned!
This page intentionally left blank.
CHAPTER 8
NETWORKING: GETTING (AND STAYING) CONNECTED
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
164
HARDCOREWINDOWS
W
hetheryoualreadyhaveanetworkinplaceornot,you’regoingto benefitfromthischapter.Here,you’lllearntheleastcomplicatedand quickestwaytophysicallysetupahomenetwork,howtoshareasingleInternet connectionamongeveryoneonthenetwork,andhowtousetheNetworkSetup Wizard.TheNetworkSetupWizardcanbeusedtorepairanetwork,too,in additiontoconfiguringit.Somepeoplesimplyconnecttheircomputerstoahub andwaitforthemtomagically“see”eachother,butneverformallyengineer theirnetwork.Whenanetworkissetupthisway,problemsusuallyoccur.These problemscanbesolvedbyrunningthewizard. Withanetworksetup,you’lllearnthemostefficientwaytosharedata, media,andhardware,amongallusersandcomputers.Sharingmediaisgreat forthosewhohaveamediacentersetupinafamilyroom,andforavoiding storingthesameitems(likevacationpictures)onmultiplecomputersinthe home.Storingduplicateitemsonanetworkwastesvaluableharddrivespace. You’llalsolearnhowtoenhancesecurityofsharedfolders,andtheoptions availableforbothWindowsXPHomeandProfessional.Finally,you’lllearn somecommand-linetricksfortroubleshootingthenetworkwhensomething goeswrong.
GET CONNECTED: THE HOME NETWORK Ifyouhavetwoormorecomputers,youcancreateanetworkforsharing resourcesanddata.Thereareseveralwaystocreateanetwork:
■ Connectthecomputersusinganetworkingdevice(hub,switch, orrouter),networkinterfacecards,andcables Thisisagood waytocreateaveryeffectiveandsecuresmallorhomebusiness workgroup.
■ ConfigureanetworkusingWindowsServer2003 Thisisan OSthat’susedtocreatelargernetworkscalleddomains.Domains, thoughmoresecure,aremuchmoredifficulttoconfigureand maintainthanworkgroups,andsettingthemupisgenerallythejob ofanetworkadministratororcertifiedtechnician.Inaddition,they aremostlyusedinlargercompaniesandcorporationswhohavethe resourcesandknow-howtomaintainsuch.
■ Createawirelessnetwork Thisrequirespurchasingthehardware separately,andtheninstallingandconfiguringit.Atthistime,most computersshipwiththewirednetworkinmind.
Forthesimplest,mostefficient,andeasy-to-managenetworkpossible, mostcurrenthomeandsmallbusinessuserschoosethefirstoption,thewired
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
165
workgroup.Thehardwareisinexpensive,thesetupissimple,andthesoftware forsettingupthenetworkisincludedwithWindowsXP.Movingfromthis workgrouptowirelesslaterisanoption,butalmostallcomputersthesedays comewiththerequiredhardwareforthewiredoption.
Ó
Get Physical with Wired Networks
Therearelotsofwaystonetworkcomputers;choosetheeasiestand mostefficientoption. Ifyou’relookingforthefastest,easiest,andleastexpensivewaytoput togetheranetwork,looknofurther.Ifyouhaveanetworkthat’ssetupwith anetworkserverandit’sgivingyoufits,considerswitching.Inthissection, you’lllearnallyouneedtoknowtoputaworkgrouptogetherquickly.With theproperhardware,you’llbeupandrunninginnotime. You’llneedtoverifythateachcomputeryouwanttoconnecthas anetworkcard.Tofindout:
1. EitherfromtheStartmenuorfromtheDesktop,right-clickMy ComputerandchooseProperties.
2. InSystemProperties,clicktheHardwaretab. 3. UndertheDeviceManagersection,selectDeviceManager. 4. IntheDeviceManagerwindow,clicktheViewmenu,andverify thatDevicesByTypeisselected.Ifitisn’t,selectit.
5. LocateNetworkAdaptersandexpandit,asshowninFigure8-1. 6. LookforsomethingthatiscalledaNIC(networkinterfacecard).If youcan’tfindthis,youdon’thaveaNICinstalled.
7. IfyoulocatetheNICbutithasaredXorayellowexclamation pointbesideit,right-clicktheitemandclickInstall.Ifthatdoesn’t work,right-clicktheitemandclickUpdateDriver.Ifthecard stilldoesn’tshowupproperlyinDeviceManager,useWindows Updateorvisityourmanufacturer’swebsiteforupgradeddriversor software.Ifthecardstillwon’twork,itmaybenonfunctional,and youmayneedtoreplaceit. IfyouhaveacomputeryouwanttoconnectthatdoesnothaveaNICor hasanonfunctioningNIC,you’llhavetoinstallanewone.Ifyou’veinstalled acardbefore,youcanprobablyinstallthisone.Ifyou’veneveropenedthe
8
166
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 8-1 Determine if a network interface card is installed
computer,you’rebetterofftakingittoatechnician.FormostnewerWindows XPcomputers,you’llbelookingfora10/100EthernetNICforaPCIslot. However,ifyouaren’tsure,takeittoaservicetechnicianorcomputerstore. OnceallofyourcomputershaveNICs,youneedtopurchase anetworkingdevice(hub,switch,orrouter)andsomeEthernetcables. Thehub,switch,orrouterisasmallpieceofhardwarethatplugsinto awalloutlet.IthasinputsforconnectingtheEthernetcables.Thecables runfromthenetworkingdevicetothecomputer’sNIC.Thus,you’llneed onenetworkingdevice,aNIC,andanEthernetcableforeachcomputeryou plantoconnect. Visityourlocalcomputerstoreandspeakwithasalespersonformoreinformationonthe availablehardware. Finally,yourInternetserviceprovider(ISP)maysetupyournetworkfor free.IfyouhavebroadbandorDSL,thecompanymayprovidearouterand sendatechniciantoyourhousetosetitup.Inmostinstances,they’llalso setupawirelessconnectionbetweenthatrouterandtheothercomputersin yourhome,ifyouhavetherequiredhardware.Ifthat’sthecase,youneednot worryaboutityourself.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
Ó
167
Share and Share Alike: Internet Connection Sharing
There’snoneedtohavemultipleInternetaccountsorconnectionsfor everycomputeronthenetwork;justturnonInternetConnection Sharing. Onceyourcomputersarenetworked,youcanshareasinglecomputer’s Internetconnectionwithallmembersonthatnetwork.Intheolddays,you hadtohaveanInternetconnectionandaccountforeachcomputerinthe home,butnotanymore.Ifyou’restillrunningasetuplikethat,it’stimeto moveforward.Ifyou’vejustnetworkedasecondcomputer,it’stimetoget thatoneconnectedtotheInternet. Thefirstdecisionyou’llmakeiswhatcomputerisgoingtobethehost. Thehostshouldmeetthefollowingrequirements:
■ ItshouldberunningWindowsXPHomeorProfessional.
■ Itmustbesetuptorunmostofthetime.Ifthecomputerisnoton, othersonthenetworkwillnothaveInternetaccess.
■ Ifmorethanonecomputermeetsthefirsttworequirements,butalso hasDSL,broadband,oracablemodem,choosethefastestcomputer asthehost.
Eachnetworkcomputerthatwillsharethisconnectionmustmeetthe followingrequirements:
■ ItmusthaveaNICandbeabletoconnecttothenetwork.
■ IfithasInternetSharingcapabilities,theymustbedisabled.
■ ItmustberunningWindows98orhigher.
ToenableInternetConnectionSharingonthedesignatedhostcomputer (ortodisableitonanyothercomputeronthenetworkthatisnotactingas thehost):
1. OpenNetworkConnections.Therearetwoways:right-clickMy NetworkPlacesandchooseProperties;orfromControlPanel,select NetworkAndInternetConnections(ifinCategoryMode),andthen chooseNetworkConnections.
2. DecidewhichconnectionistheconnectiontotheInternet.Itwon’t betheLocalAreaConnection.Figure8-2showsavarietyofchoices. ThecorrectchoiceinthisinstanceisunderDial-Upandisnamed, appropriately,Internet.
8
168
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 8-2 Select the connection to the Internet
3. Right-clickthisconnectionandchoose Properties.
4. IntheInternetPropertiesdialogbox,clickthe Advancedtab,asshowninFigure8-3.
5. UnderInternetConnectionSharing,check AllowOtherNetworkUsersToConnect ThroughThisComputer’sInternetConnection. Dependingonyourpreferences,enableor donotenabletheothertwochoices.Each hastodowithhowmuchcontroloverthis connectionothernetworkuserswillhave.
6. Whenfinished,clickOK.
FIGURE 8-3 Enable Internet Connection Sharing
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
Ó
169
Use the Network Setup Wizard
Ifyou’resettingupthenetworkforthefirsttimeorjustneedtorepair thenetworkyouhave,usetheNetworkSetupWizard. Afteryournetworkissetupphysically,youcanusetheNetworkSetup Wizardtoconfigureitvirtually.Therearealternatewaystosetupthenetwork, butthisisbyfarthefastestandeasiest.Forthebestnetworkperformance possible,youshouldfollowthesetupdirectionstotheletter. Ifyoualreadyhaveanetworksetupbutarehavingproblemswithit, runningthewizardagainmayalsosolvetheseproblems.TheNetworkSetup WizardlocatesyoursharedInternetconnection,enablestheInternetConnection Firewall,enablesandconfiguresanetworkbridgeiftheWindowsXPcomputer hasmorethanoneNIC,andgivesyoutheopportunitytoname(orresolve namingproblemsfor)eachcomputeronthenetwork.(Anetworkwillfailif morethanonecomputerhasthesamename.)Oncethenetworkissetup(or connected),youcanthensharefilesandfolders,sharemedia,playgamesonthe network,andsurftheWebsimultaneouslyonallcomputersinthehouse. TheNetworkSetupWizardcanberunoncomputersinstalledwithWindows98,Windows 98SE,WindowsMe,andWindowsXPHomeorProfessional.ItcannotberunonWindows 2000orWindows2003Servereditions.Thereisinformationinthehelpfilestoaddthelatter. BeforestartingtheNetworkSetupWizard,verifythatyou’vechosen acomputertoactasthehostandsupplythesharedInternetconnection. ThehostshouldbetheoneconnectedtotheInternetandthusshouldbe asinglecomputer,asdetailedintheprevioussection.Then,dothefollowing:
■ Verifythatallhardwareisinstalledoneachcomputerandthatitis workingproperly.
■ Turnonallcomputers,printers,scanners,etc.
■ Atthehostcomputer,connecttotheInternet. Withthatdone,workyourwaythroughthewizard.Atthehostcomputer:
1. ChooseStart|AllPrograms|Accessories|Communications|Network SetupWizard.ClickNexttobegin.
2. ReadtheBeforeYouContinuepage,andclickNext. 3. Sinceyou’reconfiguringthehostcomputer,ontheSelect AConnectionMethodpage,selectThisComputerConnects DirectlyToTheInternet.TheOtherComputersOnMyNetwork ConnectToTheInternetThroughThisComputer.ClickNext.
8
170
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. OntheSelectYourInternetConnectionpage,choosetheconnection thatyouusetoaccesstheInternet.Itmaybechosenalready,asshown inFigure8-4.Inthisfigure,therearethree:anInternetconnection thatusesamodem,a1394FireWireconnectionforadigitalvideo (DV)camera,andalocalareaconnectionusingaNIC.ClickNext.
FIGURE 8-4 Select the shared connection for the Internet
5. Ifyourhostcomputerhasmultipleconnections,youcaneitherlet thewizarddecidewhat’sbestforyou,orconfigurethesettings yourself.It’swisesttochooseLetMeChooseTheConnectionsTo MyNetwork.Ifyou’rewaryofdoingityourself,though,choose DetermineTheAppropriateConnectionsForMe(Recommended) andskiptoStep7.
6. OntheSelectTheConnectionsToBridgepage,selectthelocalarea connectionthatconnectsyourhostcomputertotheothersonyour network.Unchecktheothers.InFigure8-5,theFireWireconnection isuncheckedbecauseitisnottheconnectionfortheLAN;theNIC is.ClickNext.
7. Onthenextwizardpage,typeacomputerdescriptionifdesired,anda computername.Thecomputer’snamemustbedistinctonthenetwork. ClickNext.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
171
FIGURE 8-5 Select only the connection(s) that are used to connect to the LAN
8. OntheNameYourNetworkpage,selectaworkgroupname.Bydefault, thatnameisMSHOME.Ifyou’rerepairinganetworkanddon’tknow thecurrentworkgroupname,clickStart,right-clickMyComputer, chooseProperties,andthenclicktheComputerNametab.The workgroupnamewillbethere.ClickNext.
9. ClickNexttobegintheprocessofapplyingyournetworksettings. Oncethat’scomplete,thenextstepistogettheappropriatenetworksetup filesontheothercomputersinyournetwork.Inmyopinion,theeasiestand mostreliablechoiceistocreateafloppydiskandcarryitfromcomputerto computer.YoucanalsousetheWindowsXPCD,butsometimesthat’snot available,especiallywithcomputerspurchasedfromretailcomputerchains, wherecomputerscomewith“restoredisks”insteadoftheactualWindowsXP CD.So,whenpromptedwiththescreenshowninFigure8-6,selectCreate ANetworkSetupDisk.(Ifyournewercomputersdon’thavefloppydrives, you’llhavetousetheWindowsXPCD,orchooseCreateANetworkSetup Disk,savethefilestoyourharddrive,burnthemontoaCD-R,andusethat forthesetupdisk.) DependingonthechoiceyoumakeonthepageshowninFigure8-6,the wizardcontinuesinoneofvariousdirections.Ifyou’vechosentocreate afloppydisk,you’llneedtochoosethedrive,formatthedisk,andmakethe copy.Ifyou’vechosentousetheWindowsXPCD,thereisn’tmuchleftto dobutpreparetheothercomputers.
8
172
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 8-6 Decide how to set up the other computers on the network
Fortheothercomputersonthenetwork:
1. Insertthenetworksetupdiskintothefloppydrive. 2. ClickStart|MyComputer,andselectthedisk. 3. Double-clicknetsetup. 4. Ifyou’reusingaCD,inputtheCD,selectPerformAdditionalTasks andthenSetUpAHomeOrSmallOfficeNetwork.
5. You’llworkyourwaythroughthewizardtheexactsamewayasbefore, exceptinthedialogboxthatasksyoutodefineyourconnection, showninFigure8-7,chooseThisComputerConnectsToTheInternet ThroughAnotherComputerOnMyNetworkOrThroughAResidential Gateway. Afterallcomputershavebeenconfigured,ateachcomputer,open MyNetworkPlaces.IntheNetworkTaskspane,selectViewWorkgroup Computers.Eachcomputershouldappearwithin15minutes.Ifaspecific computerdoesnotappear,verifythattheconnectionsaresecure,andrun theNetworkSetupWizardagainonit.Figure8-8showsasuccessfuland functionalnetworksetup.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
173
FIGURE 8-7 Setting up the other computers requires different choices.
8
FIGURE 8-8 Network complete
SHARE FILES, FOLDERS, MEDIA, AND HARDWARE Onceyournetworkissetupandworkingproperly,youcanbeginsharing dataandhardware.Therearemultiplereasonsforsharing:togetridoffloppy, Zip,andCD-Rdisksfortransferringdataamongcomputers;tosavehard
174
HARDCOREWINDOWS
diskspacebyavoidingduplicatefiles;andtoeliminatetheneedformultiple printersandotherhardware.Fromanycomputeronthenetwork,youcan accessanyshareddataorsharedhardwareeasily. Oncefoldersandtheirdataareshared,youcansetpermissionsforthem. Youcanchangewhatuserswhoaccessyourdataareallowedtodo.Ifyou haveWindowsXPProfessional,youcanalsosetsimplesharepermissionsto statewhetheruserscanhavefullcontroloveryourshareddata,changeyour data,oronlyreadyourdata.YoucanalsoapplyNTFSpermissions.NTFS permissionsallowyoutohavemorecontroloveryourowndata,regarding whoaccesseswhatandhow.Controloptionsfordocuments,media,andother dataincludepermissionstomodifyand/orwritetothedatayou’veshared,list foldercontents,andmore.YourdrivemustbeformattedwithNTFStodo this.Asforhardware,youcandecidewhocanhavewhatkindofcontrol whenusingit.Forinstance,withasharedprinter,youcandecidewhocan managetheprinter,whocanmanagedocuments,andwhocanonlyprint.This enablesyoutoavoidhavingothersdeletedocumentsinthequeueorperform otherprintingmaintenancetasks.
Ó
Avoid a Common Problem: Duplicate Files
Sharefiles,folders,andmediasotheycanbeviewedandeditedfrom anycomputeronthenetwork. Oneofthemainproblemswithmultiple-computerhouseholdsisduplicate data.Juniorcreatesamovieofhisgaragebandandtweaksitonhiscomputerin MovieMaker2,thensavesit.Hethensendsthedatatoasharedfolderforall ofhisfamilymemberstosee,butdoesnotdeleteitfromitsoriginallocation. Thishappenswithfamilyphotostoo,especiallyvacationpictures.Everyone hasadigitalcamera,haspicturesstoredontheirownharddrive,andhasspread multiplecopiesallaround.Thisproblemisalsocommonwithattachments receivedviae-mail.Insteadofsavingthefunnypictureofthedoginthedress totheharddriveinasharedlocation,thepictureisforwardedviae-mailto everyone.It’sthenoneveryone’sharddriveinsteadofinasingle,shared location. Becauseofthemassiveamountofduplicatedataonmosthomenetworks, it’sbesttotakecontrolrightaway,creatingsharedfoldersoneachcomputer orlearninghowtoaccessthedefaultones,andputalldatatobesharedinit. Thefirststepistocreateafolderonthehostcomputerthatyouwilluse tosharedatawitheveryoneonthenetwork:
1. Right-clickanemptyareaoftheDesktop,pointtoNew,andclick Folder.Namethefolder.
2. Right-clickthefolderandchooseSharingAndSecurity.You’llsee thefolder’sPropertiesdialogbox.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
175
3. ThePropertiesdialogboxshowninFigure8-9istheoneyou’llsee ifyouhaveWindowsXPProfessionalandhaveSimpleFileSharing disabled.Ifthat’sthecase,checkShareThisFolderOnTheNetwork, andclickOK.Ifyouseewhat’sshowninFigure8-10,you’reeither usingWindowsXPHomeEditionorusingWindowsXPProfessional withSimpleFileSharingenabled.Ifthat’sthecase,selectShareThis Folder.(You’lllearnmoreaboutSimpleFileSharinginthenexttwo sections.)
8
FIGURE 8-9 Creating a share using Simple File Sharing
FIGURE 8-10 Creating a share without Simple File Sharing
4. Movewhatyouwanttoshareintothisfolder. Ateachofthenetworkedcomputers,createalinktothisfolder(allfiles storedherebyyouonyourcomputercanbeaccessedbyanyoneonthe network):
1. ClickStart|ControlPaneland,ifinCategoryview,selectNetwork AndInternetConnections.SelectMyNetworkPlaces.IfinClassic view,selectMyNetworkPlacesintheOtherPlacespane.
2. IntheNetworkTaskspane,selectAddANetworkPlace.ClickNext tostartthewizard.
176
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. Whenprompted,selectChooseAnotherNetwork Location,andclickNext.
4. IntheAddNetworkPlaceWizard,clickBrowse. 5. IntheBrowseForFolderdialogbox,shownin Figure8-11,expandEntireNetwork|Microsoft WindowsNetwork.Locateyourworkgroupname andexpandthat,andthenselectthecomputerthat holdsthesharedfolder.ClickOK.
6. ClickNext,typeanameforthenewnetworkplace, andclickFinish.Thefilecannowbeaccessedon thenetworkedcomputer.
7. Repeatthesestepsforeachcomputeronthenetwork, FIGURE 8-11 Browse for the shared file
allowingeachusertocreateonesharedfolder,and theotherstoconnecttoitusingtheAddNetwork PlaceWizard.
WindowsXPcomeswithsharedfoldersalreadycreated,too.Tofindthose,right-clickStart, chooseExploreAllUsers,expandDocumentsAndSettingsundertheLocalDisk,expandAll Users,andselectSharedDocuments.Sharethisfolder,andothersonlyneedtolinktothis foldertohaveaccesstoitemsyouputthere.
Ó
Simple Security with Simple File Sharing
YoucanapplysecurityeffortlesslytoyoursharedfolderswithSimple FileSharing. Asmentionedbrieflyintheprevioussection,therearetwotechnologiesfor applyingpermissionstosharedfolders.IfyouhaveWindowsXPHomeEdition, youonlyhaveonechoice:useSimpleFileSharing.IfyouhaveWindowsXP ProfessionalandyourharddriveisformattedwithNTFS,youhaveasecond choice:disableSimpleFileSharing,configureyourownsharepermissions,and useNTFSadvancedpermissions.LookingbackatFigures8-9and8-10,you canseethedifferenceintheoptions. SimpleFileSharingisasecuritysettingthat’seitheronoroff.Ifit’son,the folderissharedandyouhaveafewbasicchoicesforhowyou’llshareit.Ifit’s off,there’snosharingofthefolder.WhenyouturnoffSimpleFileSharing,you haveaccesstomoreoptions.Specifically,youcanstatewhichusersorgroups ofuserscandowhattothefolderanditscontents.Whilethisoffersahigher levelofsecurityandoptions,it’seasytomessup.It’suptoyoutodecidewhat
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
177
you’dratheruse.IsuggeststartingwithSimpleFileSharingenabled,andifyou decidelateryouneedmoreoptions,disableitandusetheadvancedsecurity features. ToapplysecurityusingSimpleFileSharing,youfirstneedtoverify thatSimpleFileSharingisenabled.Ofcourse,thisonlyappliestousersof WindowsXPProfessional,sinceitisenabledbydefaultonWindowsXPHome Editionandistheonlychoice:
1. OpenControlPaneland,ifinCategory view,selectAppearanceAndThemes. SelectFolderOptions.
2. OntheViewtab,showninFigure8-12, makesureUseSimpleFileSharing (Recommended)ischecked.ClickOK. ToapplySimpleFileSharingpermissions:
8
1. LocatethefoldertosharefromtheDesktop orbyusingWindowsExplorer.Tolocate afolderinWindowsExplorer,right-click Start,chooseExploreAllUsers,expand DocumentsAndSettings,lookunderyour username,andlocatethefoldertoshare.
2. Right-clickthefolderandclickSharing AndSecurity.
FIGURE 8-12 Enable Simple File Sharing
3. OntheSharingtab,checkShareThisFolderOn TheNetwork.Togivepermissionforotherusersonthenetworkto changethefilesinthefolder,alsocheckAllowNetworkUsersTo ChangeMyFiles.
4. YoucanalsochoosetodragthefolderselectedtotheShared Documentsfolder.Todothat,clickSharedDocuments,waitfor theSharedDocumentswindowtoopen,anddragthefolderintoit. Afterdoingso,anyonewhologsontoyourcomputerusinganyuser accountcanaccessthedataaswell.
5. IfyoudidnotperformStep4,clickOKtoapplythechangesinthe Propertiesdialogbox.
178
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Working Without a Net: Disabling Simple File Sharing
IfSimpleFileSharingdoesn’tofferenoughsecurity,youcanturnit offandsetsharingandsecuritypermissionsyourself,ifyou’reusing WindowsXPProfessionalandNTFS. UsingSimpleFileSharingisn’ttheonlywaytoapplysecuritytoyour shareddata.Youmayhavenoticedthattherearen’ttoomanyoptionsfor applyingpermissionswiththatsetup.WithSimpleFileSharing,youeither sharethefileoryoudon’t.Youeitherletpeoplemakechangestoyourdata oryoudon’t.Youcancreatemoremeaningfulpermissionsconfigurations withadvancedoptions. Withadvancedoptions,youcandothefollowing,noneofwhichare availablewithSimpleFileSharing:
■ Setsharepermissionstodefineexactlywhatuserscando:Full Controlletsuserschangesetpermissionsandtakeownershipof thefolder;Changeletsusersaddfilesandsubfolders,changedata, anddeletedata;andReadallowstheusertoreadthedata,view filenames,andrunprogramfilesinsidethefolder.
■ Denyanypermissionlistedintheprecedingbullet.
■ Setadvancedpermissions(allowordeny),includingModify,Read andExecute,ListFolderContents,andWrite,amongothers.
■ Definewhatgroupsand/orusershaveaccesstothefolder,andwhat permissionstheyhave.
Unfortunately,there’sarightwayandawrongwaytoapplytheseadvanced permissions,andeventhesavviestofnetworktechnicianshavebeenknown tomessitup.Technicianstakeweek-longandmonth-longtrainingclasses justtolearnhow.Usually,theprocessconsistsofcreatinggroups,adding userstothosegroups,andthenapplyingpermissionusingthegroupscreated. Unfortunately,onceadvancedpermissionsaremuddled,it’sprettydifficult tostraightenthemout.SinceIdon’thaveroomheretogiveyouacrashcourse onallofthat,it’sbesttotreadcarefully,andtakesmallstepswhenconfiguring andapplyingadvancedpermissions. ThefirststeptoapplyingadvancedpermissionsistodisableSimpleFile SharinginWindowsXPProfessional:
1. OpenControlPaneland,ifinCategoryview,selectAppearanceAnd Themes.SelectFolderOptions.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
179
2. OntheViewtab,makesureUseSimpleFile Sharing(Recommended)isunchecked.Click OK. ToapplyadvancedpermissionsafterSimpleFile Sharinghasbeendisabled:
1. LocatethefoldertosharefromtheDesktop orbyusingWindowsExplorer.Tolocatea folderinWindowsExplorer,right-clickStart, chooseExploreAllUsers,expandDocuments AndSettings,lookunderyourusername,and locatethefoldertoshare.
2. Right-clickthefolderandclickSharingAnd Security.
3. SelectShareThisFolderandcreateashare name,asshowninFigure8-13.It’sfine toleaveUserLimit:MaximumAllowed checked.Themaximumistenusers.
8 FIGURE 8-13 Share the folder
4. ClickPermissions.InthePermissionsdialog box,showninFigure8-14,noticethat thedefaultgroupisEveryone(thatmeans everyoneonthenetwork),andthoseusers canchangeandreadthedatainthefolder.To changethat,selectordeselectanyentry.
5. InthesamePermissionsdialogbox,you canaddorremovegroupsofusersoreven specificusersifyoudesire.ClickAddtoadda grouporuser,orclickRemovetoremoveone. AlthoughIadviseagainstitforthebeginner tointermediateuser,oranyonenotexperienced withgroups,youcanremovetheEveryone groupandaddaspecificgroupofusersor singleusers.Foreachgrouporuser,youcan applypermissionsseparately.Ifyouwantto gothisroute,readtheWindowsXPHelpAnd Supportfiles,andreadthroughChapter11 inthisbook.ClickOK.
FIGURE 8-14 Setting share permissions
180
HARDCOREWINDOWS
6. BackinthePropertiesdialogbox,clickthe Securitytab.Again,aswiththeprevioussteps, youcanselectagrouporauser,andconfigure specificadvancedpermissions,asshownin Figure8-15.Youcanalsoaddorremove groupshere.Again,thisisquitetricky,and isonlyanoptionforadvancedusersandthose whohavereadChapter10andtheHelpAnd Supportfiles.ClickOK.
FIGURE 8-15 Configure advanced security
Ó
Althoughconfiguringandapplyinggroup permissionsissimple—clickRemovetoremovethe EveryonegroupandclickAddtoaddagroupyou’ve createdfromyourusers(asdetailedinChapter11)— it’squiteacomplicatedissue.Ifauserbelongstoa groupwithcertainsharepermissions,andthatgroup alsohasappliedNTFSpermissions,the“effective” permissionforthoseusersisdifficulttocalculate.In addition,ifcertainpermissionsareappliedtotheuser individually,thatcomplicatesthingstoo.Ifyou’re stillinterested,readuponthesubjectandconsider takingaclassortwo!
There’s No Need for a Printer at Every Computer
Shareprintersandotherhardwaresotheycanbeaccessedfromany computeronthenetwork. Sharingprintersandotherhardwareisjustaseasyassharingafolder. Oncetheprinterisshared,anyusercanprinttoitfromanycomputeron thenetwork.Thismakeshavingmultipleprintersunnecessary.Oneprinter willsuffice(ormaybetwoifyouhaveaspecialtyphotoprinter).Oncethe printerisshared,youcansetpermissionsforitifyouareusingWindows XPProfessional.Youcanleteveryonehavecompletecontroloverthe printer,oronlyletusersprint,anddenyaccesstoprintqueuesandother settings.It’suptoyou. ThesecondpartofthisexampleassumesyouhaveSimpleFileSharingturnedoffandare usingWindowsXPProfessional.AdvancedpermissionscannotbesetforprintersifSimple FileSharingisinuseorifyouareonWindowsXPHomeEdition.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
181
ToshareaprinteroneitherWindowsXP HomeorProfessional:
1. ClickStart|PrintersAndFaxes. 2. Right-clicktheprintertoshare,and chooseSharing.
3. Intheprinter’sPropertiesdialogbox, showninFigure8-16,clicktheSharing tabandselectShareThisPrinter.Type anamefortheprinter.
4. ClickAdditionalDrivers. 5. IntheAdditionalDriversdialogbox, checkthedriversthatapply.Choices areavailableforWindows95,98,and Me,WindowsNT4.0or2000,and WindowsXP.
8
6. ClickOK.DonotclosetheProperties dialogbox.
FIGURE 8-16 Sharing a printer
TosetsharepermissionsonWindowsXP Professionalmachines:
1. IntheprinterPropertiesdialogbox, clicktheSecuritytab.Ifyoudon’tsee aSecuritytab,youhaveSimpleFile Sharingenabled.TodisableSimpleFile Sharing,readtheprevioussection.
2. Bydefault,everyonewhohasaccess tothiscomputercanprinttoit.You canalloweveryonetodomore, though,includingmanageprinters anddocumentsifyoudesire.Toadd permissions,clickEveryone,andcheck theitemsunderAllow,asshownin Figure8-17.ClickOKwhenfinished. Denyingpermissionsisdonethesameway, andyoucanaddorremovegroupsfromthe GroupOrUserNamesarea.However,thisis gettingalittlebeyondourscopehere.Moreinformationon sharesandlocalusersandgroupsisprovidedinChapter11.
FIGURE 8-17 Adding permissions
182
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Oncetheprinterisshared,itmustbesetupateachofthenetworked computers:
1. ClickStart|PrintersAndFaxes. 2. InthePrinterTaskspane,selectAddAPrinter.ClickNexttostartthe AddPrinterWizard.
3. IntheLocalOrNetworkPrinterdialogbox,selectANetwork Printer,OrAPrinterAttachedToAnotherComputer.ClickNext.
4. ClickNexttobrowsefortheprinter. 5. Locatethesharedprinterinthelist,andclickNext.Figure8-18 showsthreecomputers,withoneselected,whichhastwoavailable printers.
FIGURE 8-18 Browse to the shared printer
6. Ifpromptedaboutinstallingadriver,clickYes. 7. Whenpromptedtomakethisthedefaultprinter,clickYesorNo,and thenNext.ClickFinish.ThenewprinterwillappearinthePrinters AndFaxeswindow.
TAKE COMMAND WITH COMMAND-LINE TOOLS Ifyou’vesetupthenetworkandcreatedsharedfolders,butfindthatyouhave problemsconnectingtospecificcomputersonthenetwork,therearesometools thatyoucanusetohelpfindsolutions.Beforeusingthesetools,though,run
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
183
theNetworkSetupWizardonthehostagain,usethenetworksetupdiskonall oftheothercomputers,andthendouble-checkthephysicalconnections.Make suretoverifythateverythingispluggedinandworkingproperly,andthatthe lightsareonforallNICsandhubs. Ifallofthatseemstobefunctioning,trytheNetworkDiagnosticsoptionin theHelpAndSupportfiles,foundunderPickATaskAndUseToolsToView YourComputerInformationAndDiagnoseProblems.Ifthatdoesn’thelp,you likelyhavesomeratherseriousproblems.Tocontinuetroubleshootingonyour own,youcanusethefollowingcommand-linetoolstoseewhichcomputeris havingtroublecommunicatingwiththeothers:ipconfig/allandping.
Ó
Get Configuration Information with ipconfig /all
Theipconfig/allcommandletsyoueasilyviewacomputer’s connectioninformation. IfyouknowalittleaboutTCP/IP(TransmissionControlProtocol/Internet Protocol),youknowthatcomputerscommunicateonanetworkandoverthe InternetbyusingspecificnumberscalledIPaddresses,andtheseaddresses distinguishthemfromothercomputersonthenetwork.IPaddressesarecreated fromfoursetsofnumbers,onetothreedigitseach,suchas192.168.0.5.Each computeronanetworkmustbeconfiguredwithanIPaddressthatisdifferent fromeveryotheronthenetwork,thesamewayacomputermusthavea computernamethatisdistinct.Ifyou’vecreatedahomenetwork(workgroup) usingtheNetworkSetupWizard,theseIPaddresseswerecreatedautomatically. Whenperformingadvancedtroubleshooting,you’llwanttoverifythatall IPaddressesonthenetworkhavethesamepatternofnumbers.Forinstance, iftheIPaddressesofthreeofthefourcomputersonthenetworktaketheform 192.168.0.x,wherexrepresentsasingle-digitnumber,theothercomputer’sIP addressmustalsofollowthatform.Again,eachIPaddressmustbedistinct, whichmeansinthisexamplethatxmustbeuniqueforeachaddress.While IPaddressesaresimilarbutdifferent,subnetmasksareallthesame.Asubnet masktellsthecomputerswhoisontheirnetwork,andwhoisnot.Acomputer withadifferentsubnetmaskfromtheotherswillnotbereachable.Anexample ofasubnetmaskis255.255.255.0. Whencomputersonanetworkcan’tcommunicate,andyouwantto performadvancedtroubleshooting,youcanfindoutwhatIPaddresseach computerhasbeenassignedbyusingtheipconfig/allcommand.The informationoutputbyipconfig/allmaygiveyouinsightastothe problem.Figure8-19showsanexampleoftheoutput.NoticetheIPaddress andsubnetmaskforthiscomputer.
8
184
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 8-19 The IP address and subnet mask are displayed by using ipconfig /all.
Thissectionassumesyou’vecreatedaworkgroupusingtheNetworkSetupWizard.Ifyou’ve createdaworkgroup(oradomain)inanyothermanner,thepremisewillbethesame,butthe IPaddressesandsubnetmaskswilldiffer. Togetthisinformationandtroubleshootconnectivityonthenetwork, ateachcomputer:
1. ClickStart|AllPrograms|Accessories|CommandPrompt. 2. Atthecommandprompt,typeipconfig/all. 3. LocatetheIPaddressforthelocalareaconnection,generally underEthernetAdapter.VerifythattheIPaddressesareallsimilar, 192.168.0.x,wherexisuniqueforeachsothattherearenoduplicate addresses.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
185
4. Locatethesubnetmaskforthelocalareaconnection,generallyunder EthernetAdapter.Verifythatthesubnetmaskforallcomputersis 255.255.255.0. IfyoufindacomputerthatdoesnothavethecorrectIPaddressorsubnet mask,youneedtocorrectit.Therearemultiplewaystodothis.Onewayis toruntheNetworkSetupWizardagain.Anotheristochangethenetwork settingsinthePropertiesdialogboxofMyComputer:
1. Ateachcomputer,right-clickMyComputer,chooseProperties,and clicktheComputerNametab.
2. Notewhateachworkgroupnameis,andwhateachcomputernameis. Onthecomputerthathasbeendeemedtheproblemcomputer,click Change.
3. IntheComputerNameChangesdialogbox,showninFigure8-20, typeinanewnameforthecomputerifthenameisnotdistinctonthe network.Typeinthecorrectworkgroupname.ClickOK.
FIGURE 8-20 Change the computer name and workgroup name on a problem computer
4. ClickOKtwicemore,andthenclickYestorestartthecomputer. 5. Verifythatyoucanreachnetworkresources.Ifyoucannot,run theNetworkSetupWizardagainonallcomputers.Thiswillmost likelynotbenecessary.
8
186
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Ping for Problems
Thepingcommandletsyoueasilyfindoutwhatcomputersaren’t connectingtothenetwork. Thissectionassumesyou’vecompletedtheprevioussection,using ipconfig/all,andarestillhavingproblems.Evenifyou’vedecidedthat allIPaddresses,subnetmasks,andcomputernamesarecorrect,youmaystill notbeabletoconnecttoaspecificcomputer.Ifthat’sthecase,theremaybe morecomplexproblems,suchasacrimpedcableorfailedNICyouhaveyet toidentify.Toseeifacomputercanbereachedfromothersonthenetwork, youcanpingit. Pingingacomputersimplyverifiesit’sreachableusingitsIPaddress alone.Ofcourse,youfirstneedtousetheipconfig/allcommandon eachcomputerandnoteitsIPaddress.Withthatdone,fromacomputerthat issuccessfullyconnectedtothenetwork,pingtheproblemcomputer:
1. ChooseStart|AllPrograms|Accessories|CommandPrompt. 2. Atthecommandprompt,typepingipaddress. Iftherequest“timesout,”asshowninFigure8-21,thecomputeryouare tryingtoreachisnotphysicallyconnectedtothenetwork(assumingyou’ve verifiedthattheIPaddress,subnetmask,andcomputernameareallcorrect). Continuetroubleshootingbyreplacingcables,thecomputer’sNIC,and possiblythehub.Occasionally,ahubwillcontinuetoworkeventhoughoneor moreofitsinputsarebad.Youcanlearnmoreabouttroubleshootinganetwork fromWindowsHelpandSupportfiles.TheHomeandSmallOfficeNetwork Troubleshooterwalksyouthroughthestepssystematically.
FIGURE 8-21 Bad connections time out.
CHAPTER 8: Networking: Getting (and Staying) Connected
187
Figure8-22showsasuccessfulping.Thismeansthecomputerisphysically connectedtothenetworkbuthasotherissues.ReruntheNetworkSetup Wizardandrecheckcomputernames,IPaddresses,andsubnetmasks.Restart allcomputers.
FIGURE 8-22 Successful connections show results.
Nowthatyournetworkisconnectedandworkingproperly,it’stimeto geteachcomputerrunningtheabsolutebestitcan.Ateverycomputer,you canenhanceperformancebygettingridoffilesandprogramsyoudon’t need,disablingservicesyoudon’twant,updatingwithWindowsUpdate, andusingtoolsthatshipwithWindowsXP,includingDiskCleanupand DiskDefragmenter.Yourcomputercanrunfasterandbetterwithonlyafew simpletweaks,asdiscussedinthenextchapter.
8
This page intentionally left blank.
CHAPTER 9
IMPROVING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
190
HARDCOREWINDOWS
I
mprovingthewayyourcomputerperformscanbeachievedinavariety ofways,butnotalwaysthewayyouthink.Youcould,forinstance,add alargerharddrive,surround-soundspeakers,amicrophone,orevena headphone.Youcanturnyourcomputerintoafaxmachine.Youcanget abiggermonitor,getaflatscreen,orevensetupdualmonitorsbyadding asecondvideocard.YoucanevenaddaUSBhubandconnecteverydevice youownsimultaneously.However,noneofthosethingsmakesyourcomputer runfaster.Theyjustmakeitlookbetterormakeitmorepleasurabletowork with.Ifyouwantittorunbetter,youhavetoworkfromtheinsideout. AddingmoreRAMistheeasiestwaytogetaquickperformanceboost. Youhavetopayforthat,though,andthat’snotthepurposeofthischapter. (However,ifyoucanafforditandyouhavetheroom,certainlygoright ahead.)Iwanttoshowyouhowtoincreaseperformancewithoutbuyingor installinganything.Youcanimproveperformanceinjustafewminutesby takingstepstogetyourcomputerbackintopform. Inthischapter,you’lllearnsomeofmyfavoriteperformancetricks. Thosetricksincludedeletingunnecessaryfilesandprograms,gettingridof Windowscomponentsyoudon’tuse,updatingoldandproblematicdrivers, andschedulingimportanttasks.Someofthetasksyoucanscheduleinclude usingDiskCleanup,DiskDefragmenter,andAutomaticUpdates.
CLEAN UP YOUR DRIVES I’llbetyouusuallyremembertocleanyourhouseoccasionally.Youdothis cleaningsothatyourhousedoesn’tbegintofallintoruin.It’sanecessary partoflife.Unfortunately,youmightnotremembertotakethesamecare withyourcomputer.However,it’sjustasimportant.Acleanandwell- organizedcomputerwillrunfaster,enableyoutoworkfaster,andhave additionalfreeharddrivespaceavailablewhenyouneedit.Therearetwo thingstogetridof:filesandapplications.
Ó
Rid Your Computer of Unnecessary Files
Youhavetonsoffilesyoudon’tneed;deletethemandfreeupsome harddrivespace. Everytimeyoucreateadocument,copyapicturefromyourdigital cameratoyourharddrive,downloadamusicfile,openandsavean attachmentinane-mail,createagraphic,importvideoandcreateamovie, orworkonaproject,you’resavingdataandfilestoyourharddrive.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
191
Thesefilesaccumulate,andifyouneverdeletethefilesyounolongerneed, you’reprobablywastingquiteabitofharddrivespace.Notonlythat,but thecomputermustsiftthroughallofthesefileswhensearchingfordata. Unnecessaryfilesanddataslowdownthecomputerandtakeupvaluable spaceontheharddrive. Everynowandthenyoushouldgothroughthesefilesanddeletewhat younolongerwant.It’sasimpletask,butonethattakestime.Figure9-1 showsanexampleofsomeunnecessaryfilesintheMyDocumentsfolder onmyharddisk.
9
FIGURE 9-1 You almost always have files that you can delete.
Gettingridofunnecessaryfiles,nomatterwhattheycontain,issimple:
1. ClickStart|MyComputer. 2. Selectthediskwheredataisstored.Ifthereisonlyonechoice,itis probablyC:.Iftwoormorechoicesareavailable,tryD:orE:.
192
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. OpentheMyDocumentsfolderfirst.Locateanyfileyounolonger need,right-clickit,andclickDelete.Verifythatyouwanttoperform thisactionbyclickingYeswhenprompted.Youcanalsodeletea selectedfolderbypressingDELonyourkeyboard.
4. ClicktheBackbuttonandselectMyPictures.Locateanyfileyou nolongerneed,right-clickit,andclickDelete.Verifythatyouwant toperformthisactionbyclickingYeswhenprompted.
5. ClicktheBackbuttonandselectMyMovies.Locateanyfileyouno longerneed,right-clickit,andselectDelete.Verifythatyouwantto performthisactionbyclickingYeswhenprompted.
6. ContinueinthismannertocleanoutMyVideosanddatainany foldersyou’vecreated. Inafewdays,afteryou’repositiveyoudon’tneedanythingyou’ve deleted,emptytheRecycleBin.Thefilesyoudeletedwillbeinthere,and thusonyourharddrive,untilyoudeletethempermanently. Eventhoughdeletingunnecessaryfilesisastraightforwardtask,itisoneoftenoverlooked. Performthistaskwheneveryoufeelit’snecessary.Forsomethismaybeonceamonth,for others,onceayear.
Ó
Rid Your Computer of Unnecessary Programs
Youhavetonsofprogramsyoudon’tneed,andsomeyoudon’teven knowyouhave;removethemformorepowerandharddrivespace. Okay,gettingridofunnecessaryfilesmayhaveseemedalittleobvious, butIhadtomentionitbecausemostpeopleneverdoit.Theyjustcollect andcollectandcollectuntiltheharddriveissofullthatthecomputerowner figurestheonlywayoutistopurchaseanewcomputer.Peoplecollect stuffbesidesthedatathattheycreate,though;theyalsocollectprograms andapplications.TakealookatFigure9-2;therearelotsofunnecessary programshere,asindicatedbytheRarelylabel,asignthattheprogramis notneededandcanlikelybeuninstalled. Toseewhatprogramsareinstalledonyourcomputerthatyouuserarely:
1. OpenControlPanelfromtheStartmenuorfromtheDesktop. 2. OpenAddOrRemovePrograms.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
193
9 FIGURE 9-2 Most people store unnecessary applications.
3. IntheAddOrRemoveProgramswindow,intheSortBydrop-down list,chooseFrequencyOfUse.
4. Takealookatalloftheprogramsthatareused“Rarely.”Decide whatyoucanremove.Agoodruleofthumbistheone-yearrule.If youhaven’tusedtheprograminayear,deleteit.Toeveryruleof thumbthere’sanexception,sobesureyoudon’tkillaprogramyou rarelyusebutmayneedlater. Toremoveanyprograminthelist,clickChange/Remove.Followthe promptstoremovetheprogram.Onceyou’vedeletedeverythingyouneed to,useDiskCleanupandDiskDefragmenter,asdetailedlaterinthischapter, tohelpreorganizetheitemsstillstoredonyourharddisk.
194
HARDCOREWINDOWS
CLOSE OPEN WINDOWS (APPLICATION WINDOWS THAT IS) WindowsXPshipswithallkindsofapplications,services,andcomponents thatyoumayormaynotneed.Some,likeSystemRestoreandWindows Update,areimportanttomanageandrunbecausetheykeepthesystem secure.However,some,suchasFaxServices,MSNExplorer,and NetworkingServices,maynotbenecessaryorrequiredbyyouoryour computer.Unnecessaryitemscanbedisabled,uninstalled,orotherwise immobilizedsothattheydon’tuseupharddrivespaceorsystemresources. Remember,thelessyourcomputerhastodo,thefasteritwillperform.
Ó
Get the Most from System Restore
SystemRestorewon’thelpyoumuchifyoudon’tuseit. SystemRestorecanbeusedtorestoreyourcomputertoanearliertime ifiteverbecomesunstable.Restoringthesystemtoanearliertimewillnot causelossofpersonaldata,though,meaningyouwon’tloseanydocuments, photos,movies,music,e-mail,orevenInternetFavorites.SystemRestore createsrestorepointsautomatically,andifproblemseverdooccur,you won’thavetoreinstalltheoperatingsystemtorecover.SystemRestorecan beusedtorecoverfromproblematicapplicationordriverinstallations,as wellaspartialdownloadsthatcauseacomputertohangorfail. SystemRestorecanbeaccessedfromStart|AllPrograms|Accessories| SystemTools|SystemRestore.TheinterfaceisshowninFigure9-3. ClickingSystemRestoreSettingsintheleftpanebringsupthesettings, showninFigure9-4.Inthis,therearetwodrives,C:andD:—youmayonly seeonedrive,oryoumayseemorethantwo. BecauseSystemRestoreissuchapowerfultool,considerthese additionaltweakstomakesureitworkstoitspotentialandisavailableand functionalwhenandifyouneedit:
■ AlwaysleaveTurnOffSystemRestoreOnAllDrivesunchecked.
■ Makesurealldrivesaremonitoredandthattheirstatusisdenoted asMonitoring.
■ Foreachdrive,selectthedriveandclickSettings.TheDiskSpace ToUsesettingsshouldbesettoapproximately1GB(or1000MB).
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
195
9 FIGURE 9-3 System Restore can be a life saver.
FIGURE 9-4 Configure System Restore Properties for best results.
196
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Remove Fax Services and Other Windows Components
WindowsXPrunsinthebackgroundlotsofcomponentsthatyoumay notneed,likeMSNExplorer,NetworkingServices,andmaybeeven FaxServices. Nowthatyou’vedonesomeprettyeasyhousecleaningtasks,youare readytomoveontoafewtasksthatmaynotbesoevident.Youmayhave Windowsapplicationsandservicesinstalledthatyoudon’tneed,andit wouldbetoyouradvantagetouninstallordisablethem.Iintroducedsome oftheseinChapter2,butmanyothersmaybedisabled,includingFax Services,MSNMessenger,andmore. Toseewhat’sinstalledonyourcomputer,andtodecidewhatyoumay nolongerneed:
1. ChooseStart|ControlPaneland FIGURE 9-5 Several services can be uninstalled.
clickAddOrRemovePrograms.
2. IntheAddOrRemovePrograms window,clickAdd/Remove WindowsComponents.
3. ScrollthroughtheComponents list,showninFigure9-5,and selectanyitemtoseeadescription ofit.ThisfigureshowsFax Servicesselected,andits descriptionstatesthatitallows faxestobesentandreceived.If youdonotuseyourcomputer asafaxmachine,uncheckthis item.Youcanalwaysrecheckand reinstallitlater,ifyoudecideit’s necessary.
4. Selectanothercomponentfromthelist.SomeofferaDetails button,whichyoucanclicktoseemoreinformation.Accessories AndUtilitiesisoneofthecomponentsthatoffersaDetails button.Thiscomponenthastwosubcomponents:Accessories andGames.BothchoicesagainofferaDetailsbutton.Figure9-6 showstheoptionalsubcomponentsofAccessories.Althougheach subcomponentissmallinsize,disablinglotsofthemwilloffera performanceboost.Youcanalsodisableitemsyoudonotwant otheruserstohaveavailable,suchasDesktopWallpaper.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
197
5. Considerdisablingoruninstalling thefollowingifyoudonotneed them,andclickNextwhen finished:
■ IndexingService
■ InternetInformation Services
■ MSNExplorer
■ OtherNetworkFileAnd PrintServices
■ WindowsMediaPlayer
■ WindowsMessenger FIGURE 9-6 Disable subcomponents
UPDATE DRIVERS Nowthatyou’vecleanedupalittlebit,let’stalkaboutdrivers.Driversare thesoftwarethatenablesyourhardwaretocommunicatewithyourcomputer, andviceversa.Withouttheappropriatedrivers,youwon’tbeabletoscan, print,downloadpicturesfromyourdigitalcamera,communicatewithyour webcam,orevenuseyourwirelessmouse.Whenyougetanewcomputer andinstallyourperipherals,youalsoinstalltheirdrivers.Usually,Windows XPknowswhatdriverstoinstallanddoessoautomatically,butsometimes youhavetoinstallthedriverfromadiskthatcamewiththehardware. WhenparticularhardwareisnotonMicrosoft’sHardwareCompatibility List(HCL),itsdriversarenot“signed.”Signeddrivershavebeenthoroughly testedbyMicrosoftandhaveproventoworkproperlywithWindowsXP.Ifa driverisnotsigned,you’lllikelyhavedifficultiesrelatedtoit.Thecomputer may“bluescreen,”asituationwherethecomputercompletelycrashesandall youseeisabluescreenwithsomegibberishwrittenonit,thehardwaremay notworkproperly,orthecomputermaysimply“actup.”Manytimes,these problemsoccurevenwhenyouarenotusingthedevice.Whenthishappens, it’sextremelydifficulttolocatetheproblem. Thesolutiontosuchproblemsistoalwayskeepyourdriversupdated andkeepaneyeoutforproblems(andwhentheyhappen).Makesureall ofyourhardwareisonMicrosoft’sHCLtoo.Stayingupdatedmayentail downloadingdriverupdatesfromtheWindowsUpdatewebsite,obtaining themfromthemanufacturer,orevenpurchasingthem.Updateddriverskeep yourcomputerinthebestshapepossible,notonlybyhelpingthehardware
9
198
HARDCOREWINDOWS
andcomputercommunicateeffectively,butbyalsoofferingmoresecurity, improvedfeatures,andenhancedperformance.Whenproblemsoccurwith drivers,useEventViewertosearchforanswers.
Ó
Event Viewer Can Tell You What’s Wrong
EventViewerisanapplicationthatgathersinformationabout thehardwareandsoftwareonyourcomputerandlogserrorsand problems;youcanusethelogsastroubleshootingtools. EventViewer,anapplicationthatispartofWindowsXP,bothHome andProfessional,logssignificanteventsautomatically.Youcanviewthe loggedeventstotroubleshootproblemswithhardware,software,and theoperatingsystem.Theeventsrecordedhavetodowiththreethings: applications,security,andthesystemitself.EventViewerusesthis informationtocreatethreelogs:Application,Security,andSystem.
■ Applicationlog Offersinformationaboutpotentialproblemswith applications,suchaserrorsreadingfromprogramfilesorproblems obtainingupdatesforantivirussoftware.
■ Securitylog Offersinformationabouteventsregardinginvalid logonattemptsandcreating,opening,anddeletingfiles,allof whichmaybepotentialsecuritythreats.
■ Systemlog Offersinformationaboutdriversandsystemcomponents, suchasfaileddrivers,failuresofhardware,orbadblocksofmemory.
Eachlogcontainsthreetypesofentries:Error,Warning,andInformation. Errorsaresignificantproblems,thosethatcancausedataloss,suchasdriver failuresormemoryorharddriveproblems.Warningsarenotasproblematic, butmayindicatepossiblefutureproblems.Informationentriesareeventsthat describesuccessfulevents,suchasthesuccessfulloadingofadriveronbootup. Toseewhatproblems,ifany,existonyourcomputer,you’llwantto perusetheselogsoccasionally.Systemlogsofferthemostinformationabout drivers,andthusareagoodplacetostart.However,inthenameofkeeping thecomputersecure,youshouldalsogetusedtolookingovertheSecurity logsoccasionallyaswell.Toseeifanyproblemsexistwithdriversonyour computer:
1. ChooseStart|Searchand,intheSearchbox,typeAdministrative Tools.
2. OpentheAdministrativeToolsfolderandclickEventViewer.Thisis showninFigure9-7.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
199
9 FIGURE 9-7 Locate Event Viewer in Administrative Tools
3. SelectSystem,clicktheTypecolumnheadingintherightpane,and locatetheerrors.AnexampleisshowninFigure9-8.
4. TheSourcelistinggivesahinttotheproblem.Double-clickany errorlistingtoseeanexplanation.Figure9-9showsanexampleof aproblemwithaprinterdriver.Thisparticularproblemhastodo withtheEpsonStylusC-84printerinstalledonthiscomputer.The PowerDriverisunknown,andthesuggestionistoreinstallthe driver.There’salsoalinkformoreinformation.
5. Clickthelinkofferedtoobtainmoreinformation.ClickYestosend theinformationovertheInternet.
6. Ifyou’relucky,you’llbeofferedmoreinformationonsolvingthe problem.Thisisn’talwaysthecase,though.
7. ReinstallthedriverfortheproblemdeviceoruseWindows Updatetoseeifanewoneisavailable.Youshouldalsocheckthe manufacturer’swebsiteforinformationrelatedtotheproblem.
200
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 9-8 Locate errors in Event Viewer
YoucanlearnquiteabitfromEvent Viewer’slogs.Note,however,thatthedefault sizeforeachlogis512KB,andwhenthatis reached,newereventsstartoverwritingolder ones.Forthatreason,youshouldcheckthe logsweekly.Youalsocanincreasethesizeof thelog:
1. InEventViewer,right-clickthelogto changeandclickProperties.
2. IntheSystemPropertiesdialogbox forthelog,underLogSize,typeina largerlogsize.
3. ClickOK.
FIGURE 9-9 Event Viewer details problems and offers solutions.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
Ó
201
Find Any Driver on the Web
Driversshouldbeascurrentaspossible,andtherearelotsofplaces ontheWebtofindupdatedones. Driversthatarenotsignedanddriversthatarenotup-to-dateare dangerouspiecesofsoftware.Unrulydriverscancauseyourhardwareor softwaretohang,causeyourprintertoprintgarbledtext,andevencause yourcomputertocrash.Ifyouwanttoenhancesystemperformance,you needtomakeaconcertedefforttokeepyourdriversupdated.Thereare severalwaystodothis,listednextinorderfrommosttrustedtoleast:
■ WindowsUpdate
■ Manufacturer’swebsite
■ CD-ROMthatcamewiththehardware
■ Well-knownthird-partywebsitessuchashttp://www.windrivers.com
■ Messageboardsandlesser-knownthird-partywebsites
Ofcourse,ifadriverisofferedtoyouviaWindowsUpdate,it’sbeen signedandcanbeinstalledsafely.Manufacturersoffertheirdriverstoo,and althoughthesearealmostalwaysokaytoinstall,theymaynotbesigned. CD-ROMsthatcomewithyourhardwareareagoodchoicetoo,butthey typicallyareolderthanwhatthemanufactureroffersonthewebsite. Ifthepreviousthreeoptionsdon’toffernewdrivers,andifyourcomputer ishavingproblemswithanexistingdriver,youcantrywell-knownthird-party websitessuchasWinDriver.com,DriverGuide.com,andPCDrivers.com.On thesesites,youcanviewdriversthatmayhavebeencreatedforanotherpiece ofhardwarebutthathavebeentestedandproventoworkonothers.Users writecommentsabouteachdriver,offeringapersonaltouch.Finally,drivers canbeobtainedfromothersites,suchasmessageboardsandlesser-known third-partywebsites,butthisshouldbealastresort.
Ó
Use Device Driver Rollback
Ifyoutryadriverforahardwaredeviceanditdoesn’tworkas expected,useDeviceDriverRollbacktoreverttothepreviousdriver. Whenyouinstallanewdriver,WindowsXPautomaticallycreatesa backupoftheolddriverforyou,justincasethingsgoawry.Whenused, DeviceDriverRollbackrevertsyourcomputertotheoriginaldriveryou
9
202
HARDCOREWINDOWS
wereusingbeforethechange.TouseDeviceDriverRollback,youmustfirst locatethehardwareinDeviceManager. TolocatethedriverinDeviceManageranduseDeviceDriverRollback:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandclickProperties. 2. OntheHardwaretab,clickDeviceManager. 3. IntheDeviceManagerwindow,locatetheproblemdevice.Sometimes thedevicethatisn’tworkingproperlywillhavearedXbyit,as showninFigure9-10,sometimesayellowexclamationpoint,and othertimesnothing.
FIGURE 9-10 This network adapter is not functioning correctly.
4. Double-clicktheproblemdeviceandchoosetheDrivertab,shown inFigure9-11.
5. ClickRollBackDriver.ClickOKwhenfinished.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
203
Ifyourdeviceisn’tlistedinDeviceManager, whichisthecasewithprinters,scanners,and digitalcameras,youcanuseSystemRestore torollbackthedriver.UsingSystemRestore isgenerallythebestchoice.However,you canalsoworkthroughtheHelpandSupport troubleshootingwizards.Toaccessthewizards:
1. ClickStart|HelpAndSupport. 2. UnderPickAHelpTopic,clickFixing AProblem.
3. UnderFixingAProblem,selectawizard. AvailablewizardsincludePrinting ProblemsandHardwareAndSystem DeviceProblems.
4. Intherightpane,clickthe troubleshooterandworkthroughit. FIGURE 9-11 Device Driver Rollback is under the Driver tab.
OPTIMIZE THE HARD DISK ON A SCHEDULE Nowthatyou’vedonealittlecleaningandhaveyourdriversupdated,it’s timetotakealookattheharddisk.Theharddiskisthepieceofhardware yousavedatato,anditisresponsibleforholdingallofthedatayou accumulate.Therefore,it’sextremelyimportanttotakecareofit.You shouldregularlyuseDiskCleanuptogetridofunnecessaryandtemporary filescreatedbytheOS,useDiskDefragmentertokeepcontiguousfiles together,keepantivirussoftwareuptodate,andstayontopofWindows Updates.Ifyoufindallofthisdifficulttoremember,youshouldconfigure thesethingstorunonaschedule.That’sexactlywhatyou’lllearnhere. UsingScheduledTasksinControlPanel,youcanschedulealmostanything, andeitherhavetasksrunautomatically(perhapswhileyousleep)orbe remindedbyScheduledTaskstorunthemwhenyou’reatthecomputer.
Ó
Schedule Disk Cleanup
ScheduleDiskCleanupandyouwon’teverforgettorunitagain. DiskCleanupisanapplicationaccessibleinSystemToolsthathelps youridyourcomputerofunnecessaryfiles.Unnecessaryfilestakeup
9
204
HARDCOREWINDOWS
harddrivespaceandmaycauseyourcomputertoperformsluggishly. UnnecessaryfilesyoucandeleteusingDiskCleanupincludethefollowing (youmayormaynothaveallofthese):
■ Downloadedprogramfiles Filesautomaticallydownloadedtoyour computerwhenyouviewcertainwebpagesontheInternet.Theseare usuallyJavaappletsandActiveXcontrolsandaretemporary.
■ TemporaryInternetfiles Webpagesyou’vevisitedthatare temporarilysavedtoyourharddisk.Whenrevisitingapage,some ofthecontentispulledfromthesefiles,whichmakesaccessing previouslyviewedwebpagesfaster.
■ OldChkdskfiles FilefragmentsfoundandsavedbyChkdsk.
■ Offlinewebpages Webpagesyoudecidetostoreonyour computersothatyoucanviewthemlater,whenyou’reoffline.
■ MicrosoftOfficetemporaryfiles LogfilesforMicrosoftOffice usedfordiagnosticpurposes.
■ MicrosoftOfficeErrorReportingtemporaryfiles Filesthat aretemporarilysavedforreportingtoMicrosofterrorsthathave occurred.
■ Officesetupfiles InstallationfilesusedbyMicrosoftOffice.Itis recommendedyoudonotdeletethesefilesunlessyoucaneasily accesstheMicrosoftOfficeCD-ROMswhenneeded.
■ RecycleBinfiles Filesyouhavepreviouslydeletedfromyour computer.
■ Temporaryfiles Filescreatedbythird-partyapplicationsforuse duringtheoperationofthatprogram.Thesearegenerallydeleted whentheprogramexits,butnotalways.
■ WebClient/Publishertemporaryfiles Acacheoffilespreviously accessedontheharddisk.Theyareusedtoincreaseperformance.
BecauseDiskCleanupissuchavaluabletool,andbecausemanypeople failtorunitonaregularbasis,it’sbesttoscheduleDiskCleanuptorunon adailyorweeklybasisautomatically.ThiscanbedoneinControlPanel, usingScheduledTasks.BeforeconfiguringittoruninScheduledTasks, though,youhavetorunDiskCleanuponcetoconfiguretheparameterswith whichitwillruninthefuture.Thefollowingstepsexplainhow.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
205
1. ChooseStart|AllPrograms|Accessories|SystemTools|Disk Cleanup.
2. Ifmultipledrivesexist,youarepromptedtoselectadrivetoclean up.SelectthedriveandclickOK.
3. Checktheitemsyouwanttodelete,similartotheexampleshownin Figure9-12.ClickOKwhenfinished.ClickYestoverifythatyou wanttoperformtheseactions.
9
FIGURE 9-12 Select the items to delete
DiskCleanupalsooffersanoptiontocompressoldcatalogfilescreatedbytheIndexing Service.Compressingfilesyoudon’tuseoftenwillsavediskspace.IfyouusetheIndexing Service,checkthisbox. Next,youhavetomakesurethatapasswordisassignedtoan administratorwhoaccessesthecomputer—theonewhowillconfigure DiskCleanup—sothatDiskCleanupcanverifythatithaspermissionbefore running:
1. OpenControlPanel,andopenUserAccounts. 2. Verifythatatleastoneadministratoraccountrequiresapassword.If onedoes,you’llseePasswordProtectedundertheaccount.Ifnone does,youmustconfigureone.
206
HARDCOREWINDOWS
3. Toconfigureapassword,clickChangeAnAccountandselectan accounttochange.
4. ClickCreateAPassword. 5. Typeandretypethenewpassword.ClickCreatePassword. Figure9-13showsfouraccounts.JoliBallewisacomputeradministrator, andheraccountispasswordprotected.Cosmoisalimiteduser,andher accountispasswordprotected.TheAdministratoraccountispassword protected,andtheGuestaccountisoff.Eithercomputeradministrator accountcanbeusedtoconfigureScheduledTasks.
FIGURE 9-13 Password protect at least one administrator account
Onceyou’veconfiguredDiskCleanupwiththeproperparametersand haveapassword-protectedadministratoraccount,youcanrunScheduled TasksandconfigureDiskCleanuptorunautomatically:
1. ChooseStart|ControlPanel.IfinCategoryview,clickPerformance AndMaintenanceandthenchooseScheduledTasks.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
207
2. IntheScheduledTaskswindow,clickAddScheduledTask.The ScheduledTaskWizardwillopen;clickNexttostartthewizard.
3. W henprompted,asshownin Figure9-14,scrolldowntoDisk Cleanup,selectit,andclickNext.
4. NamethetaskDiskCleanup,and specifyhowoftentoperformthetask. Onceaweekisfine.ClickNext.
5. Chooseastarttime,statewhento performthetask,andspecifyastart date.ClickNext.
6. Enterandconfirmthepasswordfor youraccount.ClickNext.
7. ChooseOpenAdvancedPropertiesForThisTask WhenIClickFinish,andthenclickFinish.
FIGURE 9-14 Configure Disk Cleanup as a Scheduled Task
8. Verifythatthescheduleandotherpropertiesare correct,andmakechangesasnecessary.Makesurethetaskis enabled(checkEnabled),andviewtheoptionsundertheSettings tab.ClickOK. Thetaskwillnowrunonascheduleandkeepyourcomputerclean automatically.
Ó
Schedule Disk Defragmenter
Yourharddrivesshouldbedefragmentedacoupleoftimesayear. Whenafilethatiswrittentotheharddiskisdeleted,itleavesagapof availablespaceontheharddisk.Thenextfilethatiswrittentothediskis savedtothefirstopenspotonthedisk,whichmaybethegapleftbythe deletedfile.Ifthenewfiledoesnotfitcompletelyinthegap,thepartthat fitsisstoredinthegapandtheremainingfragmentisstoredinthenext openspot.Thefilemaybefragmentedintomanychunks,ifnecessary,tofit inopengaps.Whentheharddiskhastolocateallthepartsofafragmented filebeforedisplayingit,thefiletakeslongertodisplaythanitwouldifthe filewerenotfragmented.Thisdecreasesthecomputer’sperformanceand slowsitsresponsetouserrequests.DiskDefragmenterisanapplicationthat reordersfilefragmentssothatcompletefilesarestoredcontiguouslyonthe disk,whichimprovethecomputer’sperformanceandresponsiveness.
9
208
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Becauseoftheimportanceofkeepingfilestogether,it’simportantto runDiskDefragmenterafewtimesayear(ormore).AswithDiskCleanup, youcanuseScheduledTaskstoremindyouwhenit’stimetodothis.By default,youcan’tscheduleDiskDefragmenter,anditisn’tlistedasan option,soyouhavetocheatthesystemalittleandusetheniftytrickI’ll showyouhere. TotrickScheduledTasksintorunningDiskDefragmenter:
1. OpenControlPanelandthenopenScheduledTasks.(Ifyou’reusing Categoryview,clickPerformanceAndMaintenancefirst.)
2. ClickAddScheduledTask.ClickNexttostartthewizard. 3. DiskDefragmenterwillnotbeavailableintheApplicationlist (shownearlierinFigure9-14).ClickBrowse.
4. Ontherootdrive,generallyC:,browsetoWindows|System32| defrag.exe,asshowninFigure9-15.Donotchoosedfrg.msc. (Youmayormaynotseethefilenameextensions.)ClickOpen.
FIGURE 9-15 Locate the Disk Defragmenter executable file
5. NamethetaskDiskDefragmenter,andselectMonthly.ClickNext. 6. Chooseastarttime(e.g.,atnightjustbeforeyougotobed),and selecttwotofourmonthsoftheyear.Selectthedayofthemonthto runthetask.Figure9-16showsaworkableschedule.ClickNext.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
209
7. Enterandconfirmthepasswordfor youraccount.ClickNext.
8. SelectOpenAdvancedProperties ForThisTaskWhenIClickFinish, andthenclickFinish.
9. Verifythatthescheduleandother propertiesarecorrect,andmake changesasnecessary.Makesure thetaskisenabled(checkEnabled), andviewtheoptionsunderthe Settingstab.ClickOK. Thetaskwillnowrunonthisschedule anddefragmentyourdriveautomatically.
Ó
FIGURE 9-16 Configure Disk Defragmenter to run a few times a year
Schedule Antivirus Software Updates
Scheduleantivirussoftwaretogetupdatesandrunscanstomake sureyou’realwaysprotected. Withyourcomputernowsettoautomaticallyperformtasks,it’stime toconfigureyourantivirussoftwaretodothesame.Forthemostpart,this isdoneinsidetheantivirussoftwareitself,andyouconfigureitwhenyou installtheapplication.Ifyouhavea“fullservice”package,onethatalso letsyouscanforWindowsproblems,optimizeperformance,andperform systemmaintenancetasks,youmaywanttoconfigurethosetorunona scheduletoo.Itcan’thurttoscanyoursystemandfindandfixerrorsonce amonth. Figure9-17showsthetasksscheduledforasamplecomputer.Disk CleanupandDiskDefragmenterareconfigured,asaretwoNortonAntiVirus tasks.Inaddition,OutlookExpressisconfiguredtoruneverytimethe computerbootsup.Ifyoudon’tseetheseinyourScheduledTasksfolder, yourantivirusoroptimizationsoftwareisn’tscheduledtorunasitshould. ToconfigureScheduledTaskstorunantivirusoroptimizationsoftware onaschedule:
1. OpenControlPanelandthenopenScheduledTasks.(Ifyou’reusing Categoryview,clickPerformanceAndMaintenancefirst.)
2. ClickAddScheduledTask.ClickNexttostartthewizard.
9
210
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 9-17 Antivirus software should run on a schedule.
3. UnderApplication,locatetheprogramtorun.Figure9-18shows NortonWinDoctor.ClickNext.
4. Namethetask,andselecthow oftentoperformit.ClickNext.
5. Chooseastarttime,andselect whentorunthetask.ClickNext.
6. Enterandconfirmthepasswordfor youraccount.ClickNext.
7. SelectOpenAdvancedProperties ForThisTaskWhenIClickFinish, andthenclickFinish.
8. Verifythatthescheduleandother
FIGURE 9-18 Locate the antivirus or optimization software to run
propertiesarecorrect,andmake changesasnecessary.Make surethetaskisenabled(check Enabled),andviewtheoptions undertheSettingstab.ClickOK.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
211
Thetaskwillnowrunonthisschedule,usingtheparameterssetforit thelasttimeyouranit.
Ó
Schedule Windows Updates
ThereareseveralwaystoscheduleWindowsUpdates,including throughScheduledTasksorfromSystemProperties. WindowsUpdate,introducedbrieflyinChapter5,isanautomaticservice thatcanbeusedtokeepyourcomputerconfiguredwiththelatestMicrosoft servicepacksandupdates.IfAutomaticUpdatesisenabled,yourcomputer willautomaticallydownloadtherecommendedupdatesandinstallthem,at atimeconvenientforyou.Youcanalsoconfiguretheservicetodownload updatesbutnotinstallthemuntilyou’reready;configuretheservicetoonly notifyyouwhenupdatesareavailable;ordisabletheservicecompletely. IthasbeenmyexperiencethatconfiguringAutomaticUpdatesto downloadupdateswhentheyareavailableandinstallthemautomatically worksbestformostpeople.Theseupdatesneedtobeinstalled,becausethey repairproblemsandglitcheswiththeoperatingsystem,plugsecurityholes inInternetExplorerandOutlookExpress,andevenintroducenewControl Paneliconsandoptions,asistrueforServicePack2.Configuringthisto happenautomaticallyreducesthechancesyou’llforgettodoitentirely. Notallusersneedallupdates.Ifyouconsideryourselfapoweruser,youmaywanttolook overeachupdatebeforeit’sinstalled.Ifthat’sthecase,fromtheAutomaticUpdatestab, chooseDownloadUpdatesForMe,ButLetMeChooseWhenToInstallThem. However,ifyouneedallthecomputingpoweryoucangetwhenyou’re workingorgamingorconnectedtotheInternet,configuringtheupdates todownloadandinstallatnight(orsomeotheridletime)maybeabetter option.Ifyouwanttotalcontroloverwhatisdownloadedandinstalled onyourcomputer,thenchoosetohaveAutomaticUpdatesnotifyyouof updates,butneverdownloadorinstallthem.Thatway,youcandecide whichupdatesyouwanttodownloadandinstall.Alloftheseareoptionsin SystemProperties. Asmentioned,thereareseveralwaystogettherequiredupdates:
■ Visithttp://www.windowsupdate.comandmanuallylookfor operatingsystemanddriverupdates
■ ConfigureAutomaticUpdatesinSystemPropertiestomeetspecific criteria
■ ConfigureAutomaticUpdatestorunusingScheduledTasks
9
212
HARDCOREWINDOWS
GettingupdatesfromthewebsitewasdetailedinChapter5,sohereI’ll discusstheothertwooptions. ToconfigureSystemPropertiestoacquireAutomaticUpdatesusingthe criteriayouspecify:
1. OpenControlPanelandthenopenSystem.Ifyou’reinCategory view,choosePerformanceAndMaintenanceandthenopenSystem.
2. InSystemProperties,clicktheAutomaticUpdatestab.Ifyou installedServicePack2asrecommendedinChapter5,you’llsee what’sshowninFigure9-19.(Ifyouhaven’tgottenSP2yet,you’ll havethesamefeaturesforthemostpart,buttheinterfacewillbe different.)
FIGURE 9-19 Automatic Updates is located in System Properties.
3. Therearefourchoices,asdetailedearlierinthissection.Selectthe choicethatbestsuitsyourneeds,andconfigureadayandtimeif required.ThesetupinFigure9-19isthebestoption.
4. ClickOKwhenfinished. SystemPropertiesonlyallowsyoutoscheduleautomaticdownloadseverydayoroncea week.Tocreateadifferenttypeofschedule,useScheduledTasks.
CHAPTER 9: Improving System Performance
213
ToconfigureAutomaticUpdatesasaScheduledTask:
1. OpenControlPanelandthenopenScheduledTasks.(Ifyou’reusing Categoryview,clickPerformanceAndMaintenancefirst.)
2. ClickAddScheduledTask.ClickNexttostartthewizard. 3. UnderApplication,selectWindowsUpdates.ClickNext. 4. Choosewhentoperformthetask.AswithSystemProperties,you canchoosetoperformthetaskdailyorweekly.UnlikeSystem Properties,youcanchoosetorunthetaskmonthly,onetimeonly, eachtimethecomputerstarts,oreachtimeyoulogon.Figure9-20 showstheoptions.ClickNext.
9
FIGURE 9-20 Scheduled Tasks offers more options for acquiring updates.
5. Ifapplicable,chooseastarttime,andselectwhentorunthetask. (Thiswon’tbeanoptionifyouchosetorunthetaskwhenthe computerstartsorwhenyoulogon.)ClickNext.
6. Enterandconfirmthepasswordforyouraccount.ClickNext. 7. SelectOpenAdvancedPropertiesForThisTaskWhenIClick Finish,andthenclickFinish.
8. Verifythatthescheduleandotherpropertiesarecorrect,and makechangesasnecessary.Makesurethetaskisenabled(check Enabled),andviewtheoptionsundertheSettingstab.ClickOK.
214
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Thetaskwillnowrunonthisschedule,usingtheparameterssetforit thelasttimeyouranit. Nowthatyouhaveyourcomputerintip-topshapeandrunningefficiently, andhavetasksscheduledtorunautomatically,it’stimetotakeevenmore control.Inthenextchapter,you’lllearnhowtodomorethanjustimprove systemperformance;you’lllearnhowtoimprovemediaperformance.Allof thetopicsinthenextchapteraredesignedtobefunanduseful—personalizing WindowsMediaPlayer,editingmetafiledata,creatingamobilepicture library,commandingMediaPlayerwithyourvoice,andmore.Staytuned!
CHAPTER 10
MEDIA PERFORMANCE AND FUN
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
216
HARDCOREWINDOWS
N
owthatyou’veimprovedsystemperformance,networkedallofyour computers,anddonequiteafewthingsIconsiderwork,youshould takeafewminutestohavealittlefunwithmedia.WindowsXPofferslots ofopportunitiestoworkwithmedia,includingapplicationsforworking withphotography,music,andvideo. Inthischapteryou’lllearnbothhowtoenhancemediaapplication performanceandhowtogetmorefromyourownindividualpiecesof media.Forphotobuffs,you’lllearnhowtoresizephotosmoreefficiently, createslideshowsforCDs,andcreateavideolibraryyoucantakewithyou anywhere.MusicandvideobuffswilldiscoverhowtoeditWindowsMedia Player’smetadataandhowtopersonalizetheMediaPlayer.Forallmedia users,I’llshowyouhowtogetthebestmediaperformancepossiblefrom theMediaPlayer,howtosecureit,andhowtobackupallofyourmedia.
PHOTOGRAPHY Gettingstartedwithdigitalphotographyusuallymeansfillingyourharddrive withphotosfromyourdigitalcamera.Followingthat,there’sgenerallysome editing,perhapssomee-mailing,someprintingofphotos,andmaybeeven usingyourimagesasdesktopbackgrounds.Youcandoalotmore,though, andthissectionexploressomeoftheoptions,includingnewandefficient waystoresizeyourimagestomakethemeasiertotransmitandstore;howto createslideshowsyoucanburntoaCDandopenonanycomputer;andhow tocreateamobilevideopicturelibraryforyourhandheldPCorothermobile device. ThissectionassumesthatyouknowhowtodownloadandinstallsoftwarefromtheInternet, andthatyouhavepreviousexperiencewithdigitalpicturesandtheMyPicturefolderoptions.
Ó
Resize Images Easily
UsethefreeImageResizerPowerToytoresizeimagesonthefly, withoutthehassleofopeningthemfirst. Mostpeopleconfiguretheirdigitalcamerastotakepicturesusingthe highestqualitypossible.Whilethisdoesindeedproduceabetterimage,it alsoproducesalargefile.Thelargefilesizecanbecomeaproblemwhen imagesneedtobee-mailedordisplayedonawebsite(thetransferover phoneorcablelinestakestoolong),archivedtoCDs(largefilestakeuptoo muchroom),orusedinanimage-editingprogram(unnecessarilylargefiles bogdownimage-editingprograms).
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
217
Youcanresizeimagesinalmostanyimage-editingprogrambyopening theprogramandchangingthefile’spropertiesorattributes.InMicrosoft Paint,forinstance,youcanopentheimage,clickImage|Attributes,and, intheAttributesdialogbox,typeinthenewwidthandheightandstate whetherthosedimensionsareininches,centimeters,orpixels.Other programsoffersimilaroptions.Thisprocedureisinconvenient,though, becauseyouhavetoopeneachimageseparately,andtheentireprocess couldtaketwoorthreeminutes(ormore)perpicture.Ifyouneedtoresize severalimages,perhapsall100recentlydownloadedfromyourdigital camera,theprocesscouldendupanall-daychore. There’saneasierway.TheImageResizerPowerToy,availablefrom http://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/pro/downloads/powertoys.asp, allowsyoutoresizesingleimageswithoutopeningthem,andisextremely easytodownload,install,anduse.Ittakeslessthanfiveminutestodownload overadial-upconnection,andinstallsvirtuallybyitself.Onceinstalled,it allowsyoutoresizeimageswithafewclicksinsteadofseveral,andyou won’tevenhavetoopentheimage. TousetheImageResizerPowerToyonceinstalled(remember,it’sfree):
1. Locatethepictureorpicturestoresizeonyourharddrive.Theymay beinMyPictures,orinsomeotherfolderyou’vecreated.
2. Selectoneormorepictures.Toselectnoncontiguouspictures,hold downtheCTRLkey;toselectcontiguouspictures,holddownthe SHIFTkey.
3. Right-clicktheimage(s).Clickthenewentryinthecontextmenu, ResizePictures.
4. IntheResizePicturesdialogbox,shown inFigure10-1,selectthenewimagesize andclickAdvanced.IntheAdvanced options,decidewhetheryouwantto makeacopyoftheimageorresizethe originalpicture.Toresizetheoriginal, selectResizeTheOriginalPictures (Don’tCreateCopies).Tomakeacopy oftheimageandresizeonlythatcopy, checkthatbox.ClickOK. Theimageswillberesizedautomatically,andifcopieswere created,theywillappearinthesamefolderastheoriginals.Otherwise, theoriginalimageswillberesized.
FIGURE 10-1 Choose the file size
10
218
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Create Slideshows Anyone Can Watch
CreateaslideshowandburnittoaCD;anyone,evenaWindows95 user,willbeabletowatchit(anditwillalmostalwaysopen automatically,too). Slideshowsaren’twhattheyusedtobe;younolongerhavetodragout theprojectorandtheslides,that’sforsure.Youcanwatchaslideshowquite easilyonyourcomputerusingtheoptionsavailableinWindowsXP’sMy PicturesfolderorusingWindowsPictureandFaxViewer.Unfortunately, youcan’tdistributeyourfavoriteslideshowstoothersquiteaseffortlessly. They’retoobigfore-mail,andifyouburnthemtoaCD,there’sno guaranteeyourviewerswillknowwhattodotoviewitastheslideshow youintended.Thus,sharingyourfavoriteslideshowrequiresalittlemore thought,andoneextrapieceoffreesoftware. TheCDSlideShowGeneratorPowerToy,availableathttp://www .microsoft.com/windowsxp/pro/downloads/powertoys.asp,addsanoption toWindowsXPCDWritingWizardtocreateaslideshowoftheimages burnedontheCD.YoucanruntheslideshowonWindows2000,Windows NT,WindowsMe,andWindows9xsystems.Forthemostpart,theCDis automaticallyplayedwhentheuserplacestheCDintheCD-ROMdriveas well.AswiththeImageResizerPowerToy,thedownloadandinstallationis quickandpainless. OncethisPowerToyisinstalled,it’seasytocreateaCDthatanyonecan watch,onethatcontainsyourfavoriteimagesinaslideshow:
1. Openthefolderthatcontainsthepicturesyouwanttoincludein yourslideshow,andverifythattheyareintheorderinwhichyou wantthemtoappear.Youcanmovepicturesintoaneworderby dragginganddropping.
2. ChooseEdit|SelectAll,andthenEdit|Copytocopytheimages. 3. PlaceaCD-RorCD-RWintotheappropriatedrive. 4. OpenMyComputerandtheCD-RorCD-RWdriveandclickEdit| Paste.Makesureyouareonlycopyingpictures,though—the slideshowwon’tknowwhattodowithWorddocuments.
5. IntheCDWritingTaskspane,showninFigure10-2,clickWrite TheseFilesToCD.
6. WhentheCDWritingWizardopens,typeanamefortheCDand clickNext.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
219
FIGURE 10-2 Write files to the CD
7. WorkthroughtheCDWritingWizard.Optionsmaydifferhere dependingonothersoftwareinstalledonyoursystem.Afewpages in,you’llseea“DoYouWanttoMakeAPictureCD?”pagethat’s insertedbytheCDSlideShowGeneratorPowerToy,withoptionsto includethepictureviewerortowritetheCDnormally.ChooseYes, AddAPictureViewerandclickNext. YoucannowsharethisCDwithanyonewhoownspracticallyanyPC, nomatterwhatWindowsoperatingsystemituses.TheCDwillautomatically startandthepictureswillbeautomaticallydisplayedasaslideshow.
Ó
Create a Mobile Picture Library
Useyourdigitalphotos,MovieMaker2,andyourPocketPCor desktopPCtocreateavideophotomontagethatyoucanshare. Whenpeopleasktoseephotosofyourkids,don’tjustopenyourwallet andflashafewphotos;that’ssobeen-there-done-that.Instead,turnonyour PocketPCandshowthemavideomontageofyourfamily.Ifyouknow how,youcanevenaddmusicandnarration.AllyouneedareWindowsXP, MovieMaker2,andyourownPocketPC. Ifyoudon’thaveaPocketPC,youcanstillshareyourphotomontage easily.Asdetailedinthissection,youcansavethephotomontagetoyour harddriveandthene-mailitorburnittoaCD.Eitherway,it’sagreatway tosharephotos. It’shelpfultohavesomeknowledgeofMovieMaker2beforestartingthisproject.
10
220
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Thereareafewthingstoacquireandtodobeforeyoustart:
■ Decidewhatimagesyouwanttousefromyourdigitalphotolibrary andinwhatorderyouwanttoaddthem.Putallimagesintoasingle folderbydragginganddropping.
■ Ifyouwanttoplayasongasbackgroundforyourphotomontage, copythesongtotheharddrive.
■ Ifyouplantonarrateyourphotomontage,connectandinstall amicrophone.
■ Ifyouwanttousespecialeffects,titlepages,creditpages,etc.,in MovieMaker2,acquireorcreatethem.
Whenalloftheitemsareavailableonyourharddriveandyou’reready tocreateyourphotomontage:
1. ChooseStart|AllPrograms|Accessories|WindowsMovieMaker. MakesuretheTaskPaneisaccessiblebyclickingView|Taskpane.
2. IntheMovieTaskspane,underCaptureVideo,clickImportPictures. 3. IntheImportFilewindow,locateandselecttheimagestoimport. Remember,youcanselectmultiplenoncontiguouspicturesor contiguouspicturesbyholdingdowntheCTRLkeyorSHIFTkey, respectively.ClickImportoncetheimageshavebeenselected. TheimageswillappearintheCollectionspaneofMovieMaker2, showninFigure10-3.
4. SelectthefirstimageintheCollectionspaneandchooseEdit| SelectAll.
5. DragtheselectedimagestotheStoryboardorTimeline.Theresult fortheStoryboardisshowninFigure10-3. Importingmusicandnarrationisachievedinthesamemanner,byclicking ImportAudioOrMusicintheMovieTaskspane.You’llwanttohavesome experiencewithMovieMaker2ifyouplantodothis.Youcanaddbothmusic andnarration,oronlynarration,oronlymusic.Ifyoudecidetonarrateyour photomontage,youneedtoverifythatyourmicrophoneispluggedinand working,andthenworkthroughafewstepstorecordyouraudio. Onceyouhaveyourimagesinthecorrectorderandyouraudioadded (andanytransitionsand/oreffectsapplied),you’rereadytocreatethemontage. Inreality,thisisamovie.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
FIGURE 10-3 Add images to Storyboard or Timeline
1. IfyouhaveaPocketPC,connectittotheUSBport(orappropriate port)onyourcomputerandverifythatitisrecognized.
2. InMovieMaker2,intheMovieTaskspane,underFinishMovie, selectSaveToMyComputer.(Ifyouplantoe-mailit,chooseSend InE-Mailinsteadandworkthroughthewizard.)
3. IntheSaveMovieWizard,namethemovieappropriately.Choose whereonyourharddrivetosavethefileandmakeanoteofthe location.ClickNext.
4. IfyouplantosavethemovietoyourPocketPC,clicktheOther Settingsradiobutton,asshowninFigure10-4,andselectfrom thedrop-downlistthechoicethatbestmatchesyourPocketPC’s hardwareandsoftware.ThehigherthechoiceforKbps,thehigher thequalityandlargerthefile.ClickNext.
5. Ifyouplantosavethemovietoyourharddrive,chooseBestQuality PlaybackOnMyComputer(Recommended).ClickNext.
221
10
222
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 10-4 Make the appropriate file type choice
6. Waitwhilethemovieiscreated.Afteritiscreated,closeMovie Maker2.
7. LocatethemovieonyourharddriveanddragittoyourPocketPC’s iconinMyComputer.YoucanalsoburnthemovietoaCDby draggingittoyourCD-RorCD-RWdrive.
8. ThemoviewillbeplayedonyourPocketPCinWindowsMedia Player. YoucanplaytheslideshowsavedtoyourharddriveonyourownPCbydouble-clickingit. ItwillopenandplayinWindowsMediaPlayer. YoumaywanttoplaythemovieonyourPCbeforetransferringittothe PocketPC.Ifthemovieisn’twhatyou’dhopedfor,you’llhavetoopenthe projectagainandeditthat;youcan’teditamovieonceit’sbeencreated. Ifyoudecidetoedittheprojectfileandcreateanothermovie,makesure youdeletetheunwantedmoviefilefromyourharddrive.Otherwise,you’ll haveawholeslewoffilesyoudon’twantorneedtakingupvaluablehard drivespace.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
223
WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER WindowsMediaPlayeristheapplicationthatshipswithWindowsXPfor playingmusicandvideo.Itopensautomaticallywhenyouchoosetoplay eithermusicoravideo.WhenconnectedtotheInternet,WindowsMedia Playerevenretrievesinformationaboutcurrentlyplayingmediaautomatically. Inthissection,youlearnhowtohavemorefunwithWindowsMediaPlayer, includinghowtoeditthedatathat’sretrievedandhowtoaddyourown.You’ll alsolearnhowtopersonalizetheMediaPlayersothatitworksforyou,and nottheotherwayaround. WindowsMediaPlayerhasbeenupdatedseveraltimes.TheversionthatshipswithWindows XPisn’tthelatest.IfyoustartWindowsMediaPlayerandseeamessagethatanupdateis available,byallmeansgetit.YoucanalsocheckforupdatesfromHelp|CheckForPlayer Updates.Inthissection,I’llbeusingWindowsMediaPlayer10.
Ó
Edit Media Player Metadata
Personalize,add,andreplacesonglyrics,titles,coverart,andother albuminformationwhenitismissing,incomplete,orincorrect. WhenlisteningtomusictrackswithWindowsMediaPlayer,youhave theoptiontoviewinformationaboutthetrack,theartist,andthealbum.You canevenviewthealbum’scoverartorlyricsiftheinformationisavailable. ThisinformationisobtainedautomaticallyifyouareonlineandifWindows MediaPlayercanaccessthedatafromoneofitsdatabases(hostedby WindowsMedia.com). Sometracksandalbumshavequiteabitofdataavailable;othershave noneorverylittle.Thelatterisespeciallytrueifyouareplayingatrack oralbumyoucreatedyourselfwithyourownband,orifthemusicisfrom aneworobscurebandthatfewpeoplehaveheardof.Inaddition,some tracksoralbumsmaysimplyhavewrongoroutdatedinformation,ormaybe youhavetheinsidescooponthebandandhavesomeinsideinformation currentlyunavailableonline. Whenthishappens,youcaneditand/oraddtheappropriatedatato WindowsMediaPlayeryourself,andmakeitavailableeachtimeyouplay thesong.Youcanaddoredittoyourheart’scontent,andchangevirtually anydataassociatedwithatrackoralbum.Editingtheinformationisn’t justcosmetic,though;whenyoucreateautoplaylists,theinformationthat WindowsMediaPlayerfindsiswhatituses.Ifasongiscategorizedinthe wronggenre,forinstance,thatsongwillneverplaywhenanautoplaylistis createdandplayedforthatvarietyofmusic.
10
224
HARDCOREWINDOWS
ToinputinformationintoWindowsMediaPlayerthatyoudeemcorrect, includingitemsthataremissing:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayerfromStart|AllPrograms|Accessories| Entertainment|WindowsMediaPlayer.
2. ClicktheLibrarytab.(Inotherversions,clicktheMediaLibrarytab.) 3. Locateasonginwhichdataneedstobechanged,eitherfrom aplaylist,analbum,acomposer,agenre,oranyothercategory available.
4. Right-clickthetrackandselectFindAlbumInfo.Makesureyou’re connectedtotheInternet.
5. Readtheinformationoffered.Toeditanyinformation,clickEdit, showninthelowercenterofFigure10-5.(Dependingonthesong selected,youmayalsobeofferedEditTrackInformation.)
FIGURE 10-5 Windows Media Player 10 offers an Edit option.
6. Makechangesasdesired.ClickNextwhencomplete.ClickFinish.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
225
YoucanalsoeditusingtheAdvancedTagEditor.Justright-clickany songandchooseAdvancedTagEditor.IntheAdvancedTagEditordialog box,showninFigure10-6,youcanmakechangestogenre,tracktitles, tracknumbers,albumname,artistinformation,lyrics,andmore.
10
FIGURE 10-6 The Advanced Tag Editor and genre choices
Therearemanyotherwaystoeditwhat’sshowninWindowsMedia Player.Inthenextsection,you’lllearnonemoreway.
Ó
Use Ratings to Create Personalized Playlists
Youcanapplyratingstosongstocreateplayliststhatareautomatically createdbasedonyourlikesanddislikes. Bydefault,eachtimeyouaddasongtotheMediaLibrary,it’s automaticallyassignedaratingofthreestars.Theseassignedratingschange automaticallybasedonhowoftenyouplaythesong;that’sallintegrated intotheMediaPlayer.Usingtheratings,youcancreateautoplayliststhat changeasoftenasyourtastesinmusicdo.However,youdon’thavetobe
226
HARDCOREWINDOWS
stuckwiththeautomaticratingsgiventosongs,orwaitfortheMediaPlayer toupdatethemafteryouhaveorhavenotlistenedtothemtherequired numberoftimes.Youcanratesongsyourself. Torateanysong:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayerandclicktheLibrarytab(orMedia Librarytab).
2. Selectthesong(s)torate,right-click,andpointtoRateSelectedItems. 3. Selectaratingforthesong(s).You’llhavechoicesrangingfromone startofivestars. Whilethisisn’tadifficultconcept,thethingsyoucandowithyour assignedratingscanbequitecomplex.Asanexample,youcanclassify yourstarratingsystemtomeansomethingotherthanhowmuchyoulike ordislikeasong.Youcanusethestarratingstodenotespecificcategories ofmusic,suchasmusicthatyouplaywhenyouhaveapartyorwhen you’reworking.Youcanthenuseyourpersonalizedratingsystemtocreate innovativeplaylists.(Onceyou’veratedasong,theratingoverridesany ratingthatWindowsMediaPlayerwouldeverapply.) Hereisanexampleofapossiblestarratingsystemyoucoulduse:
■ O nestar Musicthatyougotosleepto,softrock,ormusicthat relaxes.
■ T wostars Musicthatyoucanlistentowhileyouwork,while cleaningthehouse,orwhenguestsarepresentandyouneedalittle backgroundmusic.
■ T hreestars Musicthatyoulistentooften,yourfavoritetracks, andmusicyouwakeupto.
■ F ourstars Musicthatyouplayatparties,danceto,orputon whensingingkaraokewithfriends.
■ F ivestars Musicthatishardcore,metal,grunge,orrap.
Youcanalsocreateratingsifyouareaprofessional(orwannabe)DJ,by ratingmusicbygenressuchasmusicthatissuitableforweddingreceptions, funerals,graduationparties,birthdayparties,andsimilargatherings.Once you’veratedyoursongs,creatinganautoplaylistbasedonthosesongsiseasy:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer,choosetheLibrarytab,andselect AutoPlaylists.
2. Right-clickAutoPlaylistsandselectNew.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
227
3. IntheNewAutoPlaylistdialogbox,showninFigure10-7,name thenewplaylist.
4. UnderMusicInMyLibrary,click. SelectAutoRating.
5. Selectthenewentry,IsAtLeast,andsetthecriteria.InFigure10-7, thecriteriahasbeensettoAutoRatingIs3Stars.ClickOKwhen finished.
10 FIGURE 10-7 The New Auto Playlist offers an auto rating choice.
PERFORMANCE AND SECURITY WindowsMediaPlayer’sperformanceandsecuritycanbeenhanced. WindowsMediaPlayer10willdragalong,hangup,andevenclose unexpectedlyifthecomputerisboggeddownwithothertasks.CDand DVDburningsoftwaremightcreateacoasteroutofyourrecordableCD andDVDifyoulistentostreamingvideooreditapicturewhileburning it.TogetthemostfromWindowsMediaPlayer,youhavetoknowhowto tweakitforbestperformance.You’lllearnsomewaysinthissection. SecuringtheMediaPlayerisimportant,too.Thismightnotevercross yourminduntilyoufindthatyourkidshavemadetheirwayintoyourmedia libraryandhavewatchedyourR-ratedDVDs!Insteadofwaitingforthatto happen,youcansetparentalcontrolsonyourDVDs.Youalsocantakesteps toprotecttheidentityofyourselfandyourfamilywhileusingWindows MediaPlayeronline.
228
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Ó
Common Sense Tricks for Better Performance
Makesureyourcomputerisn’tboggeddownwithothertaskswhile you’reusingtheMediaPlayer. Oneofthemajorreasonscomputershaveproblemsandperformpoorly isthattheysimplyhavetoomuchtodo.Themesandscreensaversthat usesystemresources,andprogramsandfilesthattakeupvaluablehard drivespace,cancauseperformanceproblems.Whencleaningupyour computertoenhanceperformance(refertoChapter1),makesureyou’ve dealtwiththesethingsappropriately.Turnoffthemesandsystem-intensive screensaversthatrequirecomputationsorlotsofvideomemory,uninstall programsyoudon’tneedandnolongeruse,andridyourharddriveof unnecessaryfiles. Anotherreasonmediahangsup,freezes,orperformspoorlyisthat theapplication,inthiscaseWindowsMediaPlayer10,needsallofthe resourcesitcangetitshandson.IftheapplicationneedsRAM,andyou’re usingwhatavailableRAMyouhavetoprintalargedocumentorperform acomplicatededitinPhotoshop,performancewillcertainlysuffer.Use alittlecommonsense;don’ttrytorenderamoviewhileatthesametime you’reburningaDVD,andmakesureyourapplicationsaregettingthe attentiontheyneedfrombothRAMandtheprocessor. Youcanalsoenhancecomputer,andthusmedia,performancebymaking sureyoudon’thaveunnecessaryprogramsrunninginthebackgroundthat youdon’tknowaboutorneed.Ifyou’vedownloadedalotofprograms, shareware,freeware,orthird-partyapplicationsfromtheInternet,chances areyou’regoingtobemorethanalittlesurprisedatwhatyoufindrunning behindthescenes. YoucanusetheSystemConfigurationUtilitytoseewhatisrunningin thebackground.Toopenthisutility:
1. ClickStart|Runand,intheRundialogbox,typemsconfig.exe. 2. ClicktheStartuptabandscrolldowntothebottomofthelist,as showninFigure10-8.
3. Uncheckitemsyounolongeruse.InFigure10-8,I’veunchecked, amongothers,TrayMinimizerandWallpaperChanger,twoPowerToy programsItried;Emomail,athird-partye-mailingprogram;and TweakMaster,asharewareprogramthathasexpired.Youcankeep itemsyouwant,though;I’vekeptFullShot7,andmsnmsgr(MSN Messenger).
4. ClickOKandrestartthecomputer.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
229
FIGURE 10-8 Disable unwanted programs
Ifyou’reeverunsureaboutwhatanitemdoes,aquicksearchonGoogle fortheentrywillgenerallyproduceresults.Searchingforoneentryonmy computer,SisUSBrg,Googleofferedupinformationthatthisparticular entryisasound-carddriver.Itwouldmakesensethatthisisanecessary component. Whenremovingitems,choosetheitemsoneatatime,restartthecomputer, andverifythatyoudon’tgetanyerrormessages.Ifthecomputerrunsfine, returnhereanddeleteanother. Don’tuninstallanythingyouaren’tfamiliarwith.WindowsXPneedsRUNDLL32,for instance.Onlyuninstallwhatyourecognizeandknowyoudon’tneed.
Ó
You’re the Parent
Ifyoudon’twantyourkidswatchingwhatyouwatchandviewing whatyouview,setparentalcontrols. IfyouhaveWindowsuseraccountsandpasswordssetupforeveryone whoaccessesyourcomputer,youcanusetheDVDratingsincludedon DVDdiskstocontrolwhichuserscanaccessandwatchwhatDVDs.The MotionPictureAssociationofAmericaratesDVDsasG,PG,PG-13,R, NC-17,andNotRated.Ifyousetparentalcontrols,anythingthatisrated higherthanwhatyouspecifywon’tbeplayedunlesstheviewerhasavalid administratoraccountandpassword.
10
230
HARDCOREWINDOWS
ToenableparentalcontrolsinWindowsMediaPlayer:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer.Right-clickthetitlebar,pointto Tools,andclickOptions.
2. IntheOptionsdialogbox,clicktheDVDtab. 3. ChecktheParentalControlbox,andthenselectarating,asshown inFigure10-9.
FIGURE 10-9 Set parental controls
4. ClickOK.
Ó
Protect Your Identity
Don’tletyouridentitygounprotected. WindowsMediaPlayerisprettysecureasis,andbeforeyoustart worryingaboutonlineidentitytheft,IwanttoclarifythattheMediaPlayer neversendsanyoneanypersonallyidentifiableinformationaboutyouto anywebsitesitvisits.However,someinformationissentouttotheInternet whenyou’reloggedonandusingWindowsMediaPlayer,andyoushould knowwhatitis.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
231
WhenplayingCDsandDVDswhileonline,WindowsMediaPlayer connectstotheInternetandreturnsinformationaboutthemediayou’re playing,suchasthesongsincludedontheCD,albumcoverart,artist information,DVDinformation,andmore.However,Microsoftdoesn’t knowwhatmusicyoulistentoorwhatvideosyoudownloadandwatch.For thosewhoarenotcompletelyreassuredbythatstatementandwanttofeel evenmoresecure,I’veincludedthissection. Youcanconfiguretheoptionstobealittlestricterthanthosesetby default.Doingsowillallowyoutohaveasayinexactlywhat(ifany) informationissenttoMicrosoftoranythird-partymusicsites.Toseeyour privacyoptionsandperhapschangethem:
1. OpenWindowsMediaPlayer,right-clickthetitlebar,andchoose Tools|Options.
2. ClickthePrivacytab.Oneoftheoptions isSendUniquePlayerIDToContent Providers.Informationitsendsisn’t personallyidentifiable,butitmaysend informationaboutconnectiontime, IPaddress,OSversion,MediaPlayer version,playeridentificationnumber,date, protocol,andsoforth.Thepurposeof this,ofcourse,istoprovideyourcontent providerwithinformationthatwillhelp itserveyoubetterandgiveyouabetter experienceandhigher-qualityoutput. However,ifsendingthisinformationseems intrusive,youcandisableit.Figure10-10 showstheoptions.
3. Anotheroptionthatyoucandisableis UpdateMusicFilesByRetrievingMedia InfoFromTheInternet.Whenthisis checked,anditisbydefault,theMediaPlayerwillattempt FIGURE 10-10 The Privacy tab offers personalization toobtaininformationaboutyourCDsandDVDsfrom options for the Media Player. WindowsMedia.com,includingartistname,trackname, andsimilardata.Informationaboutyourmusicwillbe gatheredandsenttoadatabase,forthepurposeofenhancingyour musicalexperience.Ifyoudonotwanttoshareinformationabout yourCDsandDVDs,andyoudonotwanttoobtaininformation fromWindowsMedia.com,uncheckthisbox.
10
232
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. IfyoueverwanttoclearMediaPlayer’sHistory,clickClearHistory onthePrivacytab.
5. ToclearcachesforCDs,DVDs,anddevices,clickClearCaches.
BACK UP YOUR MEDIA Asmentionedseveraltimesthroughoutthisbook,backingupdataisextremely important.Youknowyoushouldbackupyourimportantfilesregularly,and thatincludesyourpictures,music,andvideos.Manypeoplesimplydrag anddropthefolderstoanexternaldriveoruseCDburningsoftwaretoburn theirdatatoCDs.Unfortunately,thiswayofbackingupleavesyouwide openforprocrastinating,andmanytimes,thejobsimplyisn’tdone. WindowsXPProfessionalcontainsabackuputilitythatcanhelpyouin yourquestforregularbackups.WindowsBackupUtilityhelpsyoubackup automatically,andonaschedule.And,althoughitdoesn’tletyouburnto CDs,therearewaysaroundthat,makingtheBackupUtilitytheperfectoption forthosewhoneedalittleremindereveryweek.IfyouhaveWindowsXP Home,youcanstillusetheBackupUtility,youjusthavetoinstallit.
Ó
Using Windows Backup Utility in Windows XP Home
IfyouhaveWindowsXPHome,you’reprobablywonderingwhere theBackupUtilityis;followthestepsheretoinstallit. TheBackupUtilitythatisnativetoWindowsXPProfessionalisn’t includedbydefaultinWindowsXPHomeEdition.IfyouhavetheHome Edition,you’llhavetotakesomestepstoinstallitmanually. IfyouhaveWindowsXPHomeandtheWindowsXPHomeEdition CD-ROM(notarestoreCD):
1. PlacetheWindowsXPHomeEditionCD-ROMintotheCD-ROM drive.
2. Whentheprogramopens,clickExit. 3. OpenMyComputerandlocatetheCDdrive. 4. Right-clickthedrive’siconandclickExplore. 5. OpentheVALUEADDfolder. 6. OpentheMSFTfolder,andthenNTBACKUP. 7. Double-clicktheNtbackup.msifileandworkthroughthewizard. Whencomplete,clickFinish.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
Ó
233
Creating a Backup for Media Only
TheBackupUtilitycanbeusedtocreatevarioustypesofbackups, includingonejustformedia. Whilefullbackupscanbequiteuseful,sometimesyoujustneedtoback upyourmediafiles.Whencreatingthistypeofbackup,youbrowsetoall ofyourmediafiles,nomatterwheretheyarestored,andselectthemfor backup.Thefilesdon’thavetobeononlyonedrive,andtheycanbebacked upfromNetworkPlaces.Onceyouconfigurethebackup,youcanschedule ittorunatatimethat’sconvenientforyou. Tocreateabackupformediaonly:
1. OpentheBackupUtility,locatedintheAllPrograms|Accessories| SystemToolslist.Bydefault,itopensinWizardMode.Forthe purposesofcreatingthetypeofmediabackupyouwanttocreate here,youshouldstarttheprograminAdvancedMode.Ifawizard starts,closeit.Figure10-11showswhattheinterfaceshould looklike.
FIGURE 10-11 Backing up media in Advanced Mode
10
234
HARDCOREWINDOWS
2. OnceinAdvancedMode,choosetheBackuptab.Fromhere,you cancreateabackupthatisspecificonlytothemediastoredonyour computer.Expandeachdriveandlocateandcheckallfoldersthat containmedia.
3. FortheBackupMediaOrFileNameboxlocatedatthebottomof theBackuptab,clickBrowseandlocateaplacetopermanentlyor temporarilystorethebackup.Later,youcandraganddropthefile toanotherdriveortoaCDorDVD.
4. ClickStartBackup,readthechoices,andclickStartBackupagain. You’llneedtomakeachoiceaboutthetypeofbackupbasedon whetheryouprefertocreateanewbackupeachtimeorappendthe datatotheoldbackup.Iprefertocreateanewbackupeachtime, butittakeslonger.
5. Oncethebackupiscreated,youcansaveitasajobforfutureuse. ClickJob|SaveSelectionAs.NametheselectionMedia. Thenexttimeyouwanttorunthejobmanually,clickJob|Media.bks,thesavedselection inStep5. Keepingyourbackupsonanexternalharddriveisaprettysafeway tokeepthem.Thatis,untilthere’safireorflood,inwhichcasehaving savedthemtoaCDandputtheminanotherroomorhomemayavoidsome additionalanguish.ToburntoaCD,simplylocatethebackupanddragand dropittoyourCD-RorDVDburner.Ifthere’severadisaster,you’llbe gladyoudid.
Ó
Creating a Schedule
Schedulingbackupsisonewaytomakesureitgetsdone. Oneofthebestwaystoguaranteeyou’llremembertocreateregular backupsistoschedulethem.Inthiscase,youwanttocreateaschedulefor thesavedjobjustcreated,whichyounamedMedia.Schedulingbackupsis achievedusingawizard,andthewizardwalksyouthroughallrequiredsteps. Tousethewizardtocreateascheduledbackupforthelatestjob,Media:
1. OpentheBackupUtility,locatedintheAllPrograms|Accessories| SystemToolslist.Bydefault,itopensinWizardMode.Asin thepriorsection,forthepurposesofcreatingthetypeofmedia backupyouwanttocreatehere,starttheprograminAdvanced Mode.Ifawizardstarts,closeit.Figure10-11inthepriorsection showswhattheinterfaceshouldlooklike.
CHAPTER 10: Media Performance and Fun
235
2. OnceinAdvancedMode,choosetheBackuptab. 3. ClickJob|Media.bks,thejobcreatedinthelastsection.Ifyoudid notcreateajob,selectthefoldersthatcontainmediatobackup.
4. ClicktheScheduleJobstab. 5. SelectAddJob,andclickYestousethefilescurrentlyopen. 6. ClickNexttostartthewizard,andclickNextagaintoacceptthe selectedfilesandfolders.Chooseaplacetosaveyourbackupand createanameforit.ClickBrowsetochoosealocation,andclick Openwhenyouhavefoundthelocation.Figure10-12showsthe resultsoftheseactions.ClickNext.
10
FIGURE 10-12 Tell the wizard where to save the files and what to name them
7. OntheTypeOfBackuppage,selectNormal.ClickNext.(For moreinformationabouttypesofbackups,seetheHelpfiles.)
8. OntheHowToBackUppage,checkVerifyDataAfterBackup. Leavetheotherboxesunchecked.ClickNext.
9. OntheBackupOptionspage,choosetoappendthedatatoan existingbackuporcreateanewbackupandreplacetheoldone. Ipreferthelatter.ClickNext.
10. OntheWhenToBackUppage,selectLater,namethejob,and clickSetSchedule.Figure10-13showstheScheduleJoboptions.
236
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 10-13 Set a schedule for the backup
11. Setthedesiredschedule.Figure10-13showsmine. 12. ClickOKandinputanadministratornameandpassword.ClickOK. 13. Verifytheinformationiscorrect,finishthewizard,andclickClose. TheBackupUtilitywillnowrunautomaticallyandbackupyourdataon aschedule. Nowthatyou’vegottenyoursystemandmediaperformanceintiptopshape,it’stimetomoveforwardandlearnexactlyhowtobeatrue administrator.Administrativetasks,ifyou’reonetotweak,canbequite interesting.Inthenextchapteryou’lllearnsomeofmyfavorites,including settingupauditingofevents,managingusersandgroups,configuring alocalsecuritypolicy,andviewingin-depthsysteminformation.These taskscanreallygetyourcomputersecureandkeepitthatway—andthat’s securityfromyourkids,unintentionalharmfromvisitors,andevenfrom yourspouse!
CHAPTER 11
BUILT-IN UTILITIES AND ADMINISTRATIVE TOOLS
Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
238
HARDCOREWINDOWS
W
indowsXPProfessionalcomeswithlotsofadministrativetools andbuilt-inutilities,butonlyafewoftheseutilitiesareavailablein WindowsXPHome.That’sbecauseXPProfessionalistheeditionusedby smallbusinessesandlargecorporationswhoneedtheaddedfunctionality. TheadministrativeoptionsinWindowsXPProfessionalgiveadministrators morecontrolovertheoperatingsystem,allowthemtocreateandcontrol usersandgroups,andletthemmonitorwhologsonandwhen.These optionsalsoallowadministratorstologsecurityeventsandother activities,andlimitwhathappensifausertypesinthewrongpassworda predeterminednumberoftimes.Becausehomeusersdon’tgenerallyneed thisfunctionality,WindowsXPHomedoesnotincludeallofit. Ifmultipleusersaccessyourcomputer,ifyourcomputerisinapublic place,ifyourcomputerisnotsecureatnight(perhapsacleaningcrewcomes in),orifyouhavefamilymembersorguestsyoudon’twantaccessingyour computer,youmaywanttoconsiderupgradingsothatyoucanhavethese addedfeatures. Inthisfinalchapter,I’lldiscusssomeofthetoolsandbuilt-inutilities, someavailableinbothXPHomeandXPProfessional,andothersonly availableinXPProfessional,includingthosethatenableyoutocreategroups ofusers,assignpermissionsandmanageshares,takeadvantageofsecurity auditingandmakesenseofthelogs,configurepasswordrequirementsand createtheirsecurityrules,andacquirein-depthsysteminformation.
MANAGING USERS AND GROUPS Ifmultipleusersaccessasinglecomputer,whichmightoccurinabusiness oralargehousehold,youmaywanttoassignyouruserstoagroupand managethegroupasoneunit,insteadofmanagingeachuserseparately. Managingagroupoftenusersisfarmoreefficientthanmanagingthoseten usersindependently.Withagroup,youhavetoassignpermissions,rights,and rulesonlyonce,nottentimes.It’salsoeasiertoaddamembertothegroup, asanymemberinthegroupisassignedthesamepermissionsandrightsasall theothermembersautomatically.It’saone-stop-administratingexperience.
Ó
Create a Group
Administeringagroupofusersiseasierandmoreefficientthan administeringeachuserindependently. Tocreateagroup,youfirstneedtohaveafewusers.Userscan becreatedinUserAccounts,accessedthroughControlPanel.Onceyou havecreatedmultipleusers,youcanaddthemtoagroupforeasy administration.
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
239
Thereareseveralbuilt-ingroupsyoucanchoosefrom,oryoucancreate yourown.Eachofthebuilt-ingroupsalreadyhasspecificpermissions appliedtoit.Forexample,membersofthePowerUsersgroupcancreate useraccounts,createlocalgroups,andaddorremoveusersfromgroups. MembersoftheGuestsgroupcannotdoanyofthesethings.Therearealso built-ingroupsforadministrators,backupoperators,andgeneralusers.In thissection,though,you’llcreateanentirelynewgroup. TheHelpandSupportFilesofferlotsofinformationaboutbuilt-ingroupsandtheir permissions. Tocreateanewgroupandaddusers:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandclickManage. 2. IntheComputerManagementconsole,expandLocalUsersAnd Groups.ClickUserstoseealloftheuserscreatedonthecomputer. Youmayseeusersyoudidn’tcreate,andthat’snormal.TheHelp Assistantisconsideredauser,asareothers.Ignoreextraneoususer accountsthatyoudidnotcreate.
3. ClickGroupstoseethebuilt-ingroupsalreadycreated,asshownin Figure11-1.Youcanadduserstoanyofthesegroupsorcreateyour own.Built-ingroupshavespecificpermissionsandrightsalready assignedtothem.
FIGURE 11-1 There are several built-in groups you can add users to.
11
240
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. Tocreateanewgroup,right-clickGroupintheleftpaneandclick NewGroup.
5. IntheNewGroupdialogbox,createagroupnameanddescription. 6. ClickAdd. 7. IntheSelectUsersdialogbox,enter theuseraccountnamesforthe memberstoadd.Separatemembers bysemicolons.Figure11-2showsan example.
8. ClickCheckNames.Thenameswill beautomaticallyformattedusing thesyntaxnecessary.ClickOK. Figure11-3showstheresultinggroup. FIGURE 11-2 Choose who will be in the group
FIGURE 11-3 A new group with three members
9. ClickOK. Whenyouadduserstoabuilt-ingroup,thatgrouptakesonthe permissionsalreadyassignedtothatgroup,asmentionedbefore.Butwhat aboutgroupsyoucreate?That’salittledifferent.Permissionsforgroups you’vecreatedaredetailedinthenextsection.
Ó
May I Have Permission, Please?
Newlycreatedgroupsalreadyhavepermissionsassignedtothem, butwhatarethey? Membersyouaddtogroupsyoucreatealreadyhavepermissions assignedtothem,becausetheyareautomaticallyassignedtothegeneric
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
241
group,Users,also.Bydefault,membersofUsers,andthusthemembersin yournewgroup,alreadyhavespecificpermissionsandcanalreadyperform specifictasks. MembersoftheUsersgroupandanypersonalizedgroupyoucreatecan dothefollowing:
■ Runapplicationsinstalledonthecomputer
■ Useallprintersconnectedtothecomputerorthenetwork
■ Turnoffthecomputer
■ Lockaworkstation
■ Createtheirownlocalgroups
■ Modifythegroupsthey’vecreated
■ Removealaptopfromadockingstation
However,memberscannotsharedirectoriesorshareprinters. AlthoughIdon’tsuggestthatyoudothis,onlybecauseitcomplicates troubleshootingwhenthingsgoawry,it’scertainlypossibletochangewhat anybuilt-ingrouporanygroupyou’vecreatedcanandcan’tdo,bychanging thedefaultpermissionsintheLocalSecurityPolicyconsole.Forinstance, onlymembersoftheAdministratorgroupcanchangethesystemtime,back upfilesanddirectories,installdevicedrivers,manageanauditingorsecurity log,restorefilesanddirectories,andperformamyriadofothertasks.However, ifyouneedyournewlycreatedgroupmemberstohavepermissiontoback upandrestorefiles,youcancertainlymakethatchange.Onthereverseside ofthat,membersofyourgroupcanperformtasksyoumaynotwantthemto beableto,suchasundockingacomputerorshuttingitdown.Youcanchange thisbehaviortoo. Tochangethedefaultpermissionsforyourgrouporanyother:
1. OpenControlPanel|AdministrativeTools|LocalSecurityPolicy. 2. ExpandLocalPoliciesandselectUserRightsAssignmenttolocate theitemtochange.Figure11-4showsanexample.
3. Intherightpane,locatetheparticularpolicytochange,and double-clickittoopenitsPropertiesdialogbox.
4. Toaddagroupandallowapolicy,clickAddUserOrGroup.To removeagroupanddisallowthepolicy,clickRemove.In Figure11-5,I’llclickAddUserOrGroup,andaddmynewly createdgroup.Membersofthatgroupwillthenbeabletobackup filesanddirectoriesasneeded.
5. ClickOKwhencompleteandclosetheLocalSecuritySettings console.
11
242
HARDCOREWINDOWS
FIGURE 11-4 Locate the policy to change for a specific group or to add a group who can perform it
FIGURE 11-5 Adding a group enables the members of the group to perform the task.
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
Ó
243
Manage Shared Files and Folders
Yoursharedfolderscanbeintricatelymanaged;specificgroupscan beallowedordisallowedaccesstothem. WhenSimpleFileSharingisturnedoff,as detailedinChapter8,youcanusethegroupsyou’ve createdtohelpprotectthesharedfilesandfolders onyourcomputer.Asasmallbusinessowner,this mightmeanallowinggeneralemployeesaccessto specificfoldersthatcontainthedatatheyneed,while notallowingthemtoaccessthecompany’sprofitand lossstatements.Youcanmanagethelatterbyonly allowingadministratorsaccess.Asamotherorfather, youcanaddyourkidstogroupswithlimitedaccess. Youcanthenconfigurethisgrouptoallowaccessto thesharedfoldersofpicturesandmusic,butnotto thesharedfolderthatcontainsvideos. Toallowordisallowaspecificgroupaccessto asharedfolder:
1. Right-clickthesharedfoldertoamendand chooseSharingAndSecurity.
2. VerifythatShareThisFolderisselectedand asharenameisconfigured.ClickPermissions.
FIGURE 11-6 Remove the Everyone group if you want to intricately manage the folder
3. InthePermissionsdialogbox,shownin Figure11-6,selecttheEveryonegroupand thenclickRemove.Tointricatelymanagethis folder,youcannotallow“everyone”accesstoit.
4. Toaddaspecificgroup,clickAdd. 5. IntheSelectUsersAndGroupsdialogbox, typethenamesofthegroupstoadd.Only membersinthegroupsaddedcanaccess thefolderoncethisisdone.Separategroup nameswithasemicolon.ClickCheckNames, andthenclickOK.
6. BackinthePermissionsdialogbox,select yourgroupandlookatthedefaultpermissions. Changethemasdesired.Figure11-7showsan example.
7. ClickOK.ClickOKagaintoclosethe Propertiesdialogbox.
FIGURE 11-7 New groups are configured
11
244
HARDCOREWINDOWS
YoucanalsosetadvancedsecurityoptionsfromtheSecuritytab,available inthesharedfile’sPropertiesdialogbox.Yousawthistabandthisdialog boxduringStep2earlier.Formoreinformation,viewtheHelpandSupport files.
LOCAL SECURITY POLICY You’vehadafewlessonsinlocalsecuritypoliciesthroughoutthisbook, butnoneaddressinglogonandpasswordsecurity.Thesearecalledaccount policies,andtheyallowadministratorstocreaterulesforusersregarding passwordageandlength,complexity,andwhetherornotuserscanuse previouslyconfiguredpasswords.Administratorscanalsodecidewhattodo ifandwhenauserhasaspecificnumberoffailedlogonattempts,including whetherornottheywillbelockedoutofthecomputerand,ifso,forhowlong. Thesepoliciesarenotsetbydefault.Ifmultipleusersaccessthe computerandyouwantpasswordstobeassecureaspossible,consider creatingpasswordpolicies.Ifthecomputerisavailabletocleaningcrews, children,thepublic,employees,orstrangerswhenyouaren’taround,you shouldstronglyconsidercreatingpoliciesthataddressaccountlockout whenfailedlogonattemptsaremade.Awould-behackerwon’tgetveryfar iftheygetlockedoutforanhourafterthreefailedlogonattempts.And,if auserreallydoesforgetthepassword,youcanresetitquickly.
Ó
Configure Password Requirements
Complexpasswordshelpsecurethecomputerforeveryonewhousesit. AllaccountpoliciesaresetinLocalSecurityPolicy.TolocateLocal SecurityPolicy,openControlPanel|AdministrativeTools|Local SecurityPolicy.IntheLocalSecuritySettingsdialogbox,expandAccount PoliciesandselectPasswordPolicy. Tosetanypolicy,simplydouble-clickitandmakethechangesdesired. Therearesixoptionsinaworkgroup,butonlyfiverelatetoworkgroups:
■ E nforcePasswordHistory Withthisenabled,userscannotuse oldpasswords(uptothelast24).
■ M aximumPasswordAge Withthisenabled,usersmustchange theirpasswordafteraspecificnumberofdays.
■ M inimumPasswordAge Withthisenabled,usersmustwait aspecificnumberofdaysbeforechangingtheirpassword.
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
245
■ M inimumPasswordLength Specifieshowlongthepassword mustbe.
■ P asswordMustMeetComplexityRequirements Requiresusers tocreatepasswordsthatcontainatleastsixcharacters,upper-and lowercaseletters,atleastonenumber,andanonalphanumeric character,suchasaquestionmark.
Eachofthesepoliciescanbecreatedindependently.Youcanhave amaximumpasswordageforinstance,withoutrequiringthepasswordto becomplex.Youcandecidejusthowsecureyouwantusers’passwordstobe.
Ó
Configure Account Lockout
Keephackersfromloggingonbylockingtheuseroutafteraspecific numberoffailedlogonattempts. Thereareonlythreeaccountlockoutpolicies,andallhavetodowith howmanytimesausercanattempttologon,andwhathappensafterthat thresholdismet.Forinstance,youcanconfigureaccountlockoutpolicies sothatafterapersonattemptstologonthreetimes,theyarelockedoutfrom loggingonfor30minutes.After30minutes,theusercanattempttologon again.Ifauserhasforgottenhispassword,he’llhavetocometoyou,an administrator,tolethimlogonagain.You’llhavetoresethispassword. Aswithconfiguringpasswordpolicies,yousetaccountlockoutpolicies bydouble-clickingthepolicytochange.Unlikepasswordpolicies,though, whichareindependent,accountlockoutpoliciesaredependent.Ifyou configureaccountlockoutafterthreefailedattempts,youmustdefine whatwillhappenafterthelockoutoccurs.Forthatreason,it’sbesttostep throughtheproceduresystematically:
1. OpenControlPanel|Administrative Tools|LocalSecurityPolicy.
2. IntheLocalSecuritySettingsdialog box,expandAccountPoliciesandselect AccountLockoutPolicy.
3. Intherightpane,double-clickAccount LockoutThresholdtoopenthedialog boxshowninFigure11-8.Choosehow manyattemptsausercanmaketolog onbeforebeinglockedout,andthen clickOK. FIGURE 11-8 Configure logon attempts
11
246
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. ClickOKtoacceptthedefaultoptionsforlockoutdurationand resettingtheaccount,eachofwhichis30minutes.
5. Tomakeanychangestothetimelimitssetasdefaults,double-click AccountLockoutDuration.SetanewtimeandclickOK.Repeatfor ResetAccountLockoutCounterAfter,ifdesired. Ifauserhasforgottenherpasswordandcannotlogonafterseveral attempts,you’llhavetoresetthepassword.Resettingapasswordis achievedthroughtheComputerManagementconsole:
1. Right-clickMyComputerandclickManage. 2. ExpandLocalUsersAndGroupsandselectUsers. 3. Selecttheuserwhoislockedoutanddouble-clicktoopenthat user’sPropertiesdialogbox.
4. CheckUserMustChangePasswordAtNextLogon,andthenclick OK.UncheckPasswordNeverExpires,AccountIsDisabled,and AccountIsLockedOutifanyarechecked.ClickOK.
EVENT VIEWER Nowthatyouhavecompletelyrevampedhowusersobtainaccesstofiles andfolders,andhowtheylogon,it’stimetoseeifthoseusersarefollowing therulesaccordingly.Withsecurityloggingandauditing,youcanseewhat’s goingonatyourcomputerwhenyouaren’tthere. UsingEventViewer,anotherapplicationinControlPanel’sAdministrative Tools,youcanseesuccessfulandfailedlogonattempts,successfuland failedattemptstomakepolicychanges,andsuccessfulandfailedattempts touseprivileges. WindowsXPHomeEditionalsocollectsthisinformation.
Ó
See What’s Happening When You’re Not Around
Auditingletsyouseewhat’sgoingonwhenyou’renotaround, includingwhosuccessfullylogsonandwhodoesn’t. TogetthemostfromEventVieweranditslogofsecurityevents,you needtoopenEventViewer,doalittletweaking,andthendecidewhatevents
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
247
mattermosttoyou.Ingeneral,logoneventsareagoodcategorytowatch, becauseseveralfailedattemptsinthemiddleofthenightmightshowthat yourjanitorialstaffisalittletoonosy.Youmightalsolookforfailedpolicy changes,indicatingsomelargerproblemwithpoliciesorthesystemitself. You’llalsowanttodecidewhattodowhentheeventlogisfull.You caneitheroverwritetheoldesteventsorclearthelogmanually.Theformer isusuallythebetterchoice,asyoumaynotvieweventsasoftenasyou should,andmanualdeletionrequiresadditionalwork(andagoodmemory). Youcanalsoconfigureexactlywhattolog—successes,failures,orboth. Usuallybothisfine,andisthedefault. ToopenEventViewer,viewevents,changeviews,andconfigurewhat isauditedbydefault:
1. OpenControlPanel|AdministrativeTools|EventViewer. 2. SelectSecurity,asshowninFigure11-9.Scrolltoseeboth successesandfailures.
11
FIGURE 11-9 Failures need to be looked into to determine whether security is at risk.
3. Tosorteventsbysuccessesandfailures,clickType.Tosortevents bydate,clickDate.Tosorteventsbycategory,clickCategory.Use thesameprocedurefortheadditionalheadings.
248
HARDCOREWINDOWS
4. Tochangewhat’sbeingauditedfromsuccessesandfailurestoeither ornoneatall,right-clickSecurityandclickProperties.
5. IntheSecurityPropertiesdialogbox,showninFigure11-10,click theGeneraltab.Here,youcandecidehowtomanagethelogs— manuallyorautomatically.Youcanalsoincreasethesizeofthe logfile.
FIGURE 11-10 Configure defaults
6. ClicktheFiltertab.Tochangewhatisaudited,checkoruncheck SuccessAudit,FailureAudit,orboth.ClickOK.Donotclosethe EventViewer.
Ó
Make Sense of Auditing Logs
Sowhatdoesallofthatmumbojumbocollectedaboutanevent actuallymean? Lookingatafailedevent’sdataoftenwon’tprovidemuchuseful information,althoughitmightifit’salogonevent;ifit’sapolicychange event,itlikelywon’t.Sometimesit’sdifficulttomakesenseofitall. However,thereismorethanonewaytogettheinformationyouneed,and Microsoftofferscodesforeveryeventandaplacetogetmoreinformation aboutanyeventrecorded. Figure11-11showsafailedlogonattempt.ThedatewasDecember 15,2004,itwas10:44inthemorning,andthelogonfailureislistedas UnknownUserNameOrBadPassword.TheUserNameisJoliBallew,that’s
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
249
me,andthat’saboutthetimeIlogontomycomputereachmorning.This particulareventdoesnotconcernme,asitwaslikelyatypoonmypart.
FIGURE 11-11 Not all failed logon attempts are security threats.
Thenextsampleevent,showninFigure11-12,isalittledisconcerting. ItsaysthelogonattemptwasmadebyMicrosoft_Authentication_Package_ V1_0,andthere’sanerrorcode.ItalsosaysIcangetmoreinformationby clickingthelinktoMicrosoftoffered.That’susuallyagoodchoiceifyou seesomethingoutoftheordinary.AlthoughItrustMicrosoft,I’mjustnot surewhatthisis.
FIGURE 11-12 Some events are hard to diagnose.
11
250
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Afteraccessingthelinkandreadingtheinformation,Ifindthataset ofcredentialswaspassedtotheauthenticationsystembyalocalprocess,a remoteprocess,orauser.Lookingthroughthevariouscausesforthiserror, Icanpresumeanincorrectpasswordwasentered.At2:41P.M.,that’slikely thecase. Youcangetmoreinformationaboutanyeventeasily:
1. OpenControlPanel|AdministrativeTools|EventViewer. 2. ClickSecurity. 3. Locateafailedeventanddouble-clickit. 4. Readtheinformationgiven,notingtheusername,time,anddate. Seeiftherearesimilarfailedeventsrecently.
5. IntheEventPropertiesdialogbox,clickthelinktoobtainmore information.Readthedataoffered,matchingtheerrorcodes,if applicable,totheerrorcodesgivenintheHelpfiles.
6. ClickOKwhenfinished.
SYSTEM INFORMATION Thereareacoupleofplacestogetinformationaboutyoursystemwhen thingsgowrong,butit’salsoagoodideatoaccessandprinttheinformation whentimesaregood.Thatway,ifyoueverhavetotakeyourcomputerto arepairshopororderRAMorafailedpartonline,you’llbeabletoputyour handsontheinformationyouneedquickly,evenifyourcomputerwon’tboot. Inadditiontointernalhardware,it’salsoimportanttoknowwhereto findproductIDs,productwebsites,andphonenumbersfortheapplications youown,justincaseyoueverhavetodoacompletereinstallation.Thisis especiallytrueofsharewareandfreewareapplications,whosecompanies maybereluctanttoletyoudownloadtheproductagain.Andthosecompanies areoftenalsounreachable.
Ó
Get Basic System Diagnostics
WindowsXPoffersresourcesforobtainingbasicinformationinits HelpandSupportfiles. Ifyoueverneedtoknowthegeneralspecificationsofyourcomputer—for instance,themodelnumber,BIOSversion,processortype,orIPaddress— youcangettheinformationquicklyfromtheHelpandSupportfiles. MyComputerInformation,anavailableoptioninHelpandSupport,also
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
251
offersOSversioninformation,includingservicepacksinstalled,thespeed andversionofyourprocessor,andgeneralcomputerinformationsuchas systemname,workgroupname,andtimezone.Thisinformationcancomein handywhentalkingtoatechnician,orwhentryingtotroubleshootacomputer you’reunfamiliarwith. ToobtainthisinformationfromtheHelpandSupportfiles:
1. ChooseStart|HelpAndSupport. 2. UnderPickATask,clickUseToolsToViewYourComputer InformationAndDiagnoseProblems.
3. UnderToolsintheleftpane,selectMyComputerInformation. 4. Intherightpane,selectViewGeneralSystemInformationAbout ThisComputer.
5. Readand/orprinttheinformation,andthenclickBack. 6. Intherightpane,selectViewTheStatusOfMySystemHardware AndSoftware.Figure11-13showsasamplereport.
11
FIGURE 11-13 Sample status report of hardware
252
HARDCOREWINDOWS
Youcanusetheinformationinthestatusreporttodiagnoseandrepair problems.Specifically,lookforobsoletedevicedriversandforanyrequired updates.Figure11-13showsahealthysystem.
Ó
Get Advanced System Diagnostics
Thecommand-linetoolMsinfo32.exeallowsyoutoviewadvanced systeminformation. TheHelpandSupportfilesoffermuchmoresysteminformationthan introducedinthepriorsection,anditwouldbehooveyoutotakealookat what’savailable,justincaseyoueverneedit.Oneoftheitemsavailableis AdvancedSystemInformation.YoucanaccesstheinformationfromHelpand Support,althoughit’seasiertogettheinformationviatheRundialogbox. Advancedsysteminformationoffersjustaboutanythingyou’deverneed toknowaboutyourcomputer,includingthefollowing:
■ Basicinformationaboutthecomputer,asofferedintheprevious section.
■ Hardwareinformation,includinganyconflictsforresources,forced hardware,ormemoryissues.Forcedhardwareislegacyhardware, suchasnon-PlugandPlayISAnetworkcards.Olderhardwareis notoriousforcausingproblems.
■ Componentinformation,includingmultimedia,CD-ROMs,sound devices,displays,modems,networkcards,ports,storage,USBs, andproblemdevices.
■ Systeminformation,includingdrivers,signedandunsigned,running tasks,startupprograms,andmore.
■ Internetsettings,includingversions,connectivity,cache,content, andsecurity.
■ Microsoftapplications,includingMicrosoftOfficeandthe applicationsthatshipwithit. Toacquireandprintthisinformation:
1. ClickStart|Run. 2. Typemsinfo32.exeandclickOK.
CHAPTER 11: Built-In Utilities and Administrative Tools
253
3. Expandanytreetoviewitscontents.Figure11-14showsasampling.
FIGURE 11-14 System Information offers a wealth of data.
4. Toprintthereport,chooseFile|Print.
Ó
View Installed Applications’ Properties
Ifyoueverhavetoreinstallyouroperatingsystem,you’llneedthe productcodesforallofyoursoftwarehandy. Hopefully,you’llneverhaveacompletemeltdownoftheoperating system.TherearealwaysotheroptionstoreinstallingtheentireOS.Youcan trySystemRestore,runsfc/scannowatacommandprompt,andusethe troubleshootingwizardsinHelpandSupporttolocateandrepairdifficult problemswithhardware.Youcanalsouninstallandreinstallsoftwareif problemsarisewithaparticularapplication.
11
254
HARDCOREWINDOWS
However,theremaycomeatimewhenyouwillhavetodoacomplete reinstallation,oratleastreinstallthesoftwareyouown.Ifthathappens, you’llhavetoknoweachapplication’sproductID,andperhapsthe company’sphonenumberandwebaddress.Notallsoftwarecomeson aCD-ROMwiththeproductIDonthecase;quiteabitofsoftwareis downloadedfromtheInternetandIDsaresentviae-mail.Ifyounever burnedtheprogramandinstallationfilestoaCDyourself,backedthem up,orkeptalogofproductIDnumbers,you’llhavetodownloadand/or obtainthedataagain. So,howdoyouobtainallthecodesandinformationyou’llneedfor areinstallation?Well,youhavetodoalittlesleuthing,andbealittle pessimisticbypreparingfortheworst.Herearesomeplacestofindproduct IDsand/oradditionalinformation:
■ OpenAdvancedSystemInformation.ProductIDsforMicrosoft productsmaybeinthetreesunderApplicationsorinonemarked foraspecificprogram,suchasOffice2003Applications.
■ CheckforproductIDsonCD-ROMcasesandaccompanyinginserts.
■ Openeachprogramforwhichyoucan’tfindaproductIDandclick Help|AboutThisProduct(orsomethingsimilar).TheproductIDis almostalwayslistedthere.
■ ForprogramsdownloadedfromtheInternet,chooseHelp|About ThisProduct(orsomethingsimilar).
■ Somesoftware,suchasfreeware,won’thaveaproductIDcode.
Well,thataboutwrapsitup.Bynow,yourcomputershouldbe personalizedwithpicturesandscreensavers,tweakedout,andrunningjust thewayyouwantitto.Hopefully,you’reusinglocalsecuritypoliciesand administrativetoolstokeepyourcomputersafe,andmaybeyou’reeven givingworkingathomeashot.Remembertobackupregularly,keepyour updatescoming,andmakesureyourantivirussoftwareisworkingproperly. MakesureSP2isdownloadedandisconfiguredproperly,too,andthatyour kidsarealwayssafewhenonline.Happycomputingandstaytunedformore Hardcorebooks!
Index A
B
accountpolicies,244 configuringaccountlockout, 245–246 configuringpassword requirements,244–245 ActiveXcontrols,enablinginInternet Explorer,109 Ad-Aware,71–72 Administratoraccount,enablingonthe Welcomescreen,9–10 AdvancedSystemInformation, 252–253,254 adware,70–72 antivirussoftware,scheduling updates,209–211 applications.Seeprograms auditing.SeeEventViewer AutoComplete,disabling,73,74 autologon,enabling,4–5 AutomaticUpdates disabling,36 gettingServicePack2 through,101 scheduling,211–214 AutoMovie,152–155
backgrounds,usingyourownpictures, 12–13 backups e-mail,61–62 licenses,151 mediaonly,233–234 music,149–151 OutlookExpressaccountsettings, 63–64 photos,134–138 schedulingbackups,234–236 WindowsBackupUtility,232 balloontips,disabling,20 BelarcAdvisor,117–118,119 bootup configuringprogramstostart automaticallyat,7–8 gettingridofpop-ups,4
C CDSlideShowGenerator,138–139, 218–219 Compressed(Zipped)Folders,49
255 Copyright © 2005 by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Click here for terms of use.
256
HARDCOREWINDOWS
compression,47 changingthecolorofcompressed folders,50–51 increasingdiskspacewith,47–49 ContentAdvisor,66–68 ControlPanel,makingchangesto, 21–22 crossfading,147–148 CTRL-ALT-DEL,stoppingrequirement forduringlogon,24
D Desktop removingiconsfrom,24–25 usingyourownpictureasthe background,12–13 SeealsoRemoteDesktop;themes DeviceDriverRollback,201–203 DeviceManager,202–203 DirectXDiagnosticTool,125–126 DiskCleanup,scheduling,203–207 DiskDefragmenter,scheduling, 207–209 drivers DeviceDriverRollback,201–203 findingontheWeb,201 updating,197–198 usingEventViewerto troubleshoot,198–200 DVDs,settingparentalcontrolsfor, 229–230
E e-mail rules,57–59 spam,64–66 SeealsoOutlook;Outlook Express encryption,47,50 changingthecolorofencrypted folders,50–51 ErrorReportingService,disabling,37 EventViewer,198–200,246–248 increasingthesizeoflogs,200 makingsenseofauditinglogs, 248–250
F FastUserSwitching,disabling, 37–38 FaxServices,disabling,196–197 files deletingunnecessaryfiles, 190–192 sharing,174–176 SimpleFileSharing,176–180 filteringspam,65 firewalls configuringWindowsFirewall, 109–111 andgaming,127–128 FrequentlyUsedProgramslist, disallowingitemsin,17–18
Index
G gaming checkingforminimum requirementsandpotential problems,125–127 creatingahardwareprofile, 123–125 disablingservicesfor,124–125 increasingRAM,116–118 LANparties,120–122 unblockinggamesmanually, 129–130 upgradingsoundandvideocards, 118–120 andWindowsFirewall, 127–128 WindowsXPGame Advisor,127 GroupPolicyEditor,21 clearingMyRecentDocuments listonexit,23 configuringandsecuring NetMeeting,96–98 disablingGuestaccount,24 makingchangestotheControl Panel,21–22 removingiconsfromthe Desktop,25 stoppingrequirementfor CTRL-ALT-DELduringlogon,24 turningoffpersonalizedmenus, 22–23
tweakingInternetExplorer, 74–76 groups changingpermissions, 240–242 creating,238–240 sharingfilesandfolders, 243–244 Guestaccount,disabling,24
H HandwritingRecognition,removing, 41–42 hardwareprofiles,creating, 123–125 HelpandSupport AdvancedSystemInformation, 252–253,254 gettingsysteminformation, 250–252 Hotmail,65
I icons,removingfromSystem Tray,2–4 ICRA.SeeInternetContentRating Association ImageResizer,216–217 IndexingService,43 catalogs,44
257
258
HARDCOREWINDOWS
IndexingService(Cont.) checkingtoseeifrunning, 43–44 directories,44 disabling,197 queryingthecatalog,44–46 starting,44 stopping,38–39 InternetConnectionSharing, 167–168 InternetContentRatingAssociation,68 InternetEraserPro,74 InternetExplorer,66 ContentAdvisor,66–68 customizingsecuritylevels, 73,74 deletingcookiesandtemporary Internetfiles,72,73 disablingAutoComplete,73,74 enablingActiveXcontrols,109 Historyoption,68–70 restoringpre-ServicePack2 securitysettings,108–109 tweakingusingGroupPolicy Editor,74–76 InternetInformationServices, disabling,197 ipconfig/allcommand,183–185 iTunes,147
K keyboard,changingcommandkeys,20
L LANparties,120–122 licenses,backingup,151 LocalSecurityPolicy,244 configuringaccountlockout, 245–246 configuringpassword requirements,244–245 logon enablingautologon,4–5 stoppingrequirementfor CTRL-ALT-DELduring,24
M maintenance deletingunnecessaryfiles, 190–192 deletingunnecessaryprograms, 192–193 menus,personalized,22–23 Messengerservice,disabling, 39–40 mobilepicturelibraries, 219–222 mouse,changingsettings,20 MovieMaker2,152 addingbackground music,157 addingtitlesorcredits,158 addingvideoeffects, 157,158
Index addingvideotransitions, 157–158 AutoMovie,152–155 creatingmobilepicturelibraries, 219–222 importingstillpictures, 155–156 saving,159–161 MSNExplorer,disabling,197 music addingbackgroundmusicin MovieMaker2,157 automaticplaylists,140–143 backingup,149–151 creatingplaylists,144–146 crossfading,147–148 iTunes,147 licenses,151 volumeleveling,147–149 MyComputerInformation, 250–252 MyRecentDocumentslist,clearing onexit,23
N NetMeeting,93 connectingwithothers,94–96 installingandrunning,93–94 securingwithGroupPolicy Editor,96–98 networkinterfacecards,165–166
networking changingnetworksettings,185 creatinganetwork,164–165 gettingconfigurationinformation withipconfig/allcommand, 183–185 InternetConnectionSharing, 167–168 NetworkSetupWizard,121, 169–173 permissions,174 sharingfiles,folders,andmedia, 174–176 sharingprinters,180–182 SimpleFileSharing,176–180 troubleshooting,182–183 usingthepingcommandto troubleshoot,186–187 wirednetworks,165–166 Seealsopermissions NICs.Seenetworkinterfacecards NotificationArea,removingicons from,2–4 NTFScompression,increasingdisk spacewith,47–49 NTFSpermissions,174
O OtherNetworkFileAndPrintServices, disabling,197 Outlook,54
259
260
HARDCOREWINDOWS
OutlookExpress allowingHTMLcontenttoopen automatically,108 assigningrulestoe-mail, 57–59 backingupandexporting accountsettings,63–64 BlockedSendersList,66 copyinge-mailtoabackupfolder, 61–62 creatingandorganizingfolders, 55–57 creatingidentities,59–60 exportingAddressBookto afile,62 handlingspam,64–66 importingmessagesfroma backupfolder,63 importingtheAddressBook file,63 openingattachments,106–107 andServicePack2,106–108
P parentalcontrols,229–230 passwords configuringrequirements, 244–245 resetting,246 performance.Seesystemperformance
permissions,174 advancedpermissionswithout SimpleFileSharing,178–180 grouppermissions,240–242 withSimpleFileSharing,177 onWindowsXPProfessional,181 personalizedmenus,turning off,22–23 photos backingup,134–138 burningtoaCD,138–139 organizing,132–134 photomontages,219–222 resizingimages,216–217 slideshows,138–139,218–219 usingyourownphotoasthe background,12–13 usingyourownphotosasascreen saver,13–14 pictures.Seephotos pingcommand,186–187 playlists automatic,140–143,226–227 creating,144–146 SeealsoWindowsMediaPlayer Pop-ups gettingridof,4 Pop-UpBlocker,104–106 PowerToys,5 CDSlideShowGenerator, 138–139,218–219
Index ImageResizer,216–217 VideoScreenSaver,14 WallpaperChanger,13 SeealsoTweakUI printers,sharing,180–182 productIDs,viewing,253–254 ProgramCompatibilityWizard,30–32 using,32–34 programs deletingunnecessaryprograms, 192–193 viewinginstalledapplications’ properties,253–254
Q QuickLaunch addingitemsto,11 SeealsoTaskbar
R RAM,increasing,116–118 randomaccessmemory.SeeRAM recognitionservices.SeeHandwriting Recognition;SpeechRecognition RemoteAssistance choosinganassistant,78 disabling,85 gettingassistancefromane-mail contact,82–83
gettingassistancefromWindows Messengerbuddylist,79–82 givingassistance,84–85 RemoteDesktop,85–86 advancedoptions,90–93 configuringhostcomputer, 86–88 configuringlocalcomputer,88 makingtheconnection,88–89 requirements,86 resizingimages,216–217 restorepoints,194
S ScheduledTasks runningAutomaticUpdates, 211–214 runningDiskCleanup,203–207 runningDiskDefragmenter, 207–209 schedulingantivirussoftware updates,209–211 screensavers,usingyourownpictures as,13–14 security configuringaccountlockout, 245–246 configuringpassword requirements,244–245 resettingpasswords,246
261
262
HARDCOREWINDOWS
SecurityCenter,109,111–112 ServicePack2,100–101 andgaming,127–130 gettingthroughAutomatic Updates,101 manuallydownloading,102 orderingtheCD-ROM,102 andOutlookExpress,106–108 restoringprevioussecurity settingsinInternetExplorer, 108–109 SecurityCenter,109 upgradingatyourlocalcomputer store,103–104 WindowsFirewall,109–111, 127–128 WirelessNetworkSetup Wizard,109 services,34–35 AutomaticUpdates,36 ErrorReportingService,37 FastUserSwitching,37–38 IndexingService,38–39,197 InternetInformation Services,197 Messengerservice,39–40 MSNExplorer,197 OtherNetworkFileAndPrint Services,197 recognition,41–42 Themesservice,40–41
viewingfromtheServices console,35 SeealsoHandwriting Recognition;Speech Recognition sharingfiles,folders,andmedia, 174–176 ingroups,243–244 SimpleFileSharing disabling,178–180 security,176–177 slideshows,138–139,218–219 soundcards,upgrading,118–120 SP2.SeeServicePack2 spam,64–66 SpeechRecognition,removing,42 splashscreen,disabling,14–15 spyware,70–72 Startmenu,personalizing,16–18 SurfSecretPrivacyProtector,74 SystemConfigurationUtility gettingridofpop-upson bootup,4 seeingwhat’srunninginthe background,228–229 Startuptab,3 systeminformation,250–252 advanced,252–253 systemperformance advanced,254
Index systemperformance(Cont.) deletingunnecessaryfiles, 190–192 deletingunnecessaryprograms, 192–193 removingWindowscomponents, 196–197 SystemRestore,194–195 SystemTray,removingiconsfrom,2–4
T Taskbar disablingballoontips,20 tweaking,10–11 SeealsoQuickLaunch themes,26 creating,26 disabling,40–41 findinganddownloading,27–28 technicalconsiderations,28 SeealsoDesktop TopSecretCryptoGold,74 TweakUI,15–16 changingkeyboardandmouse settings,20 configuringimagequalityand thumbnailsizeinWindows Explorer,18–19 disablingballoontips,20 enablingAdministratoraccount ontheWelcomescreen,9–10
openingtheGroupPolicy Editor,21 personalizingtheStartmenu, 16–18 removingiconsfromthe Desktop,25
U updates disablingAutomaticUpdates,36 drivers,197–198 schedulingantivirussoftware updates,209–211 schedulingWindowsUpdates, 211–214 SeealsoServicePack2 users,addingtogroups,239–240
V videocards,upgrading,118–120 VideoScreenSaver,14 volumeleveling,147–149
W WallpaperChanger,13 webbugs,107–108 Welcomescreen,enabling Administratoraccounton,9–10
263
264
HARDCOREWINDOWS
WindowsBackupUtility,232 backingupmediaonly,233–234 creatingscheduledbackups, 234–236 Seealsobackups WindowsExplorer configuringimagequalityand thumbnailsize,18–19 Startupfolder,8 WindowsFirewall,109–111 andgaming,127–128 turningoff,128 unblockinggamesmanually, 129–130 WindowsMediaPlayer,139–140 AdvancedTagEditor,225 automaticplaylists,140–143, 226–227 creatingplaylists,144–146 crossfading,147–148 disabling,197 editingoraddingdata,223–225 parentalcontrols,229–230
performance,227, 228–229 privacyoptions,230–232 ratings,225–227 security,227 volumeleveling,147–149 WindowsMessenger disabling,197 preventingfromstarting automatically,5–7 WindowsUpdates,scheduling, 211–214 WindowsXPGameAdvisor,127 WirelessNetworkSetupWizard, 109,112–113 wizards NetworkSetupWizard,121, 169–173 ProgramCompatibilityWizard, 30–34 troubleshootingdrivers,203 WirelessNetworkSetupWizard, 109,112–113
INTERNATIONAL CONTACT INFORMATION AUSTRALIA McGraw-Hill Book Company Australia Pty. Ltd. TEL +61-2-9900-1800 FAX +61-2-9878-8881 http://www.mcgraw-hill.com.au [email protected]
SOUTH AFRICA McGraw-Hill South Africa TEL +27-11-622-7512 FAX +27-11-622-9045 [email protected]
CANADA McGraw-Hill Ryerson Ltd. TEL +905-430-5000 FAX +905-430-5020 http://www.mcgraw-hill.ca
SPAIN McGraw-Hill/ Interamericana de España, S.A.U. TEL +34-91-180-3000 FAX +34-91-372-8513 http://www.mcgraw-hill.es [email protected]
GREECE, MIDDLE EAST, & AFRICA (Excluding South Africa) McGraw-Hill Hellas TEL +30-210-6560-990 TEL +30-210-6560-993 TEL +30-210-6560-994 FAX +30-210-6545-525
UNITED KINGDOM, NORTHERN, EASTERN, & CENTRAL EUROPE McGraw-Hill Education Europe TEL +44-1-628-502500 FAX +44-1-628-770224 http://www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk [email protected]
MEXICO (Also serving Latin America) McGraw-Hill Interamericana Editores S.A. de C.V. TEL +525-1500-5108 FAX +525-117-1589 http://www.mcgraw-hill.com.mx [email protected]
ALL OTHER INQUIRIES Contact: McGraw-Hill/Osborne TEL +1-510-420-7700 FAX +1-510-420-7703 http://www.osborne.com [email protected]
SINGAPORE (Serving Asia) McGraw-Hill Book Company TEL +65-6863-1580 FAX +65-6862-3354 http://www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg [email protected]
This page intentionally left blank.
This page intentionally left blank.